Doosan DL320-7 Loading Shovel Operators Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual
DL320-7 Wheel Loader
Serial Number 10001 and Up
HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE is an affiliate of HD Hyundai.

DEVELON and the DEVELON logo are registered as trademarks
of HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co.,Ltd. in the United States and 950106-02234GEN
various other countries around the world. April 2023
©2023 HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Original Instructions

The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information that was avail-
able at the time that the publication was written. The specifications, torques, pressures, measurements, adjust-
ments, illustrations, and other items can change at any time. These changes can affect the service that is given to
the product. Obtain the complete and most current information before you start any job. Develon distributors have
the most current information available.
1REVISION
Date Items Location
Mar. 2023 Add figures & text Safety - Information and Location for Safety Decals
Mar. 2023 Revised text Operating Controls - User Menu - Machine Configuration
Sep. 2022 Revised figures Foreword - Product Identification Number
Sep. 2022 Revised figures Safety - ROPS Certification
Sep. 2022 Revised text Safety - Operation
Sep. 2022 Revised figures Operating Controls - Gauge Panel Configuration

Operating Controls - User Menu - Operator Management
Sep. 2022 Add figures & text
(Keyless Start)
Sep. 2022 Revised text Operating Controls - Multifunction Keypad
Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment - Oil Bath Precleaner
Mar. 2022 Revised text
(If Equipped)
Mar. 2022 Add text Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment - DPF - Clean
Mar. 2022 Revised figures & text Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment - Fuses
Aug. 2021 Revised text Foreword - Regulation (EU) 2017/654 Annex XV
Aug. 2021 Revised figures Foreword - Product Identification Number (PIN)
Aug. 2021 Add text Foreword - EC Declaration of Conformity
Aug. 2021 Revised text Safety - Information and Location for Safety Decals
Aug. 2021 Revised text Operating Controls - Smart Key, Start/Stop Button
Aug. 2021 Revised text Operating Controls - Multifunction Keypad, Display Monitor
Mar. 2021 Revised text Safety - Traveling
Mar. 2021 Revised text Operation - Traveling on a Work Site
Mar. 2021 Revised text & figures Overall Error Correction

Table of Contents
Foreword ....................................................................................0-1
Product Identification ......................................................................... 0-3
Safety Messages ............................................................................... 0-5
EC Declaration of Conformity ............................................................ 0-7
Regulation (EU) 2017/654 Annex XV ................................................ 0-9
DEVELON Fleet ManagementSystem General Information and
Privacy Notice .................................................................................. 0-10
Safety ..........................................................................................1-1
Safety Decals..................................................................................... 1-2
General ............................................................................................ 1-16
Transportation.................................................................................. 1-27
Operation ......................................................................................... 1-29
Long Term Storage .......................................................................... 1-47
Maintenance .................................................................................... 1-52
Environment and Circumstances ..................................................... 1-65
Operating Controls ....................................................................2-1

Component Locations ........................................................................ 2-2
Operator's Area.................................................................................. 2-6
Operational Controls and Panels ....................................................... 2-8
Left Side Electric Steering Control Unit (If Equipped) ...................... 2-37
Front Gauge Panel........................................................................... 2-39
Display Monitor ................................................................................ 2-44
User Menu ....................................................................................... 2-60
Weighing System (If Equipped) ....................................................... 2-84
Transparent Bucket System............................................................. 2-88
HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning) Operation .......... 2-91
DL320-7 Table of Contents

I
Seat Adjustment............................................................................... 2-95
Seat Belt ........................................................................................ 2-102
Miscellaneous Electrical Devices................................................... 2-103
Miscellaneous Convenience Devices ............................................ 2-106
Engine Emergency Stop Switch..................................................... 2-108
Emergency Exit Glass Breaking Tool ............................................ 2-108
Full Fender..................................................................................... 2-109
Miscellaneous Access Covers and Doors...................................... 2-110
Wheel Chocks................................................................................ 2-112
Air Gun and Compressor (If Equipped).......................................... 2-113
Operation....................................................................................3-1
To Operate a New Wheel Loader ...................................................... 3-1
Starting and Stopping Engine ............................................................ 3-2
Plug Heater (If Equipped) ................................................................ 3-10
Travel ............................................................................................... 3-12
Towing Procedure............................................................................ 3-16
Emission Control System................................................................. 3-17
Aftertreatment System ..................................................................... 3-21
Attachments (If Equipped) ............................................................... 3-25
Auto Grease System (If Equipped) .................................................. 3-30
Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment...............................4-1

Maintenance Information ................................................................... 4-1
Machine Setup Position for Maintenance .......................................... 4-5
Service Position ................................................................................. 4-7
Handling Oil, Fuel, DEF (AdBlue®) Coolant ...................................... 4-8
Electrical System Maintenance........................................................ 4-14
Recommend Fuel, Coolant, and Lubricant ...................................... 4-15
Fluid Capacities ............................................................................... 4-19
Table of Recommended Lubricants ................................................. 4-20
Maintenance Intervals...................................................................... 4-25
10 Hour / Daily Service .................................................................... 4-28
Table of Contents DL320-7

II
50 Hour / Weekly Service ................................................................ 4-41
250 Hour / Monthly Service.............................................................. 4-46
500 Hour / 3 Month Service ............................................................. 4-51
1,000 Hour / 6 Month Service .......................................................... 4-59
1,500 Hour / 9 Month Service .......................................................... 4-63
2,000 Hour / Yearly Service ............................................................. 4-65
4,500 Hour / 2 Year Service............................................................. 4-76
8,000 Hour / 4 Year Service............................................................. 4-80
12,000 Hour / 6 Year Service........................................................... 4-81
Electrical System ............................................................................. 4-82
Engine Cooling System.................................................................... 4-87
Handling of Accumulator.................................................................. 4-90
Tires ................................................................................................. 4-93
Severe Conditions Maintenance ...................................................... 4-97
Transportation ...........................................................................5-1
Transporting Machine ........................................................................ 5-1
Lifting Machine................................................................................... 5-4
Specification ..............................................................................6-1
General Specifications ....................................................................... 6-1
Working Range and Dimensions ....................................................... 6-2
Working Capacities ............................................................................ 6-4
Approximate Weight of Workload Materials....................................... 6-5
Index ...........................................................................................7-1
DL320-7 Table of Contents

III
Table of Contents DL320-7
IV
1Foreword
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give owner
or operator instructions on safe operation and maintenance of
DEVELON equipment. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BEFORE OPER-
ATING YOUR DEVELON EQUIPMENT. Keep this manual in the
cabin so it is always available. If it is lost, order another one from
your DEVELON distributor.
If there are any questions, contact your DEVELON distributor.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed
on your equipment.
Any modification made without written authorization or approval
from DEVELON can create a safety hazard.
Always replace parts with genuine DEVELON parts or DEVE-
LON authorized replacement parts.
Intended Use
The machine is intended to be used under normal conditions for
applications described in this manual. If it is used for other pur-
poses, or in potentially hazardous environments, special precau-
tions must be followed and the machine must be equipped for
such use. Examples include, but are not limited: falling object
guards, work lights, etc. Do not engage in prohibited uses as
described in this manual. Contact your DEVELON distributor for
further information.
Engine and Emission Control System

Maintenance
Proper inspection, maintenance and repair is essential to keep-
ing engine and machine systems properly operating. This
includes proper inspection and maintenance of the machine's
emission control system. This could include machine and engine
components, such as an system, fuel system, turbocharger,
electrical system, air intake system and/or cooling system.
As a heavy-duty off-road diesel engine owner, you are responsi-
ble for performing required maintenance. The required mainte-
nance procedures are outlined in this Operation & Maintenance
Manual, or Shop Manual. Do not remove, alter, or render inoper-
ative, any emission control system.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-1
Machine Capacity
Do not exceed machine capacity by modifying machine or using
unapproved attachments.
Exceeding machine capacity can adversely affect machine per-
formance characteristics such as: stability, system certifications
such as brakes and steering, the Roll-over Protective Structure
(ROPS) and can result in death or serious injury. Contact your
DEVELON distributor for further information.
Foreword DL320-7
0-2
Product Identification
With the aid of the product plates, shown below, it is possible to
identify the machine and its components. The Product Identifica-
tion Number (PIN) indicates the model designation, engine code
and serial number of the machine. The Component Identification
Number (CIN) indicates the serial number of the component.
Make a note of the identification numbers.
When ordering spare parts, and in all telephone inquiries or cor-
respondence, the PIN and CIN, of the machine, must always be
referenced.
1 2 3
4 5 6
DS2000559
Figure 1
Reference
Description
Number
The manufacturer's name and address, machine PIN.
1 Product Plate Operating weight, year of manufacture, year of delivery and position of CE
mark (EU/EEA countries only) (stamped into right side).
The manufacturer's name and address, cabin part number, machine model
2 Cabin designation, operating weight, cabin serial number, ROPS/FOPS standard
number.
3 Engine The engine type designation and number.
4 Front Axle The manufacturer's name and address and front drive axle CIN.
5 Rear Axle The manufacturer's name and address and rear drive axle CIN.
6 Transmission The manufacturer's name and address and transmission CIN.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-3
Product Identification Number (PIN)
The PIN number is stamped near the location in the picture
below.
It is also stamped on a product identification plate on the right
side of front frame above wheel cover.
NOTE: Record of these numbers and their locations. These
will be required whenever warranty or service work is
requested. Keep this number on file, in case the
machine is stolen.
DS2000616
Figure 2
DS1903226
Figure 3
Machine Type
HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co. Ltd.
489, Injung-Ro, Dong-gu,
Incheon, Korea Model Name
Product
MODEL Identification
Number
Engine Operating
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER kW kg
Power Mass
Year of First Year
Construction of Service
HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co. Ltd.
MADE IN KOREA 489, Injung-Ro, Dong-gu,
Incheon, Korea Made in Korea
DS2201105
Figure 4
Foreword DL320-7
0-4
Engine Identification
Engine Data Plate

1
The engine data plate provides important facts about the engine. 2
The engine serial number (ESN) and control parts list (CPL) pro-
vide information for service and ordering parts. The engine data
plate must not be changed unless approved by DEVELON.
The engine data plate and engine serial number are located on
the head cover. Have the following engine data available when
communicating with a DEVELON Authorized Repair Location.
The following information on data plate is mandatory when
sourcing service parts:
Reference
Description
Number
1 Engine Data Plate
2 Engine Serial Number DS2000560
Figure 5
Machine Serial Numbers

Product Identification Number (PIN)
Machine Serial No.
Engine Serial No.
Front Axle
Rear Axle
Transmission
Safety Messages
Safety messages and safety decals included in this manual and
on the machine provide instructions how to operate, service and
maintain the machine. Safety messages and safety decals indi-
cate potential hazards and describe safety precautions required
to avoid hazards. Operator and maintenance personnel should
read and understand these safety messages and decals before
beginning operation or maintenance.
SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL

Be Prepared - Get to Know All Operating and Safety Instruc-
tions.
This is a Safety Alert Symbol. Wherever it appears in this
manual or on safety decals on the machine, you must be
alert to the potential for personal injury or accidents.
Always observe safety precautions and follow recom-
mended procedures.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-5
Signal Words
The signal words "DANGER", "WARNING", "CAUTION" are
used throughout safety messages and safety decals in this man-
ual or on the machine. They indicate an existence of, and the
relative seriousness of, a hazard. All three indicate that a safety
risk is involved. Observe the precautions indicated whenever a
Safety Alert Symbol is present, no matter which signal word
appears next to it.
DANGER
DANGER - This signal word is used on safety messages and
safety labels and indicates an imminently hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING - This signal word is used on safety messages and
safety labels and indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION - This signal word is used on safety messages
and safety labels and indicates a potentially hazardous situ-
ation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moder-
ate injury.
Other Signal Words

In addition to safety signal words, the following signal words are
used to indicate proper and effective use of machine.
NOTICE
This signal word identifies procedures which must be fol-
lowed to avoid damage to machine.
NOTE: The word "NOTE" identifies information for effective

use.
Foreword DL320-7
0-6
EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe s.r.o., Pobřežní 620/3, Karlín, 186 00 Prague 8, Czech Republic
as authorized representative in the European Community of HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE,
certifies that the construction equipment machinery;
Type of Machine : Hydraulic Wheel Loader
Manufacturer : HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co., Ltd, 489 Injung-Ro, Dong-gu, Incheon, 22502 Korea
Technical file : HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe s.r.o., Pobřežní 620/3, Karlín, 186 00 Prague 8,
Czech Republic
Brand : DEVELON
Model Name : DL320-7
Serial Number :
Year of Manufacturing :
Engine Manufacturer :
Engine Type :
Rated Net Power : kW / rpm
Net Installed Power : kW / rpm
Pertinent EC noise emission requirement;
Has been manufactured in conformity with the provisions of the Directive 2000/14/EC amended by 2005/88/EC,
as stated below;
Certificate No. :
Date :
Conformity Assessment Procedure :
Notified Body Involved :
Measured Sound Power Level : dB(A)
Guaranteed Sound Power Level : dB(A)
Has been manufactured in conformity with the provision of:
2006/42/EC (Machinery), EU 2016/1628 (Exhaust Gas Emission), 2014/30/EU (EMC)
Designed and Manufactured in accordance to the sound engineering practice as valid for Class I
Chapter 1, Article 1, paragraph 2 c) items of 2014/68/EU.
186 00 Prague 8
date
Signature
Sales Director
NOTE: The above declaration of conformity is generic copy, and may be subject to change,
please refer to the individual declaration of conformity issued with the machine for exact details.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-7
EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe (UK Branch), HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE House, Unit 6,

CF157QU, Nantgarw Park, Nantgarw, Cardiff, (United Kingdom)
as authorized representative in the Great Britain of HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE,
certifies that the construction equipment machinery;
Type of Machine : Hydraulic Wheel Loader
Manufacturer : HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co., Ltd, 489 Injung-Ro, Dong-Gu, Incheon, 22502 Korea
Technical file : HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe (UK Branch), HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE
House, Unit 6, CF157QU, Nantgarw Park, Nantgarw, Cardiff, (United Kingdom)
Brand : DEVELON
Model Name : DL320-7
Serial Number :
Year of Manufacturing :
Engine Manufacturer :
Engine Type :
Rated Net Power : kW / rpm
Net Installed Power : kW / rpm
Pertinent UK noise emission requirement;
Has been manufactured in conformity with the provisions of the Noise Emission in the environment
by Equipment for use Outdoors Regulations 2001, as stated below;
Certificate No. :
Date :
Conformity Assessment Procedure : Annex VIII Full Quality Assurance
Notified Body Involved :
Measured Sound Power Level : dB(A)
Guaranteed Sound Power Level : dB(A)
Has been manufactured in conformity with the provisions of:
Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 2008, Electromagnetic Compatibility regulations 2016
The Non-Road Mobile Machinery (Emission of Gaseous and Particulate Pollutants) Regulations 2018
Designed and manufactured in accordance to the sound engineering practice as valid for Class I
Chapter 1, Article 1, paragraph 2 c) items of Pressure Equipment (Safety) Regulations 2016.
CF157QU, Cardiff
date
Signature
Sales Director
NOTE: The above declaration of conformity is generic copy, and may be subject to change,
please refer to the individual declaration of conformity issued with the machine for exact details.
Foreword DL320-7
0-8
Regulation (EU) 2017/654 Annex XV
DEVELON provide to the customer all information and necessary instructions for the correct operation of the
engine in order to maintain the gaseous and particulate pollutant emissions of the engine within the limits of the
approved engine type or engine family.
The customer should operate machine in accordance with the following information and instruction.
Engine Operation and Maintenance

You must comply with the following things when you operate an engine.
• The engine, including the emissions control system, shall be operated, used and maintained in accordance
with the instructions provided to the end users in order to maintain the emissions performance of the engine
within the requirements applicable to the engine's category.
• No deliberate tampering with or misuse of the engine emissions control system in particular with regard to
deactivating or a reagent dosing system should take place.
• This machine is equipped with an engine exhaust emission control system. The operator is responsible for
proper operation and maintenance of the emission controls system.
• It is essential to take prompt action to rectify any incorrect operation, use or maintenance of the emissions
control system in accordance with the rectification measures indicated by the warnings referred to Emission
Control System
• Where the engine is to be operated within the Union on diesel or non-road gas-oil, a fuel with sulphur
content not greater than 10 mg/kg (20 mg/kg at point of final distribution) cetane number not less than 45
and a FAME content not greater than 8% v/v shall be used.
• Use the correct lubrication oil to maintain the performance of the emissions control system. Refer to "Table
of Recommended Lubricants" for more information.
• Maintain in accordance with the scheduled emission-related maintenance requirements. Refer to "Hydraulic
Oil and Filter Service Intervals" for more information.
Malfunctions & Inducement

The operator will be informed by the operator warning system when the emission control system does not function
correctly.
Ignoring the operator warning signals will lead to the activation of the operator inducement system, resulting in an
effective disablement of machine operation.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-9
DEVELON Fleet Management System General Information
and Privacy Notice
1. HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE with registered office at 489, Injung-ro, Dong-Gu, Incheon, Republic of Korea
and registered under number 120111-0234469 ("DEVELON", "we", "our") is providing you this statement
because you operate a DEVELON® machine that is equipped with a DEVELON Fleet Management system.
The DEVELON Fleet Management system collects information about the equipment, including its condition
and operational data and transmits these data to DEVELON, to our affiliates and to our official dealers.
2. The information collected and transmitted by the telematics system ("telematics data") includes, but is not
limited to:
• Model name,
• Model Number,
• Real-time GPS position and location history,
• Fault code history,
• Engine hours,
• Performance and utilization data,
• Machine technical data,
• Machine Parameters,
• Machine maintenance,
• All sensors machine data and data on CAN-BUS line.
3. DEVELON Fleet Management data can reveal personal data, such as your location. Although we have no
intention to identify any natural person, we would like to inform you about our processing activities and about
your rights as a data subject.
4. The controller processing personal data is HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE with registered office at 489, Injung-
ro, Dong-Gu, Incheon, Republic of Korea and registered under number 120111-0234469. In case the
machine that you operate was distributed by one of our dealers, this dealer might also process your
personal data for his own purposes. If so, such dealer is an independent controller of your personal data. It
is possible that the owner of the machine (e.g. your employer) also receives telematics information reports
concerning the machine that you operate from the dealer for other purposes than our purposes as listed
below. In that case, the owner of the machine acts as an independent controller. Both the dealer and the
owner should inform you about these processing activities that relate to your personal data.
5. In case we process your personal data, we only do this in a fair and lawful manner. We only collect and
retain your personal data for the specific purposes as set out below, and we will not process them in any
way incompatible with those purposes. We will de-identify your personal data collected through this
DEVELON® machine no later than ten (10) years after the last use of this machine, whether this was a use
by you or not, unless one of the purposes below justifies a longer retention period.
Foreword DL320-7
0-10
6. We use telematics data for the following purposes:
• To fulfill customer support agreements, perform maintenance and repairs, and deliver rental
equipment or parts (telematics data may be required for these services),
• To monitor and manage equipment health and efficiency,
• To continuously improve the user-experience and efficient use of the machine that you operate and to
improve the performance of our telematics services,
• To conduct market research,
• To inform machine owners of specific promotions and special offers, and
• To safeguard our legal interests
7. We process your personal data (i) on the basis of our legitimate interest for the purposes set out in Article 6,
(ii) to comply with our legal obligations, or (iii) to comply with any reasonable request from competent law
enforcement agents or representatives, judicial authorities, governmental agencies or bodies, including
competent data protection authorities.
8. You have the right to request information about the personal data we process about you and to access such
personal data. In particular, you can request information about the purposes of the processing, the
categories of the personal data, the categories of recipients to whom your data are disclosed, the planned
storage period, the existence of a right to rectification, deletion, restriction or revocation of processing, the
existence of a right to lodge a complaint, the origin of your data, in so far as not collected by us, and also
about the existence of automated decision-making including profiling and where appropriate meaningful
information about to details thereof. You have the right to ask that any personal data pertaining to you that
are inaccurate, are corrected free of charge. You have the right to object to the processing of your personal
data when they are processed on the basis of legitimate interest and in so far as there are grounds arising
from your particular situation or when you object to direct marketing. Further, you have the right to request
that the processing of your personal data be restricted or that your personal data be deleted if this data is no
longer required in the light of the purposes outlined above. You also have the right to lodge a complaint to
the competent data protection authority.
For more information on how DEVELON processes personal data, please check out our general data protection
notice, which is available here https://eu.develon-ce.com/en/privacy-policy.
You can contact us via e-mail at legal@hhi-di.com or sending us a letter via registered post at the address HD
HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe s.r.o. IBC – International Business Centre Pobřežní 620/3 · 186 00 Prague,
Czech Republic.
DL320-7 Foreword
0-11
Foreword DL320-7
0-12
2Safety
DL320-7 Safety
1-1
Safety Decals
Safety decals are attached to the machine to alert the operator
or maintenance person about potential hazards, the conse-
quences of potential injury, and instructions and/or actions
required to avoid the hazard. The location of the safety decals
and the description of the decals are reviewed in the following
section. Please become familiarized with all safety decals and
their messages.
Make sure that all the safety decals are in their correct location
and legible. Clean or replace the safety decals if they are dam-
aged, missing, or the texts and pictorials are not legible. When
you clean the safety decals, use a soft cloth, water, and soap.
Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other harsh chemicals to clean
the safety decals because this could loosen the adhesive that
secures the decals to the machine. Remember, if a safety decal
is attached to a part that is replaced, install a new safety decal
on the replacement part.
This machine uses safety decals with and without text. The type
and number of safety decals can vary depending upon geo-
graphical regions and machine models.
Safety Decals With Text

Safety decals with text consist of a signal word, pictorial and a
text message panel. In some cases, a pictorial panel may not be
part of the safety decal.
Safety DL320-7
1-2
Safety Decals Without Text (No-Text)
Vertical Configuration
Safety decals without text consist of a safety sign and safety
information panel. The safety sign panel is located at the top or
left side and the safety information panel is located at the bottom
or right side of the decal depending on its configuration. The Hazard
safety sign panel uses a black triangular band and a pictorial to Panel
identify the hazard and the potential consequences of the failure
to follow instructions. The safety information panel uses pictori-
als and/or prohibition signs to identify the actions necessary to
avoid the hazard.
Avoidance
Panel
Horizontal Configuration
Hazard Avoidance
Panel Panel
FG018723
Figure 1
DL320-7 Safety
1-3
Information and Location for Safety Decals
3 2
4
27 15
DS2300493
Figure 2
Reference Reference
Description Description
Number Number
1 General Hazard 15 Electric Welding Attention
2 Emergency Exit 16 Battery Disconnection
3 Operating Load 17 Tire Inflation Pressure
4 ROPS Warning 18 Transmission Oil Level
5 Warning Tag "Do Not Operate" 19 Lift / Tie Down
6 Hot Surface 20 DEF (AdBlue®)
7 Battery Explosion 21 DEF (AdBlue®) Filter
8 Articulated Frame Lock
22 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel
9 Crush Hazard
23 Hydraulic Oil Check
10 Work Equipment
24 Hot Pressurized Fluid
11 Pressurized Gas And Fluid
25 Full Fender Release Catch
12 Rotating Fan
26 Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas
13 Pressure Check
27 Fall Hazard
14 Wheel Chock
Safety DL320-7
1-4
12
13
24 21
6 10
26 19 25 20 14
9 11
(LIS)
7 16 22 7 11
10 23 6
(Pilot)
11 14 9 8 18 11 17 19 25
(Steering) (Brake)
19
DS2004292
Figure 3
DL320-7 Safety
1-5
1. General Hazard (950205-04644B)
1 2
3 4
950205-04644B
WL1500671
WARNING
AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
• Never use wheel loader without instructions.
• Read Operation & Maintenance Manual before
operation.
• Always fasten your seat belt.
• Explosion or electrocution can occur if machine
contacts utility lines or pipes. Check for overhead
or underground lines before operating.
• Keep bystanders out of travel path and always
look in the direction of travel.
• Ensure mirrors and rear view camera are clean
and working properly.
• Sound the horn to alert bystanders before operat-
ing
• Never operate machine from outside the opera-
tor's position.
• TO LEAVE THE WHEEL LOADER:
1) Lower the attachment to the ground and
make sure all controls are in neutral.
2) Engage the parking brake.
3) Set pilot cutoff switch to OFF position.
4) Stop the engine.
Safety DL320-7
1-6
2. Emergency Exit (950205-03810)
NOTICE
If the primary exit is blocked, use glass breaking tool to
break glass for secondary exit.
EX1301190
3. Operating Load (950205-04915A)
WARNING ROC

• Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
• Do not travel or turn with lift arms raised.
950205-04915A
• Load unload and turn on flat level ground. DS2004293
• See Operating & Maintenance Manual for more

information.
4. ROPS Warning (950205-04645A)
WARNING
• Do not weld on or drill holes in the protective
structure.
• Replacing ROPS, if damaged or modified.
Refer to "Roll-over Protective Structure (ROPS) / Falling

Object Protective Structure (FOPS)" for more information.
950205-04645A
WL1500670
DL320-7 Safety
1-7
5. Warning Tag - "Do Not Operate" (950205-03802B)
WARNING
• Stop engine and remove the key.
• Attach "DO NOT OPERATE" warning tag to the 950205-03802B
controls before servicing the machine.

• Do not operate when performing inspection or DS1801807
maintenance.
6. Hot Surface (950205-03777)
WARNING
HOT SURFACE CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS
• Do not touch hot surface.
• Allow to cool before servicing.
EX1301189
7. Battery Explosion (950205-03785)
WARNING
• Read and follow instructions in Operation & Main-
tenance Manual for battery maintenance.
• Keep arcs, sparks, flames, and lighted tobacco
away.
• Do not store metal tools or flammable materials
on or around batteries.
• Wear safety goggles and rubber gloves when EX1301183
working with batteries.
• If battery acid contact occurs:
1) Flush your skin with water immediately and
apply baking soda or lime to neutralize the
acid.
2) Flush your eyes with water for 10 ~ 15
minutes.
3) Get medical attention immediately.
Safety DL320-7
1-8
8. Articulated Frame Lock (950205-01688B)
WARNING
• Install articulated frame lock before servicing or
transporting.
950205-01688B
WL1400806
9. Crush Hazard (950205-01687A)
WARNING
CRUSHING HAZARD CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH
• Keep out of this area unless articulated frame 950205-01687A
lock is installed. WL1400807

• Install articulated frame lock before servicing or
transporting.
10. Work Equipment (950205-01692A)
WARNING
• Moving a lift arm control or failure of a part can
cause lift arm to drop. 950205-01692A
• Never reach under or stand under raised lift arm WL1400808

unless the lift arm is properly secured.
11. Pressurized Gas And Fluid (950205-03782)
WARNING
• Heat or impact can cause the accumulator to
explode.
• Keep away from flame. EX1301187
• Do not weld on or drill into accumulator.
DL320-7 Safety
1-9
12. Rotating Fan (950205-03788)
WARNING
CONTACT WITH ROTATING FAN CAN CAUSE
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
Keep away from fan and rotating parts. Stop engine 950205-03788
before servicing.
EX1301182
13. Pressure Check (950205-08084A)
3 4 1 5
9 6 2,7,8,9
DS2100279
14. Wheel Chock (950205-01691C)
WARNING
ROLL AWAY CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY
• Before disengaging park brake, block wheels to
prevent machine movement. 950205-01691C
DS1903222
15. Electric Welding Attention (950212-02440)
NOTICE
Electrical welding on the frame can damage the
engine's electronic control unit (ECU) and dosing con-
trol unit (DCU). 950212-02440
EX1402396
Safety DL320-7
1-10
16. Battery Disconnection (950205-03784)
NOTICE
• Disconnecting the battery while the engine is
running can cause damage to electrical
components.
• Disconnect battery only when the engine is
turned OFF.
17. Tire Inflation Pressure (950205-01694B)

Refer to "Recommended Air Pressure".
950205-01694B
WL1400809
18. Transmission Oil Level (950205-01690B)
NOTICE
• Check transmission oil level with parking brake
"ON".
1) Warm up the machine for 10 minutes or longer.
950205-01690B
2) Pace transmission lever in neutral position and
WL1400810
engage parking brake.
3) Check the transmission oil level using the
level gauge.
4) If necessary, add transmission oil.
Refer to "Table of Recommended
Lubricants", of this manual for
recommended oil for the operating
conditions.
Correct oil level (Oil temp. 85°C (185°F)):
Hot Zone
DL320-7 Safety
1-11
19. Lift / Tie Down (950205-03815)
Identifies lift point and tie down point location.
950205-03815
EX1301201
20. DEF (AdBlue®) (950205-01489A, 950205-07694B)
NOTICE
• Use only the specified diesel exhaust fluid.
• See the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
more information.
ISO 22241 DIN 70070
950205-01489A
WL1300370
WARNING
ForeignmatterenteringtheDEF(Adblue)tankmay damage
the SCR system or halt the engine.
1. Fill regular DEF (Adblue) only. Never add water, fuel, oil,
deteriorated DEF, or other unspecified fluid
2. Clean off around the inlet of the DEF (Adblue) tank to prevent
dust, metal particles, water, and other contaminants from
entering the tank.
The DEF (Adblue) tank lamp lights up when the tank has been filled to approximately 90%;
then, carefully fill up the tank (Overflowing DEF (Adblue) may contaminate the surrounding area).
The DEF (Adblue) tank lamp is active when the key switch is on. Turn the key switch on
when filling the tank and then turn it off after finishing the filling process.
950205-07694B
DS1900724
Safety DL320-7
1-12
21. DEF (AdBlue®) Filter (950205-02449)
NOTICE DEF (AdBlue®) Filter

See the Operation & Maintenance Manual for informa-
tion on the DEF filter.
950205-02449
WL1300373
22. Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel (950205-03863)

ULTRA LOW SULFUR
NOTICE DIESEL FUEL ONLY
Only use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel.
EX1301196
23. Hydraulic Oil Check (950205-06307)
NOTICE
INCORRECT FLUID CAN CAUSE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
DAMAGE
46
Use hydraulic oil which is suitable for machine. 950205-06307
WL1501032
DL320-7 Safety
1-13
24. Hot Pressurized Fluid (950205-03781)
WARNING
HOT PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS BURNS
• Do not loosen or open cap when hot.
EX1301180
• Before opening:
1) Turn engine off.
2) Allow machine to cool.
3) Tip cap and open slowly to relieve pressure.
25. Full Fender Release Catch (950205-08352, 950205-

01487)
950205-08352
DS2000623
950205-01487
DS2000624
Safety DL320-7
1-14
26. Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas
(950205-10881, 950205-07796A)
CONTAINS FLUORINATED GREENHOUSE GAS
NOTICE Type of F-Gas: HFC-R134a

Total F-Gas mass(kg): 0.95
• This machine contains 0.95 kg of HFC-R134a, Total eq(CO2, ton): 1.36
of which the CO2 equivalent value is 1.36 tons. GWP: 1,430
The GWP of HFC-R134a is 1,430.
950205-10881
• Every Machine of DEVELON is clearly attached
with an information label. DS2300494
• EU regulation 2015/2067 of 17 November 2015

imposes to all undertaking (natural persons or
companies) performing the repair, maintenance
or servicing of air-conditioning system to be
certified at national level.
Please pass certification or subcontract the task
to an approved company.
950205-07796A
DS2300498
27. Fall Hazard (950205-10916)
WARNING
• To ensure your step when get off machine.
DS2300479
DL320-7 Safety
1-15
General
Safe Operation is Operator's

Responsibility
Only trained and authorized personnel should operate and main-
tain the machine.
Follow all safety rules, regulations and instructions when operat-
ing or performing maintenance on machine.
• Do not operate machine if you are under the influence of
drugs or alcohol. An operator who is taking prescription
drugs must get medical advice to determine if he or she
can safely operate the machine.
• When working with other personnel on a work site, be sure
that all personnel know the nature of work and understand
all hand signals that are to be used.
• Be sure that all guards and shields are installed in their
proper location. Have guards and shields repaired or
replaced immediately if damaged.
• Be sure that you understand the use and maintenance of
all safety features such as pilot cutoff switch and seat belt.
Use them always.
• Never remove, modify or disable any safety features.
Always keep them in good operating condition.
• Always check for and know the location of underground
and overhead utility lines before working.
• Failure to use and maintain safety guidance in this Safety
and Shop manual, can result in death or serious injury.
Know Your Machine

Know how to operate your machine. Know the purpose of all
controls, gauges, signals, indicators and monitor displays. Know
the rated load capacity, speed range, braking and steering char-
acteristics, turning radius and operating clearances. Keep in
mind that rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, soft ground, slopes, etc.,
can change operating capabilities of your machine.
Proper Work Tools and Attachments

Only use work tools and attachments that are recommended by
DEVELON for use on DEVELON machines. When installing and
using optional attachments, read instruction manual for attach-
ment, and general information related to attachments in this man-
ual. Because DEVELON cannot anticipate, identify or test all
attachments that owners may want to install on their machines,
contact DEVELON for written authorization and approval of
attachments, and their compatibility with optional kits.
Safety DL320-7
1-16
Attachments and attachment control systems that are compati-
ble with the machine are required for safe and reliable machine
operation. Do not exceed maximum operating weight (machine
weight plus attachment) that is listed on ROPS certification
plate.
Make sure that all guards and shields are in place on machine
and on work tool. Depending on type or combination of work
equipment, there is a potential that work equipment could inter-
fere with the cabin or other parts of machine. Before using unfa-
miliar work equipment, check if there is any potential for
interference, and operate with caution.
While you are performing any maintenance, testing, or adjust-
ments to attachments, stay clear of the following areas: cutting
edges, pinch points, and crushing surfaces.
Never use attachment as a work platform or manlift.
Contact your DEVELON distributor about auxiliary hydraulic kits
for attachments installation. If you are in doubt about the com-
patibility of a particular attachment with the machine, consult
Pressurized Fluids
Pressurized air or fluids can cause debris and/or fluids to be
blown out. This could result in death or serious injury.
Immediately after operation is stopped, coolant, engine oil, and
hydraulic oil are at their highest temperatures and the radiator
and hydraulic tank are still under pressure. Always wait for tem-
perature to cool down. Follow specified procedures when
attempting to remove caps, drain oil or coolant, or replacing fil-
ters. Always wait for temperature to cool down, and follow speci-
fied procedures when performing these operations. Failure to do
so can result in death or serious injury.
When pressurized air and/or pressurized water is used for
cleaning, wear protective clothing, protective shoes, and eye
protection. Eye protection includes goggles or a protective face
shield.
Pressure can be trapped in a hydraulic system and must be
relieved before maintenance is started.
Releasing trapped pressure can cause sudden machine move-
ment or attachment movement. Use caution if you disconnect
hydraulic lines or fittings.
High-pressure oil that is released can cause a hose to whip or oil
EX1400129
to spray. Fluid penetration can result in death or serious injury. If
Figure 4
fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a
physician familiar with this injury.
Obey all local laws and regulations for disposal of liquids.
To prevent hot coolant from spraying out, stop engine and wait
for coolant to cool. Using gloves, slowly loosen cap to relieve
pressure.
DL320-7 Safety
1-17
Flying or Falling Objects
On work sites where there is a potential hazard that flying or fall-
ing objects can come in contact with operator's cabin, select and
use a guard to match operating conditions for additional opera-
tor protection.
Working in mines, tunnels, deep pits, and loose or wet surfaces,
can produce hazards of falling rocks or flying objects. Additional
protection for operator's cabin may be required such as a Falling
Object Protective Structure (FOPS) or window guards. Contact
your DEVELON distributor for information on available protec- HAOA110L
tive guards. Figure 5
To prevent personnel from being struck by flying objects, keep
personnel out of work area.
HAOA100L
Figure 6
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Do not wear loose clothing and accessories. Secure long hair.
These items can snag on controls or on other parts of equip-
ment.
Do not wear oily clothes. They are highly flammable.
Do not forget that some risks to your health may not be immedi-
ately apparent. Exhaust gases and noise pollution may not be
visible, but these hazards can cause disabling or permanent
injuries. Breathing masks and/or ear protection may be required. HAOA020L
Wear a hard hat, safety shoes, safety goggles, mask, leather Figure 7
gloves, earplugs and other protective equipment, as required.
While working on machine, never use inadequate tools. They
could break or slip, or they may not adequately perform intended
functions.
Safety DL320-7
1-18
Correction of Machine Problems
If any machine problems are found during operation and mainte-
nance (noise, vibration, smell, incorrect gauges, smoke, oil leak-
age, etc.), or if any abnormal warming alerts are displayed on
display monitor, stop the machine immediately and take the nec-
essary corrective actions. Do not operate the machine until
problem has been corrected.
Crushing and Cutting

Keep objects away from moving fan blades. Fan blades can
throw and cut objects.
Do not use a wire rope that is kinked or frayed, or a wire rope
with any loss of diameter. Wear leather gloves when handling a
wire rope.
When striking a loose retainer pin, it can fly out and can cause a
serious injury. Make sure that area is clear of personnel when
striking a retainer pin. To avoid injury to your eyes, wear safety WL1300011
goggles when striking a retainer pin. Figure 8
Do not put your hand, arm or any other part of your body
between movable parts. If going between movable parts is nec-
essary, always position and secure work equipment so it cannot
move. Properly support equipment before performing any work
or maintenance under raised equipment.
If control levers are operated, clearance between machine and
work equipment will change and this may lead to serious dam-
age or can result in death or serious injury. Stay clear of areas
that may have a sudden change in clearance with machine
movement or equipment movement. Stay clear of all rotating
and moving parts. Unless instructed, never attempt adjustments
while machine is moving or while engine is running.
Do not depend on hydraulic cylinders to support raised equip-
ment. Equipment can fall if a control is moved, or if a hydraulic
line breaks, is loosened or disconnected.
If it is necessary to remove guards to perform maintenance,
always install guards after maintenance is completed.
Always have at least two people working together if the engine
must be running during service. One person needs to remain in
the operator's seat, ready to work the controls to stop the
machine or stop engine, if necessary.
DL320-7 Safety
1-19
Hot Coolant and Oils - Burn Prevention
Do not touch any part of an operating engine. Immediately after
operations are stopped, coolant, engine oil, and hydraulic oil are
at their highest temperatures. The radiator and hydraulic tank
are still under pressure. Always wait for temperature to cool
down. Attempting to remove caps, drain oil or coolant, or replac-
ing filters may lead to serious burns, if done when hot. Relieve
all pressure in air system, hydraulic oil system, lubrication sys-
tem, fuel system, and cooling system, before any lines, fittings or
related items are disconnected. FG019095
Figure 9
To prevent hot oil or coolant from spraying out, stop engine and
wait for oil and coolant to cool. Using gloves, slowly loosen cap
to relieve pressure.
FG019096
Figure 10
Fire and Explosion Prevention

All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flam-
mable and can cause a fire resulting in death or serious injury,
and property damage. Flammable fluids that are leaking or
spilled onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause fire.
Inspect for and remove all flammable materials such as spilled
fuel and oil, and debris from machine. Do not allow any flamma-
ble materials to accumulate on machine.
HDO1015I
Always observe the following:
Figure 11
• Add fuel, oil, antifreeze and hydraulic fluid to machine only

in a well ventilated area. Machine must be parked with
controls, lights and switches turned "OFF". Engine must be
"OFF" and any flames, glowing embers, auxiliary heating
units or spark causing equipment must be extinguished, or
turned "OFF" and kept well clear of machine.
• Dust that is generated from repairing or grinding
nonmetallic hoods or nonmetallic fenders can be toxic,
flammable and explosive. Repair these components in a
well ventilated area away from flames or sparks and wear
a dust mask when grinding painted parts. FG018458
Figure 12
Safety DL320-7
1-20
Maintenance
The machine and some attachments have components that
reach high temperatures under normal operating conditions. The
primary source of high temperatures are the engine and exhaust
system. If damaged or incorrectly maintained, the electrical sys-
tem can be a source of arcs or sparks.
Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed regu-
larly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it can cause
a fire hazard. Clean machine often to avoid this accumulation.
Flammable debris in an engine compartment is a potential fire
hazard.
The operator's area, engine compartment and engine cooling
system must be inspected every day and cleaned. This is neces-
sary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.
Operation
Do not use machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or hot compo-
nents can contact flammable material, explosive dust or gases.
Do not operate machine near any flame.
Exhaust shields (if equipped) protect hot exhaust components
from oil spray or fuel spray in case of a break in a line, hose, or
seal. Exhaust shields must be correctly installed and maintained
properly.
Electrical
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage daily.
Keep battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or replace any
damaged parts or wires that are loose or frayed. Clean all elec-
trical connections and tighten all electrical connections.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across ter-
minal posts. Use a voltmeter or a hydrometer.
Battery gas can explode and can result in death or serious
injury. Follow procedures in this manual for connecting battery
and for jump-starting. Do not jump-start or charge a frozen or
damaged battery. Keep all flames and sparks away from batter-
ies. Do not smoke in battery charging area.
Improper jumper cable connections can cause an explosion that
can result in death or serious injury.
Do not charge a frozen battery. This can cause an explosion.
After market radios or other electric operated equipment in cabin
must have a fuse in the electrical circuit.
DL320-7 Safety
1-21
Hydraulic System
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage, wear or
for leaks. Hydraulic lines and hoses must be properly routed and
have adequate support and secure clamps. Leaks can cause
fires. Never use a flame or bare skin to check for leaks.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.
Check that all hose and tube clamps, guards, and cushions are
securely attached. If they are loose, they can vibrate during
operation and rub against other parts. This can cause damage
to hoses and cause high-pressure oil to spray on hot surfaces,
causing a fire and death or serious injury.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for
cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable solvents.
Fueling
Use caution when you are refueling a machine.
Fuel is flammable and can catch fire if it is brought close to a
flame.
Stop engine and let it cool before adding fuel. Do not smoke
while you are refueling a machine. Do not refuel a machine near
flames or sparks. Fill fuel tank outdoors.
Keep fuel and other fluid reservoir caps tight and do not start
engine until caps have been secured.
Store fuels and lubricants in properly marked containers away
from unauthorized personnel. Store oily rags and any flammable
materials in protective containers.
Static electricity can produce dangerous sparks at fuel filling EX1400130
nozzle. In very cold, dry weather or other conditions that could Figure 13
produce a static discharge, keep tip of fuel nozzle in constant
contact with neck of fuel filling nozzle, to provide a ground and
prevent sparks.
Always place plastic fuel containers on the ground before filling.
Never Use Ether Starting Aids

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has glow
plugs, or an electric grid type manifold heater. These starting
aids can cause an explosion and result in death or serious
injury.
Use procedures in this manual for connecting battery and for
jump-starting.
FG018458
Figure 14
Safety DL320-7
1-22
Welding and Grinding
Always clean machine and attachment, disconnect battery
switch, and disconnect wiring from electronic controllers before
welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery and all other flammable
parts. Keep a fire extinguisher near machine when welding.
Toxic dust or gas can be produced when grinding or welding
painted parts. Grinding or welding painted parts must be done in
a well ventilated area. Wear a dust mask when grinding painted
parts.
Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as hoods,
fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Repair such components in a well ventilated area away from
flames or sparks.
Do not weld on lines or on tanks that contain flammable fluids.
Do not flame cut lines or tanks that contain flammable fluid.
Clean any such lines or tanks thoroughly with a nonflammable
solvent before welding or flame cutting.
If a Fire Occurs
• Do not attempt to move machine or continue operations.
• Stop the engine.
• Use handrails and steps to get off machine.
• Immediately call for help or fire station.
• When using a fire extinguisher, always aim extinguisher at
base of fire.
• If an optional fire extinguishing system is in place, be
familiar with its operating procedures.
NOTE: Depending on job conditions, other procedures
could be necessary if a fire occurs.
DL320-7 Safety
1-23
Fire Extinguisher and First-Aid Kit
(Emergency Medical Kit)
To be prepared in the event of a fire:
• Make sure fire extinguishers are always available and read
labels to know how to use them. It is recommended that an
appropriately sized (2.27 kg [5 lb] or larger) multipurpose
A/B/C fire extinguisher be mounted in cabin. Check and
service fire extinguisher at regular intervals and make sure
that all work site crew members are adequately trained in
its use. HDO1009L
Figure 15
• Inspect fire extinguisher and service fire extinguisher
regularly.
• Follow instructions on extinguisher instruction plate.
• Keep a first aid kit in storage compartment (Figure 16) and
keep another kit at work site. Check kit periodically and
keep it properly supplied.
• Keep emergency numbers for doctor, ambulance service,
hospital and fire department readily available.
DS1903205
Figure 16
Electrical System and Electrical Shock

Ensure electric line to NOT be short-circuited. Shorting could
damage electrical system and engine neutral start system.
Engine running generates high voltage through injector terminal
and engine controller, and it remains residual immediately after
the engine stopped. DO NOT contact injector terminal or engine
controller inside.
NOTE: Contact your DEVELON distributor to access injector
terminal or engine controller inside. WL1300010
Figure 17
Safety DL320-7
1-24
Roll-over Protective Structure (ROPS)/
Falling Object Protective Structure (FOPS)
The operator's cabin is a ROPS/FOPS certified structure for pro-
tecting the seat-belted operator. It absorbs the impact energy of
a roll-over impact or falling object. Do not allow machine weight
(mass) to exceed certified value on certification plate (Figure
18). If weight is exceeded, the operator's protective structure will
not be able to fulfill its safety function.
Do not increase machine weight beyond certified value by modi-
fying machine or by installing attachments on machine. If weight
limit of protective equipment is exceeded, protective equipment
will not be able to protect operator, and this can result in death
or serious injury. Always observe the following:
• This machine is equipped with a protective structure. Do not
remove protective structure and perform operations without it.
• Never modify the operator's cabin by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless instructed by
DEVELON in writing. Changes to the cabin can cause loss
of operator protection from roll-over and falling objects, and
result in death or serious injury.
• When protective structure is damaged or deformed by
falling objects or by rolling over, its strength will be reduced
and it will not be able to adequately protect the operator.
Contact your DEVELON distributor if you have any
questions about the ROPS. Never repair a damaged
protective (ROPS/FOPS) cabin.
• Always wear your seat belt when operating machine.
ROPS Certification
SERIAL NUMBER
This DEVELON machine has an operator's cabin that meets

THIS STRUCTURE CONFORMS TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS.
ISO 3449-2005, ISO 3471-2008
ROPS/FOPS requirements. The seat belt must be worn for roll- MACHINE MODEL NAME MAX. MACHINE MASS HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Co., Ltd.
489(Hwasu-dong),Injung_Ro,Dong-gu,
over protection.
DL-7 SERIES Incheon, Korea
950205-08054A
The ROPS/FOPS certification plate (Figure 18) is found on the

top of the left front pillar in cabin. It may vary slightly in its loca-
tion on some models.
Check the operator's cabin, mounting, and hardware for dam-
age.
Never modify the operator's cabin. Replace the cabin and hard-
ware if damaged. See your DEVELON distributor for parts.
ROPS - Roll-over Protective Structure complies with ISO 3471
DS2202260
FOPS - Falling Object Protective Structure complies with ISO 3449
Figure 18
WARNING
Never modify the operator cabin by welding, grinding, drill-
ing holes or adding attachments unless instructed in writ-
ing by DEVELON. Changes to the cabin can cause loss of
operator protection from rollover and falling objects, and
DL320-7 Safety
1-25
Emergency Exit from Operator's Station
This machine is equipped with a glass breaking tool. This tool
can be used to break the glass to exit from cabin in an emer-
gency. Grip handle firmly and use sharp point to break glass.
• Be careful also not to slip on broken pieces of glass on
ground.
WARNING
DS1800755
AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY Figure 19
Protect your eyes when breaking the glass.
Regulation 8.35(2) of the Mines Safety and

Inspection Regulations (1995)
A person who has possession at a mine of any electrical detona-
tors must ensure that those detonators are kept at a safe dis-
tance from sources of electromagnetic radiation to prevent the
possibility of induced ignition of the detonators by such sources.
Information in regard to the determination of 'Safe Separation
Distances' should be available from respective explosives man-
ufacturers/suppliers, and may also be referenced from:
British Standard BS6657:1991 - Guide to Prevention of inadver-
tent initiation of electro-explosive devices by radio-frequency
radiation.
Safety DL320-7
1-26
Transportation
Obey State and Local Over-The-Road

Laws and Regulations
Check federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding
weight, width and length of a load before making preparations
for transporting on public roads or highways.
The hauling vehicle, trailer and load must be in compliance with
applicable regulations for the shipping route.
Partial disassembly of the machine may be necessary to meet
travel restrictions or particular conditions at work site. See Shop
Manual for information on partial disassembly.
Refer to "Transportation", for information on loading, unloading
and towing.
The machine can be disassembled into parts for transporting.
Contact your DEVELON distributor for assistance with disas-
sembly.
Loading and Unloading

To prevent machine tipping or roll-over when loading or unload-
ing machine, always do the following:
• Perform loading and unloading only on firm and level
ground. Maintain a safe distance from edge of road or
drop-off.
• Never use work equipment to load or unload machine. The
machine may fall or tip over.
• Always use loading ramps of adequate strength and
capacity. Be sure that ramps are wide, and long enough to
provide a safe loading slope. Take steps to prevent ramps
from moving out of position or coming off.
• Clean ramp surfaces so they are free of grease, oil, ice and
loose materials. Remove dirt from machine tires. On a
rainy day, be careful since ramp surfaces can be slippery.
• Stop the auto idle function.
• Run engine at low speed and travel slowly.
• When on ramps, do not operate any control lever except
for shift lever.
• Never correct your steering on ramps. If necessary, drive
off ramps, correct machine direction, then drive back onto
ramps.
• For machines equipped with a cabin, always lock door
after loading machine to prevent door from suddenly
opening during transportation.
DL320-7 Safety
1-27
Transporting Machine
When transporting machine on a trailer or truck, do the following:
• The weight, transportation height, and overall length of
machine may change depending on work equipment
attached to it. Always check the machine dimensions and
work equipment's dimensions before transporting.
• When passing over bridges or structures on private land,
check that structure is strong enough to support weight of
machine. Before traveling on public roads, check with
appropriate authorities and follow their instructions.
Safety DL320-7
1-28
Operation
Always make sure that the machine is properly maintained.
In general road driving, all WH kits must be removed for road
driving regulations and safety.
Before Engine Starting
Machine Condition
Every day before starting engine for first time, perform the fol-
lowing checks and repair machine before operating, as neces-
sary. If these checks are not properly done, death or serious
injury could result.
• Check coolant, fuel, and hydraulic tank oil levels, and
check for clogged air cleaner and damage to electrical
wiring.
• Check operation of gauges, cameras (if equipped) and
angle of mirrors, and check that pilot cutoff switch is set to
"O" (OFF) position.
• Check that pedals move freely, and pilot control lever (s)
returns to "NEUTRAL" when released.
• Check that attachment is properly attached and locked.
Make sure that the machine is equipped with a lighting system
that is adequate for job conditions and check that lights are
working properly.
Before performing checks, move machine to an area where
there are no obstructions, and operate slowly. Do not allow per-
sonnel near machine.
Know maximum operating dimensions of your machine.
Work Site
Before starting operations, thoroughly check work area for any
hazards, such as underground utility lines, overhead electrical
lines, unstable ground, excessive slopes, etc.
Before starting engine and moving machine, make sure that no
one is underneath machine, around machine, or on machine.
Know width and length of your machine and work equipment to
maintain proper clearance when you operate machine or work WARNING
No Entry
equipment near fences or near boundary obstacles.
DS1903206
Know appropriate work site hand signals and personnel that are Figure 20
authorized to give hand signals. Follow hand signals from only
one person.
If you need to operate on a street, protect pedestrians and cars
by designating a person for work site traffic duty or by erecting
fences and posting "No Entry" signs around work site.
Erect barricades or fences, post "No Entry" signs, and take other
steps to prevent people from coming close to or entering work
DL320-7 Safety
1-29
site. If people come too close to a moving machine, they may be
struck or caught by machine, and this can result in death or seri-
ous injury.
Check Tire Pressure and Condition

Maintain tire pressure but do not overinflate. Inspect tires and
wheels daily. When inflating tires, follow procedures in Mainte-
nance Section, which include using an extension to avoid stand-
ing in front of or over a tire. Do not change a tire unless you
understand proper tire maintenance procedures and are using
proper equipment.
Refer to "Recommended Air Pressure".
Mounting / Dismounting
Before getting on or off machine, if there is any oil, grease, or
mud on handrails or steps, wipe it off immediately. Always keep
these parts clean. Repair any damage and tighten any loose
bolts.
Never jump on or off machine. In particular, never get on or off a
moving machine. These actions can result in death or serious
injury.
When getting on or off machine, always face machine. Maintain HA3O1003
a three-point contact (both feet and one hand or one foot and
Figure 21
both hands) with handrails and steps to ensure that you support
yourself securely.
Never hold onto any control levers when getting on or off
machine.
Securely latch door. If you grip handrail inside door when mov-
ing on platform outside of door, and door latch is not securely
engaged, door may move and cause you to fall resulting in
death or serious injury.
Use points marked by arrows in diagram when getting on or off
machine.
Do not carry tools or supplies when you mount or dismount the
machine.
Safety DL320-7
1-30
Cleaning
Remove all straw, wood chips, leaves, grass, paper and other
flammable debris accumulated in engine compartment, mufflers
and around battery. Remove any dirt from window glass, mir-
rors, handrails, and steps.
Do not leave tools or spare parts in operator's cabin. Vibration of
machine during operation can cause tools or spare parts to fall
and damage or break control levers or switches. Tools and
spare parts can also get caught in spaces between control
levers and cause accidental movement of work equipment caus-
ing death or serious injury.
When entering operator's cabin, always remove all mud and oil
from your shoes. If you operate travel pedal with mud or oil stuck
to your shoes, your foot could slip off the control, or dirt and
debris may interfere with proper operation of control levers.
After using ashtray, make sure that any matches or cigarettes
are properly extinguished, and be sure to close ashtray.
Clean window glass and working lights for good visibility.
Do not stick suction pads to window glass. Suction pads act as a
lens and can cause fire.
Never bring flammable or explosive items into operator's cabin.
Do not leave cigarette lighters laying around operator's cabin. If
temperature inside operator's cabin becomes too high, there is a
potential hazard that lighter could explode.
Secure all loose items such as lunch boxes, and other items that
are not a part of the machine itself.
Window Maintenance
To clean or replace a window on the cabin, park the machine on
a level ground as it stands straight.
When using steps to get on the front frame, narrow the distance
between the steps by turning to maximum steering within the
limits of no interference between the frames.
Use three-point grip, i.e. two hands and one foot or two feet and
one hand.
Always face the machine.
Always wipe mud and oil off all footboards, handrails and your
footwear, especially when cleaning windows.
When cleaning or maintaining windows, never hang from a
cabin rail.
DS2000224
Figure 22
DL320-7 Safety
1-31
Operator Station
Inspect condition of seat belt and mounting hardware. Replace
any parts that are worn or damaged. Do not use a seat belt
extension on a retractable seat belt.
Adjust seat so full pedal travel can be achieved with operator's
back against back of seat.
Keep all windows and doors closed on machine.
Adjust operator's seat to a position where it is easy to perform
operations, and check that there is no damage or excessive
wear to seat belt or mounting clamps.
Never reach in through a window to work a control. Do not try to
operate the machine unless in operator's seat with the seat belt
fastened.
Adjust and clean mirrors so area to rear of machine can be seen
clearly from operator's seat.
When standing up from operator's seat, always place pilot cutoff
switch in "O" (OFF) position. If you accidentally move work
equipment levers when they are not locked, the machine could
suddenly move and cause damage, death or serious injury.
Safety DL320-7
1-32
Seat Belt
Check seat belt daily for correct function.
Inspect seat belt system more often if machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications. Conduct the
following inspections and replace seat belt system as neces-
sary:
1. Check webbing. If system is equipped with a retractor, pull
webbing completely out and inspect full length of webbing.
Look for cuts, wear, fraying, dirt and stiffness.
2. Check buckle and latch for correct operation.
3. Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn, deformed or
buckle is not damaged or casing is broken.
4. Check retractor web storage device (if equipped) by
extending webbing and checking that it spools out and
retracts correctly.
5. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV) rays
from sun or extreme dust or dirt. If original color of webbing
in these areas is extremely faded and/or webbing is
packed with dirt, webbing strength may be reduced.
NOTE: Contact your DEVELON distributor for seat belt
system replacement parts.
WARNING
Failure to properly inspect and maintain seat belt and
seat belt system can cause lack of operator restraint
and can result in death or serious injury.
Before fastening seat belt, check that there is no prob-
lem in belt mounting bracket. If it is worn or damaged,
replace seat belt immediately. Fasten seat belt so it is
not twisted.
Always wear seat belt when operating machine.
DL320-7 Safety
1-33
Visibility Information
A rear view camera (if equipped) and mirrors provide the opera-
tor with additional means to see the work area.
NOTE: These devices may vary from one region to another,
depending upon local and regional laws and regula-
tions. If a machine is moved or sold into another
region or marketplace, it is the owner's responsibility
to make sure it complies with all applicable laws and
regulations.
NOTE: Your machine may be equipped with additional visual
aids other than the Figure 23 shown.
2
1. Side Mirror on the Cabin (1)
2. Side Mirror on the Cabin (2)
3. Rear Viewa Camera
DS2004294
Figure 23
WARNING
Failure to check for and clear people from the surrounding
area of a machine can result in death or serious injury. The
operator should make sure that visual aids (mirrors and
camera(s)) are in proper working condition.
Your machine may be equipped with visual aids such as mirrors

or a rear view camera. Even with these aids, there still may be
areas around the machine which cannot be seen from the oper-
ator's seat. Always keep bystanders out of the work area. Be
careful when operating and always look in direction of travel.
Adjust visual aids for best visibility around machine.
When backing up, press camera button (if equipped) to change
display mode on display monitor so you can check rear and side
of machine.
Safety DL320-7
1-34
Before moving machine, look around work site and use mirrors
and display monitor to confirm that no one is in the work area.
While operating or traveling in places with poor visibility it may
be impossible to confirm conditions of the work site. Inspect and
remove any obstacles around the machine that could be dam-
aged and keep other personnel and bystanders out of the work
area.
Inspect equipment and repair immediately if there are problems
with visual aids. If machine cannot be fixed immediately, DO
NOT use the machine. Contact your DEVELON distributor and
arrange for repairs.
Restricted Visibility
Some areas may not be seen from the operator's position.
Get aid from proper job site organization and minimize visibility
masking hazard.
Refer to "Visibility Information" in the Operation and Mainte-
nance Manual for more information regarding job site organiza-
tion.
Figure 24 ~ Figure 25 provide an approximate visual indication
of the areas at ground level inside a radius of 12 m (39' 4") from
the operator of significant restricted visibility for various machine
configurations.
Figure 26 provides the position of the attachment and equipment
in the Travel position.
• Visible areas without visual aids at the ground level F
W
D
in)
( 47 2
12 m
DS1801545
Figure 24
• Visible areas with rear CCTV and mirrors

F
W
D
in)
( 47 2
12 m
DS1801546
Figure 25
DL320-7 Safety
1-35
• Indicates machine travel position
250 ~ 350 mm (9.8 ~ 13.8 in.)

DS2100264
Figure 26
Mirror Adjustment
Frequently ensure the mirrors are directed properly.
• Park the machine on a level surface.
• Lower the attachment to the ground.
• Set pilot cut off switch to "O"(LOCKED) position.
• Engine start/stop button or key switch to "ON" mode.
• Use mirror adjustment switch on the right stand in cabin to
adjust the angle of side mirror.
NOTE: You may need hand tools to adjust certain types of
mirrors.
1. Side mirror on the cabin (1, Figure 23)

If equipped, Adjust the desired angle of side mirror on the
cabin by using the mirror adjustment switch so the left rear
fender of machine can be seen from the operator seat.
DS1801540
Figure 27
2. Side mirror on the cabin (2, Figure 23)

If equipped, Adjust the desired angle of side mirror on the
cabin by using the mirror adjustment switch so the right
rear fender of machine can be seen from the operator seat.
DS1801539
Figure 28
Safety DL320-7
1-36
3. Additional mirrors other than Figure 23
If equipped, adjust the mirrors whenever you change
operators and ensure the mirrors are in proper working
conditions.
Work Site Rules

• If visibility cannot be sufficiently assured, use a flagman.
The operator should pay careful attention to signals and
follow instructions from flagman.
• Signals should only be given by one flagman.
• When working in dark places, turn "ON" work lights and
front lights on the machine. Set up additional lighting in
area.
• Stop operations if there is poor visibility, such as fog, snow,
rain, or sandstorms.
• Check mirrors and rear view camera (if equipped) on
machine before starting operations. Clean off any dirt and
adjust view for good visibility.
When operating or traveling during poor visibility conditions, fol-
low the preceding work site rules.
It may not be possible to adjust the visual aids to see all the way
around the machine. Therefore, additional precautions such as
flagman, barricades, etc., must be taken to keep personnel and
bystanders out of the work area.
DL320-7 Safety
1-37
Boost Starting or Charging Engine
Batteries
Follow these instructions to prevent an explosion or fire when
connecting booster cables to batteries:
• Turn "OFF" all electric equipment before connecting leads
to battery. This includes electric switches on battery
charger or battery booster equipment.
• When boost starting from another machine or vehicle, do
not allow two machines to touch. Wear safety goggles and
gloves while battery connections are made.
• 24 volt battery units consisting of two series connected 12
volt batteries have a cable connecting one positive (+)
terminal on one of the 12 volt batteries to a negative (-)
terminal on the other battery. Booster or charger cable
connections must be made between the nonseries
connected positive (+) terminals and between the negative
(-) terminal of the booster battery and metal frame of the
machine being boosted or charged. The final booster cable
connection, at metal frame of the machine being charged
or boost started, must be as far away from the batteries as
possible.
• Connect positive (+) cable first when installing cables and
disconnect negative (-) cable first when removing them.
Safety DL320-7
1-38
Starting Engine
Only operate the machine from the operator's seat with your
seat belt fastened.
Only operate controls while engine is running.
Check for proper operation of all controls and all protective
devices while you operate the machine slowly in an open area.
• Check operation of work equipment and travel system.
• Check for any problems with machine. Check for: unusual
sounds, vibration, heat, odor, or improper readings from
gauges. Check for any oil or fuel leaks.
• If any problem is found, stop operation and perform repairs
immediately.
Do not use cellular telephones inside operator's cabin when driv-
ing or operating the machine.
When operating the machine, do not extend your hands or head
out of window.
Do not attempt to start engine by short-circuiting engine starting
circuit. This can result in death or serious injury, or fire.
When starting engine, sound horn as a warning to alert person-
nel in the work area.
If there is a warning tag or "DO NOT OPERATE" tag hanging
from pilot control lever (joystick), do not start engine or move
lever.
Prevent personnel and all bystanders from walking or standing
under raised arm, unless it is properly supported.
Traveling Travel Position

When traveling with the machine, always keep lights on; make
sure that you are in compliance with all federal, state and local
laws and regulations concerning warning flags and signs.
If engine stops while machine is traveling and the machine is not
equipped with an emergency steering system, it will be impossi-
ble to operate the steering system and control machine move-
ment. 250 ~ 350 mm (9.8 ~ 13.8 in.)
Pilot control valve lever (joystick) should not be operated while

traveling. Incorrect
Lower work equipment so it is 250 ~ 350 mm (9.8 ~ 13.8 in)

above ground.
Never travel over obstacles or steep slopes that will cause
machine to tilt severely. Avoid slopes or obstacles where the
machine is tilted more than 10° to the right or left or beyond its
maximum gradeability. DS2100265
Figure 29
Do not operate steering suddenly. Work equipment can hit
ground and this can damage machine or structures in area.
DL320-7 Safety
1-39
When traveling on rough ground, travel at low speed, and avoid
sudden changes in direction.
Keep to permissible water depth. Refer to "Working in Water".
When traveling over bridges or structures check first that bridge
or structure can withstand weight of machine. Never exceed the
maximum permitted load for bridges or structures.
It is important to keep in mind that the machine, in comparison
with the rest of traffic, is a slow moving and wide vehicle which
can cause traffic delays. Pay attention to traffic behind you and
allow traffic to pass you.
Before operating the machine or work equipment, always
observe the following precautions to prevent death or serious
injury.
• When changing travel direction from forward to reverse or
from reverse to forward, reduce speed and stop machine
before changing travel direction.
• Sound horn to alert people in area.
• Check that there is no one in area around machine. There
are restricted visibility areas behind machine.
DS1903208
• When operating in areas with poor visibility, designate a Figure 30
flagman to direct work site traffic.
• Keep unauthorized personnel away from turning radius or
travel path of the machine.
Be sure to observe these precautions even if a backup alarm or
mirrors are installed.
• Check that backup alarm works properly and that mirrors
are clean, not damaged and properly adjusted.
• Always latch door and windows of operator's cabin in
position (open or closed).
• On work sites where there is a hazard of flying or falling
objects, or of objects entering operator's cabin, check that
door and windows are securely closed. Install additional
guards, if work site application requires them.
Do not operate attachments while traveling.
Know permitted ground pressure. Ground pressure of the
machine may change depending on attachment and load.
Keep height and length of attachment in mind.
Safety DL320-7
1-40
Lifting and Digging
The operator is responsible for any load carried when traveling
on public roads and while working with the machine.
• Keep loads secure so they do not fall off while operating.
• Do not exceed maximum load for the machine. Machine
operation will be affected when center of gravity changes,
caused by extended loads and different attachments.
To lift loads safely, the following must be evaluated by the oper-
ator and work site crew:
• Condition of ground support.
• Machine configuration and attachments.
• Weight, lifting height and lifting radius.
• Safe rigging of load.
• Proper handling of suspended load.
• Always watch load.
• Do not suddenly lower or stop work equipment.
• Do not move bucket over head of personnel or bystanders,
over the operator's seat of dump trucks or other hauling
equipment. The load may spill or bucket can come in
contact with the dump truck or equipment causing property
damage, death or serious injury.
DL320-7 Safety
1-41
Operation on Slopes
NOTICE 200
- 30
0m
Abnormal operation with half of the brake running, failure to m (8
- 12
comply with the brake oil change intervals, or excessive in)
service brakes may increase the temperature of the axle oil
during the operation, resulting in reduced braking forces.
For safety, do not drive on steep slopes that exceed Maxi-
mum Gradeability.
Dig evenly around work site whenever possible, trying to gradu-

ally level any existing slope. If it is not possible to level area or in)
avoid working on a slope, it is recommended that you reduce 12
m (8 -
size and cycling rate of workload. 0m
30
20 0-
On sloping surfaces, use caution when positioning the machine
DS2004295
before starting a work cycle. Always fasten your seat belt. Stay Figure 31
alert for unstable situations and avoid getting into them. For
example, you should always avoid positioning the bucket over
downhill side of machine when parked perpendicular to slope.
Avoid full extensions of bucket in a downhill direction. Lifting
bucket too high, or too close to the machine, while the machine
is turned uphill can also be hazardous.
When possible, operate machine up slopes and down slopes.
Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill. Avoid operating
machine across slope.
On hills, banks or slopes, position bucket approximately
200 ~ 300 mm (8 ~ 16 in) above ground. In case of an emer-
gency, quickly lower bucket or work tool to ground to help stop
machine.
Do not travel on grass, fallen leaves, or wet steel plates. Even
slight slopes can cause machine to slide down a slope. Travel at
low speed and make sure that the machine is always traveling
directly up or directly down the slope.
Do not change travel direction on a slope. This could result in
tipping or sliding sideways of machine.
Improper operation when working on slopes can cause a tip
over. Use caution when operating work equipment on slopes.
If the machine begins to slide down on a grade, immediately
dump load and turn the machine downhill.
Be careful to avoid any ground condition which could cause the
machine to tip. Tipping can occur when you work on hills, on
banks, or on slopes. Tipping can also occur when you cross
ditches, ridges, or travel over unexpected obstructions.
Keep the machine under control. Do not overload the machine
beyond capacity.
• Do not turn on slopes or travel across slopes. Always go
down to a flat place to change position of the machine,
then travel backup the slope again.
Figure 32 DS1903210
Safety DL320-7
1-42
Towing
To prevent death or serious injury when towing, always do the
following:
• Follow the instruction given in this manual.
• When performing preparation work for towing with two or
more personnel, determine signals to use and correctly
follow these signals.
• If engine on problem machine will not start or there is a
failure in brake system, always contact your DEVELON
distributor.
• Never go between towing machine and towed machine DS1903211
during towing operation. Figure 33
• Do not perform towing on steep slopes, so select a place
where slope is gradual. If there is no place where slope is
gradual, perform operations to reduce angle of slope
before starting towing operation.
• When towing a machine, always use a wire rope with a
sufficient towing capacity.
• Do not use a wire rope that is kinked or frayed, or a wire
rope with any loss of diameter. Wear leather gloves when
handling a wire rope.
• Do not use lightweight towing hook for towing another
machine.
• Make sure that towing eyes and towing devices are
adequate for towing loads.
• Only connect wire rope to a drawbar or to a hitch.
• Operate the machine slowly and be careful not to apply
any sudden load to wire rope.
If any mistake is made in method of selecting or inspecting wire
rope or in method of towing, it can result in death or serious
injury.
Always do the following:
• Always use the method of towing given in this Operation &
Maintenance Manual. Do not use any other method.
• When towing a problem machine, always use a wire rope
with a sufficient towing capacity.
DL320-7 Safety
1-43
Attachment
Never let any one ride on any work attachment, such as bucket,
forks or grapple. This creates a falling and/or crushing hazard,
and can result in death or serious injury.
• When using a fork or grapple, do not attempt to pick up an
object with its tips. This could damage the machine or
cause personal injury, if picked-up object falls off attach-
ment.
• Do not use impact force of work equipment for demolition
work. This could damage work equipment, cause broken
EX1400133
materials to fly off or tipping. This could result in death or Figure 34
serious injury.
Equipment Lowering With Engine Stopped

Before lowering any equipment with the engine stopped, clear
the area around the equipment of all personnel and bystanders.
The procedure to use will vary with the type of equipment to be
lowered. Keep in mind most systems use high-pressure fluid or
air to raise or lower equipment. The procedure will cause
high-pressure air, or hydraulic pressure, or some other media to
be released to lower the equipment.
Wear appropriate personal protective equipment and follow the
established procedures.
Preventing Risk of Injuries or Death From

Arm and Bucket
NOTICE
When operating machine or making repairs, never allow
bystanders in work area or repair area. Operation and ser-
vice personnel must be careful when working around
machine, especially around arm and bucket and articulation
joint.
An unexpected fall of front structure can cause death or
serious injury. DS1903212
Figure 35
1. While operating a machine, do not let people enter the
work area. A sudden collapse of front structure caused
from a hydraulic hose failure can result in death or serious
injury.
Safety DL320-7
1-44
2. When stopping or parking machine, lower front structure to
ground. If this is not done, sudden collapse of front
structure caused from a hydraulic hose failure can result in
DS1903213
Figure 36
3. When repairing or inspecting machine, with front structure

raised in air, firmly support front structure. When installing
supporting structure, check that it is rated and approved to
support the weight of the structure.
High-pressure loads between lift arm structure and support
can cause support to slip, causing arm to collapse, leading
to death or serious injury. Always install the supporting
structure on firm and level ground.
A supporting structure must be used, when disconnecting
front hoses or removing any other mechanical component
related to front structure. High-pressure oil can be ejected
from front hydraulic cylinder that can cause the lift arm to
suddenly lower or attachment movement resulting in death
or serious injury.
FG019366
WARNING Figure 37

Pressurized oil has enough force to pierce skin and
cause death or serious injury.
If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical
attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
DL320-7 Safety
1-45
Engine Stop
Press the start / stop button for more than 1 second to stop the
engine.
Before lowering any equipment with engine stopped, clear area
around equipment of all personnel and bystanders. This proce-
dure will cause high-pressure air or hydraulic pressure to be
released to lower equipment.
Do not stop engine immediately after the machine has been
operated under load. This can cause overheating and acceler-
ated wear of engine components.
After the machine is parked, allow engine to run for at least five
(5) minutes before stopping the engine. This allows hot areas of
engine to begin to cool gradually.
• Do not leave operator's seat when there is a raised load.
Parking Machine
Park machine on firm and level ground away from traffic and
away from high walls, drop-offs and any area of potential water
accumulation or runoff. If parking on an incline is unavoidable,
block wheels to prevent movement. Lower bucket or other work-
ing attachment completely to ground, or to a support saddle, to
prevent unintended or accidental movement.
When parking on public roads, provide fences barricades, signs,
flags, or lights, and put up any other necessary signs to ensure
that passing traffic can see machine clearly. Park the machine
so the machine, flags, signs and fences do not obstruct traffic.
After front attachment has been lowered to an overnight storage
position and all switches and operating controls are in "OFF"
position and place the pilot cutoff switch to "O" (OFF) position.
This will disable all pilot control functions.
Always close door of operator's cabin and lock all equipment to
prevent any unauthorized person from operating the machine.
The hydraulic system remains pressurized, provided that the
accumulator, is charged even when engine is not running. Accu-
mulator pressure should decrease in a short time (approximately
one minute). While hydraulic system maintains a charge,
hydraulic work tools and machine controls remain functional.
Machine movement will occur if any controls are moved. This
Always set pilot cut off switch to "O"(LOCKED) position, before
stopping the engine or immediately after engine stops running.
Safety DL320-7
1-46
Long Term Storage
When a machine is taken out of service and stored for a time
exceeding thirty (30) days, steps must be taken to protect the
machine. Leaving the machine and work equipment outdoors
exposed to the elements will shorten their life.
An enclosure will protect the machine from rapid temperature
changes and lessen the amount of condensation that forms in
hydraulic components, engine, fuel tank, etc. If it is not possible
to put the machine in an enclosure, cover it with a waterproof
tarpaulin.
Check that storage site is not subject to flooding or other natural
disasters.
After the machine has been positioned for storage and the
engine stopped, perform the following operations:
Before Storage
Keep the machine in the position to prevent rust of the hydraulic
piston rods.
• Inspect for damaged, loose or missing parts.
• Repaint areas as necessary to prevent oxidation.
• Wash and clean all parts of machine.
• Replace any damaged or missing decals.
• Store the machine in an indoor, stable place. If stored out-
side, cover with a waterproof tarp.
• Perform lubrication procedures on all grease points.
• Apply a coating of light oil to the exposed plated metal sur-
faces (such as hydraulic cylinder rods, etc.) and to all the
control linkage and control cylinders. (Control valve spools,
etc.)
• Remove battery from the machine to be fully charged and
stored.
• Inspect the coolant recovery tank and radiator to make
sure the antifreeze level in the system is correct. Make
sure that antifreeze concentration is enough for the lowest
temperature anticipated during storage.
• Seal all external openings (i.e., engine exhaust outlet,
crankcase and hydraulic breather, fuel vent line, etc.) with
tape wide enough to cover the opening, regardless of size.
NOTE: When sealing with tape, be sure to extend tape
approximately one inch (25 mm) beyond open-
ing to ensure a good seal.
DL320-7 Safety
1-47
During Storage
• Once a month, start the engine and follow the "Hydraulic
Oil Warm-up" procedures listed in this manual.
NOTE: Remove all seals from the machine (i.e. crank-
case and hydraulic breathers, engine air intake,
fuel tank vent lines, etc.).
Operate hydraulic functions for traveling, arm and attach-
ment two or three times for lubrication after "Hydraulic Oil
Warm-up". Coat all the moving parts and surfaces of the
components with a new oil film after operating. At the same
time, charge the battery.
• (If equipped) Everyday, turn on the central lubrication
pump over 1 cycle (approximately 10 minutes). Use the
lubrication switch in cabin.
• Every ninety (90) days, use a hydrometer to measure the
protection of the coolant. Refer to the antifreeze/coolant
protection chart to determine necessary protection of the
cooling system. Add coolant as required.
After Storage
• Before operating the work equipment, remove all grease
from the hydraulic cylinder rods.
• Add grease and oil at all lubrication points.
• Adjust fan and alternator belt tension.
• Connect the charged battery.
• Check condition of all hoses and connections.
• Check the levels of engine oil, fuel, coolant and hydraulic
circuit oil. If there is water in the oil, change all the oil.
• (If equipped) Check the reservoir of the central lubrication
pump.
Change the grease if it is divided into two layers, oil and
soap. It can cause blockage of system.
• Change all filters.
• Inspect for signs of nests. (i.e., birds, rodents, etc.)
• When starting the engine after long-term storage, follow
the "Hydraulic Oil Warm-up" procedures listed in this man-
ual.
Safety DL320-7
1-48
Cleaning
Pressure wash machine. Inspect machine for any damage or
missing parts. Drive machine to check steering linkage for dam-
age.
Hydraulic System
Start engine and allow it to idle for a few minutes. Drive machine
around for two - three minutes. Raise and lower arm two - three
(2-3) times. Crowd and dump bucket two - three times. This will
circulate hydraulic fluid through all hydraulic systems.
Lubrication
Perform all daily maintenance procedures listed in this section
(Section 4.) Grease all grease fittings in steering linkage. Apply
a coating of light oil to all exposed cylinder rods. Apply a coating
of light oil to all control linkages and all control valve spools.
Check condition of oil coating each month and add to coating
where necessary.
(If equipped) Everyday, turn on the central lubrication pump over
1 cycle (approximately 10 minutes). Use the lubrication switch in
cabin.
Battery
Disconnect cables from battery, or remove battery from
machine. If battery is removed, fully charge battery and store it.
Cooling System Care

If cooling system does not need antifreeze and is filled with
water only, add an antirust additive. If temperatures below freez-
ing are expected, add antifreeze to protect system to level of
cold expected. See antifreeze protection Table 4-1. Use a
hydrometer to check level of antifreeze protection once each
month. If desired, cooling system can be completely drained. If
system is drained, place a sign in operator's cabin to warn oper-
ator there is no coolant in engine.
DL320-7 Safety
1-49
Preservation / Storing Machine
Perform the following if storing the machine for more than one
month.
Conditions Maintenance Required

Cleaning Pressure wash entire machine. Inspect for damage or loose or missing parts.
Lubrication Perform all daily lubrication procedures.
(If equipped) Everyday, turn on the central lubrication pump over 1 cycle
(approximately 10 minutes). Use the auto grease switch in cabin.
Apply a coating of light oil to exposed plated metal surfaces, such as hydraulic
cylinder rods, etc.
Apply a coating of light oil to all control linkages and control cylinders (control
valve spools, etc.)
Battery Turn "OFF" the battery disconnect switch.
Cooling System Inspect coolant recovery tank to make sure that antifreeze level in system is at
correct level.
Every 90 days, use a hydrometer to measure protection level of coolant. Refer to
"Antifreeze Concentration Tables", to determine amount of protection cooling
system requires. Add coolant as required.
Hydraulic System Once a month, start engine and follow procedures listed in "Automatic Warming
Up Operation", in this manual.
1. Complete the steps listed above.

2. Wash machine and touch up paint finish to avoid rusting.
3. Treat exposed parts with antirust agent, lubricate machine
thoroughly and apply grease to unpainted surfaces like lift-
ing and tilting cylinders etc.
4. Fill fuel tank and hydraulic oil tank to "FULL" marks.
5. Cover exhaust pipe (if parking outside).
6. Make sure that coolant is at proper concentration for
expected lowest temperatures.
7. Parking machine on firm and level ground where there is
no risk of freezing, landslide or flooding. Avoid parking
machine on a slope.
Keep in mind that theft and burglary risk can be minimized
by:
• Locking doors and covers after working hours.
• Turning off electrical current with battery disconnect
switch.
• Parking machine where risk of theft, burglary and
damage is minimized.
• Removing valuables from cabin such as cellular
phone, computer, radio and bags.
Safety DL320-7
1-50
Check After Long-term Parking
• All oil and fluid levels.
• Tension of all belts.
• Air pressure.
• Air cleaner.
• Batteries and electrical connections.
• Lubricate all greasing points.
• (If equipped) Check the reservoir of the central lubrication
pump, and change the grease if it is divided into two layers,
oil and soap. It can cause blockage of system.
• Wipe off grease from piston rods.
• Inspect for signs of nests (i.e. birds, rodents, etc.)
DL320-7 Safety
1-51
Maintenance
Improper operation and maintenance can result in death or seri-
ous injury. Read manual and safety decals before operating or
maintaining the machine. Follow all instructions and safety mes-
sages.
WARNING
Follow instructions before operating or servicing machine.
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual
and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and
instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjust-
ments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjust-
ments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to
follow instructions can result in death or serious injury.
• Never service DEVELON equipment without instructions.

• Always lower lift arm and attachment to ground before
doing any maintenance.
• Use correct procedure to lift and support machine.
• Cleaning and maintenance are required daily.
• Welding or grinding painted parts must be done in well
ventilated areas.
• Wear a dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust
and gas can be produced.
• Vent exhaust to outside when engine must be running for
service.
• Exhaust system must be tightly sealed. Exhaust fumes are
hazardous and can cause death or serious injury.
• Stop and allow engine to cool and clean engine of
flammable materials before checking fluids.
• Never service or adjust machine with engine running
unless instructed to do so in this manual.
• Avoid contact with leaking hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel
under pressure. It can penetrate skin or eyes.
• Never fill fuel tank while engine running, while smoking, or
when near an open flame or sparks.
• Keep body, jewelry and clothing away from moving parts,
electrical components, hot parts and exhaust.
• Wear eye protection to guard from battery acid,
compressed springs, fluids under pressure and flying
debris when engine is running or tools are used. Use eye
protection approved for welding.
• Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive
gases.
Safety DL320-7
1-52
• Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from
batteries.
• Batteries contain acid which burns eyes or skin on contact.
• Wear protective clothing. If acid contacts body, flush well
with water. For eye contact, flush well and get immediate
medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
• The maintenance procedures which are given in this
manual can be performed by the owner or operator without
any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures
which are not in this manual must be performed ONLY BY
QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine
DEVELON replacement parts.
• Only authorized personnel should service and repair the
machine. Do not allow unauthorized personnel access to
the machine or into work area.
• Lower work equipment and stop engine before performing
maintenance.
• Park machine on firm and level ground.
• Press the start/stop button to switch to the key on state and
set pilot cutoff switch to "I" (ON) position. Cycle work levers
(joysticks) back and forth, left and right at full stroke 2 to 3
times to eliminate remaining internal pressure in hydraulic
circuit.
• Check that battery relay is "OFF" and main power is shut
off. (Wait for approximately one minute after turning "OFF"
engine starter switch key and press horn button. If horn
does not sound, the main power is shut off.)
• Put blocks against tire to prevent the machine from
moving.
• To prevent injury, do not perform maintenance with engine
running. If maintenance must be done with engine running,
perform maintenance with at least two workers and do the
following:
– One worker must always sit in the operator's seat and
be ready to stop engine at any time. All workers must
maintain contact with other workers.
– When maintenance operations are near fan, fan belt,
or other rotating parts, there is a potential hazard of
being caught in rotating parts. Keep hands and tools
away.
• Never drop or insert tools or other objects into rotating fan
or fan belt. Parts can break off and hit someone.
• Do not touch any control levers or control pedals. If any
control levers or control pedals must be operated, always
give a signal to other workers and instruct them to move
away.
• When performing maintenance of engine that causes
exposure to engine noise for long periods of time, wear
hearing protection while working.
DL320-7 Safety
1-53
• If noise from the machine is too loud, it can cause tempo-
rary or permanent hearing loss and/or other problems.
• Do not smoke when you service an air conditioner or if
refrigerant gas is present.
• Inhaling fumes either from a flame or gas from a cigarette
that has contacted air conditioner refrigerant can cause
• Never put maintenance fluids into glass containers. Drain
all liquids into a suitable containers.
• Unless instructed otherwise, perform maintenance with
equipment in servicing position. Refer to this manual for
the proper procedure for placing equipment in servicing
position.
Warning Tag
Alert others that service or maintenance is being performed by
attaching a "DO NOT OPERATE" warning tag to the operator's
cabin controls – and other machine areas, if required. Use of the
pilot cutoff switch in the "O" (OFF) position, complies with the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) lock-
out requirements.
"DO NOT OPERATE" warning tags, are available from your 950205-03802B
DEVELON distributor.
• Always attach "DO NOT OPERATE" warning tag to work DS1801807
equipment control lever in the operator's cabin to alert Figure 38
others that service or maintenance is being performed on
the machine. Attach additional warning tags on the
machine, if necessary.
Keep warning tags in tool box while they are not being
used. If there is not tool box, store them in the owner
manual storage pocket.
• If another person starts engine, and operates control levers
or control pedals while you are performing service or
maintenance, it can result in death or serious injury.
Attach a "DO NOT OPERATE" warning tag to joystick lever
before servicing or repairing equipment. Warning tag is available
from your DEVELON distributor.
Safety DL320-7
1-54
Cleaning
Clean machine before performing inspection and maintenance.
If inspection and/or maintenance are done when machine is
dirty, it will become more difficult to locate problems, and this
increases the risk of serious injury from slipping on steps and/or
the work platform areas.
When washing machine, do the following:
EX1400134
• Wear shoes with nonslip soles to prevent slipping and
falling. Figure 39
• Wear safety goggles and protective clothing when washing

machine with high-pressure steam or water.
• Do not spray water directly on electrical components
(sensors and connectors). If water gets into electrical
system, it can cause operation problems.
• Pick up any tools or hammers that are laying in workplace.
Wipe up any grease or oil to prevent slippery surfaces, that
can cause tripping or slipping.
• When cleaning cabin top window which is made of
polycarbonate material, use tap water. Avoid use of
organic solvents for cleaning, such as benzene, toluene or
methanol. These solvents can cause a chemical reaction
that will dissolve and damage the window.
Proper Tools and Clothing

Only use tools that are intended for the type of service to be
done. Metal pieces from low quality or damaged tools, such as
chisels or hammers, can break off and cause death or serious
injury.
Disassembling Precautions
When using a hammer to remove pins, pins can fly out or metal
particles may break off. Always do the following:
• Hitting hard metal pins, bucket teeth, cutting edges or
bearings with a hammer, can cause metal pieces to break
or fly off resulting in serious injury. Always wear safety
goggles and leather gloves. Keep personnel and
bystanders away.
DL320-7 Safety
1-55
Use of Lighting
When checking fuel, oil, battery electrolyte, window washer fluid,
or coolant, always use proper lighting equipment to prevent arcs
or sparks that could cause a fire or explosion resulting in death
or serious injury.
HDO1040L
Figure 40
Fire and Explosion Prevention

Fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flamma-
ble. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled onto hot sur-
faces or onto electrical components can cause a fire resulting in
property damage or death or serious injury.
Store all fuels and all lubricants in properly marked and
approved containers and keep away from all unauthorized per-
sonnel.
Store oily rags and other flammable material in a protective con- FG018458
tainer. Figure 41
Tighten all fuel and oil caps.
Do not smoke while you refuel machine or while you are in a
refueling area.
Do not smoke in battery charging areas or in areas that contain
flammable material.
Clean all electrical connections and tighten all electrical connec-
tions. Check electrical wires daily for wires that are loose or
frayed. Tighten all loose, and repair or replace all frayed, electri-
cal wires before operating machine.
Remove all flammable materials and debris from the engine
compartment, exhaust system components and hydraulic lines.
Safety DL320-7
1-56
Burn Prevention
When checking radiator coolant level, stop engine, let engine
and radiator cool down, then check coolant recovery tank. If
coolant level in coolant recovery tank is near upper limit, there is
enough coolant in radiator.
Using gloves, loosen radiator cap slowly to release internal pres-
sure before removing radiator cap.
If coolant level in coolant recovery tank is below lower limit, add
coolant.
Cooling system conditioner contains alkali which can cause per-
sonal injury. Do not allow alkali to contact skin, eyes, or other
body parts.
Allow cooling system components to cool before draining cool-
ing system.
Hot oil and hot components can cause personal injury. Do not
allow hot oil or hot components to contact skin, eyes or other
body parts.
Vent hydraulic tank only after engine has been stopped and
hydraulic tank is cool. Using gloves, slowly tilt hydraulic tank air
breather to relieve pressure.
Relieve all pressure in hydraulic oil system, in fuel system, or in
cooling system before disconnecting any lines, hoses, fittings, or
related components.
Batteries give off flammable fumes that can explode and start a haae2090
fire. Figure 42
Do not smoke while you are checking battery electrolyte level.
Electrolyte is an acid. Electrolyte can cause personal injury. Do
not allow electrolyte to contact skin, eyes or other body parts.
Always wear safety goggles and face protection when working
with batteries.
DL320-7 Safety
1-57
Rubber That Contains Fluorides
Observe extra great care when it is suspected that you may
have to handle rubber that contains fluorides.
Certain seals which have to withstand high operating tempera-
tures (e.g. in engines, transmissions, axles, hydraulic motors
and pumps) may be made from rubber that contains fluorides,
which, when exposed to high heat (fire), forms hydrogen fluoride
and hydrofluoric acid. This acid is very corrosive and cannot be
rinsed or washed off from the skin. It causes very severe burns
which take a long time to heal.
It usually means that damaged tissue must be surgically
removed. Several hours may pass after contact with the acid,
before any symptoms appear and therefore one is not given any
immediate warning. The acid may remain on the machine parts
for several years after a fire.
If swelling, redness or a stinging feeling appears and one sus-
pects that cause may be contact with heated rubber that con-
tains fluorides, contact a medical doctor immediately. If a
machine, or part of a machine, has been exposed to fire or
severe heat, it must be handled by specially trained personnel.
In all handling of machines after a fire, thick rubber gloves and
protective goggles must be used.
The area around a part which has been very hot and which may
be made of rubber that contains fluorides must be decontami-
nated by thorough and ample washing with limewater (a solution
or suspension of calcium hydroxide, i.e. slaked lime in water).
After the work has been completed, the gloves must be washed
in limewater and then discarded.
Safety DL320-7
1-58
Rubber and Plastics
Polymer materials when heated, can form compounds that cre-
ate a health hazard and can harm the environment. Scrapped
rubber and plastic must never be burned. Extra precautions
must be taken when servicing machines that have been in a fire
or exposed to extreme heat.
If gas cutting or welding is to be done near such materials, the
following safety instructions must be followed:
• Protect the material from heat.
• Use protective gloves, protective goggles and an approved
respirator.
Waste Hazardous To The Environment

Painted parts or parts made of plastic or rubber which are to be
scrapped must never be burned, but must be taken care of by an
approved refuse handling plant.
Batteries, plastic objects and anything else which is suspected
of being dangerous to the environment must be taken care of in
an environmentally safe way.
Check List After Fire

When handling a machine which has been damaged by fire
or been exposed to intense heat, the following protective
measures must under all circumstances be followed:
Use thick, gloves made of rubber and wear goggles which are
certain to protect your eyes.
Never touch burned components with your bare hands, as there
is a risk that you may come into contact with melted polymer
materials. First wash thoroughly with plenty of limewater (a solu-
tion or suspension of calcium hydroxide, i.e. slaked lime in
water).
As a precaution, seals (O-rings and other oil seals) should
always be handled as if they were made of rubber that contains
fluorides.
Treat skin, which is suspected of having touched burned rubber
that contains fluorides, with Hydrofluoric Acid Burn Jelly or
something similar. Seek medical advice. Symptom may not
appear until several hours afterwards.
Discard gloves, rags etc. which are suspected of having touched
burned rubber that contains fluorides.
DL320-7 Safety
1-59
Welding Repairs
NOTICE
When disconnecting or connecting connectors between
ECU and engine, or connector between ECU and the
machine, always disconnect the battery to prevent damage
to ECU.
If you do not follow this procedure, the ECU will be dam-
aged and/or the engine will not operate properly.
When performing welding repairs, perform welding in a properly

equipped and well ventilated area. Repairs should only be per-
formed by a qualified welder. Welding operations, can create
potential hazards, including generation of gas, fire, or electric
shock. Never let an unqualified welder do welding.
A qualified welder must do the following:
• To prevent battery explosion, turn battery disconnect
switch to "OFF" position.
• Disconnect the connector between ECU and machine, and
the connector between ECU and engine.
• Disconnect the negative (-) cable of battery.
• To prevent generation of gas, remove paint from location
of the weld.
• If hydraulic equipment, piping or component ports close to
them are heated, a flammable gas or mist could cause an
explosion or fire. To prevent this, protect and insulate com-
ponents from excessive heat.
• Do not weld on pipes or on tubes that contain flammable
fluids. Do not flame cut pipes or tubes that contain flamma-
ble fluids. Before welding on pipes or tubes, or before flam-
ing cut pipes or tubes, clean them thoroughly with a
nonflammable solvent. Make sure pressure inside pipes or
tubes does not cause a rupture of the component parts.
• If heat is applied directly to rubber hoses or piping under
pressure, they may suddenly break, so cover and insulate
them with a fireproof covering.
• Wear protective clothing.
• Make sure there is good ventilation.
• Remove all flammable objects and make sure a fire extin-
guisher is available for immediate use.
Safety DL320-7
1-60
Preparation for Electrical Welding on Body Structure
To prevent damage to ECU by electrical welding, observe the
following procedures:
1. Turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF" position.
2. Disconnect the connector between ECU and machine, and
the connector between ECU and engine.
3. Disconnect the negative (-) cable of battery.
4. Proceed with welding.
5. After welding, connect the connector between ECU and
machine, and the connector between ECU and engine. Figure 43 DS2004296
6. Clean battery compartment.

7. Connect the negative (-) cable of battery.
8. Turn battery disconnect switch to "ON" position.
9. Close battery compartment door.
Lock Inspection Covers

When performing maintenance with inspection cover open, use
lock bar to secure cover to prevent cover from suddenly closing
causing death or serious injury.
If maintenance work is done with the inspection cover open but
not locked, it could suddenly close because of the wind or move-
ment of the machine.
Working on Machine
When performing maintenance operations on machine, prevent
tripping and falling by keeping area around your feet clean and
free of objects and debris. Always do the following:
• Do not spill oil or grease.
• Do not leave tools laying around.
• Watch your step when walking.
• Never jump down from machine. When getting on or off
machine, use steps and handrails, and maintain a ARO1380L
three-point contact (both feet and one hand or both hands Figure 44
and one foot) to support yourself.
• If job requires it, wear protective clothing.
• To prevent injury from slipping or falling, when working on
hood or covers, never stand or walk on areas except areas
equipped with nonslip pads.
• If it is necessary to work under raised equipment or the
machine, support work equipment and machine securely
with blocks and stands strong enough to support weight of
work equipment and machine.
• Do not work under the machine if machine is lifted off
ground and the machine is supported only with work
equipment. If any control levers are moved, or there is
damage to hydraulic system, work equipment or the
machine will suddenly drop causing death or serious injury.
DL320-7 Safety
1-61
Accumulator
The pilot control system is equipped with an accumulator. For a
short period of time after engine has been stopped, accumulator
will store a pressure charge that allow hydraulic controls to be
activated. Activation of any controls will allow selected functions
to operate under force of gravity.
When performing maintenance on pilot control system, release
hydraulic pressure in system as described in "Handling of Accu-
mulator".
The accumulator is charged with high-pressure nitrogen gas. If it
is improperly handled, it can explode causing death or serious
injury. Always observe the following precautions:
• Do not drill or punch holes in accumulator or expose it to
any flames, fire or external heat source.
• Do not weld on accumulator.
• When performing disassembly or maintenance of accumu- EX1400135
lator, or when disposing of accumulator, charged nitrogen Figure 45
gas must be properly released before beginning such
work. Contact your DEVELON distributor for assistance.
• Wear safety goggles and leather gloves when working on
an accumulator. Hydraulic oil under pressure can pene-
trate skin and result in death or serious injury. If fluid enters
skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physi-
cian familiar with this injury.
Compressed Air
• When cleaning filters, radiator or other components with
compressed air, there is a hazard of flying particles that
can result in serious injury.
• Always wear safety goggles, dust mask, leather gloves,
and other protective devices.
Supports and Blocking for Work

Equipment
Do not allow weight or equipment loads to remain suspended
and unsupported.
Lower lift arm and attachment to ground before leaving opera-
tor's seat.
Do not use hollow, cracked or unstable. Always use an
approved support to prevent sudden lowering of the lift arm.
HDO1042L
Do not work under any equipment supported only by a lifting
jack. Figure 46
Safety DL320-7
1-62
High-pressure Lines, Tubes and Hoses
When inspecting or replacing high-pressure piping or hoses,
check to verify that pressure has been released from circuit.
Failure to release pressure can result in death or serious injury.
Release pressure as described in "Handling of Accumulator".
Always do the following:
• Wear eye protection and leather gloves.
• Fluid leaks from hydraulic hoses or pressurized compo-
nents can be difficult to see but has enough force to pierce
skin and can result in death or serious injury. Always use a
piece of wood or cardboard to check for suspected hydrau-
lic leaks. Never use your hands or expose your fingers.
Always wear safety goggles.
• Do not bend high-pressure lines. Do not strike high-pres-
sure lines. Do not install lines, tubes or hoses that are bent
or damaged.
• Make sure that all clamps, guards and heat shields are cor-
rectly installed to prevent vibration, rubbing against other
parts, and excessive heat during operation.
• Replace hose or components if any of the following prob-
lems are found: EX1400129
Figure 47
– Damage or leakage from hose end fitting.
– Wear, damage, cutting of hose covering, or wire
braiding is exposed on any hose.
– Cover portion is swollen in any section.
– The hose is twisted or crushed.
– Foreign material is embedded in hose covering.
– Hose end is deformed.
– Connection fittings are damaged or leaking.
NOTE: Refer to "Hose In-service Lifetime Limit
(European Standard ISO 8331 and EN982
CEN)", for additional European regula-
tions.
High-pressure is generated inside fuel lines when engine is run-
ning. Before performing inspection or maintenance of fuel line
system, wait for at least thirty seconds after stopping engine to
let internal pressure drop and tip breather cap up to release
residual pressure.
Oil or fuel leaks from high-pressure hoses can cause fire or
improper operation, which can result in death or serious injury. If
any loose bolts are found, stop work and tighten to specified
torque. If any damaged hoses are found, stop operations imme-
diately and contact your DEVELON distributor for replacement
parts.
DL320-7 Safety
1-63
Battery
Battery Hazard Prevention
Battery electrolyte contains diluted sulfuric acid and generates

hydrogen gas. Hydrogen gas is highly explosive, and improper
handling can cause death or serious injury, or fire. Always
observe the following precautions.
• Do not smoke or bring any flame near battery.
• When cleaning top surface of battery, wipe it with a clean,
damp cloth. Never use gasoline, thinner, or any other
organic solvent or detergent.
• Tighten battery caps.
• If battery electrolyte is frozen, do not charge battery or start
engine with power from another source. This could cause
the battery to explode and start a fire.
• When charging battery or starting with power from another
source, let battery electrolyte thaw and check that there is
no leakage of battery electrolyte before starting operation.
• Always remove battery from machine before charging.
• Before maintaining or working with batteries, turn off engine.
Since there is a potential hazard that sparks could be generated,
always do the following:
EX1400136
• Do not let tools, rings or other metal objects make any Figure 48
contact between battery terminals. Do not leave tools or
other metal objects lying near battery.
• When disconnecting battery terminals, wait for
approximately one minute after turn off engine, and be
sure to disconnect grounding terminal; negative (-) terminal
first. Conversely, when connecting them, begin with
positive (+) terminal and then grounding (-) terminal, Make
sure that all terminals are connected securely.
• Flammable hydrogen gas is generated when battery is
charged. Remove battery from machine, take it to a well
ventilated place, and remove battery caps, before charging
it.
• After charging, tighten battery caps securely.
• After charging, secure battery back in machine.
When repairing or welding electrical system, wait for approxi-
mately one minute after turn off engine. Then disconnect nega-
tive (-) terminal of battery to stop flow of electricity.
Safety DL320-7
1-64
Environment and Circumstances
Work Site Areas Requiring Extra Caution

• Do not operate too close to edge of a quay, ramp, etc.
• Do not operate too close to edge of a steep slope or
drop-off. Use caution when working in a place where
machine may tip over.
• Do not operate on soft ground or near riverbank that could
collapse or where ground may not support weight of
machine.
• Observe changes in ground and traction conditions after a
rain or other changes in weather.
Digging Under an Overhang

Do not dig work face under an overhang. This can cause over-
hang to collapse and fall on top of the machine, resulting in
DS1903214
Figure 49
Deep Digging
Do not perform deep digging under front of machine. The ground
under machine may collapse and cause machine to fall resulting
in death or serious injury.
DS1903215
Figure 50
Drop-off or Edge
When working near or at an edge of a drop-off, the machine
could tip over, which can result in death or serious injury. Always
fasten your seat belt. Check ground conditions of work site
before operating to prevent the machine from falling or rollover,
and to prevent ground, stockpiles, or banks from collapsing.
Do not travel too close to edge of a drop-off. When working on or
from top of buildings or other structures, check if structure can
support weight of machine and attachment. If a building struc-
ture collapses, this can cause death or serious injury.
DL320-7 Safety
1-65
Poor Visibility
For good visibility, always do the following:
• When working in dark areas, attach working lights and
front lights to the machine. If necessary, set up additional
lighting at work site.
• Stop operations when visibility is poor, such as in fog, mist,
snow, and rain. Wait for visibility to improve before starting
operation.
To avoid hitting work equipment and damaging other property,
always do the following:
• When working in tunnels, on bridges, under electrical
wires, or when parking the machine or performing other
operations in places with limited height, be careful not to hit
and damage other equipment or property.
• To prevent hitting objects, operate machine at a slow
speed when working in confined spaces, indoors, or in
crowded areas.
• Do not move bucket over the top of personnel or bystander
or over operator's cabin of dump truck or other machines.
Loose or Soft Ground

Do not operate on soft ground or near edge of drop-offs, over-
hangs, or deep ditches. The ground can collapse because of the
weight of the machine, causing the machine to fall or rollover.
Check ground conditions before beginning work with the
machine. If ground is soft, reposition the machine before operat-
ing.
The excavated material must not be dumped too close to edge.
The distance from an edge of an excavation where the exca-
vated material must be dumped depends on soil type and mois-
ture content. If loose clay is being excavated, place it at least 5
m (16 ft) away from edge.
If excavated material is dumped too close to edge, its weight can
cause a landslide.
Thawing of frozen ground, rain, traffic, piling and blasting are
other factors which increase risk of landslide. The risk also
increases on sloping ground. If it is not possible to dig a trench
and adequately slope its sides, always install shoring equip-
ment.
Loose ground may easily give way under weight of the machine.
When working on loose or unstable ground, it is important not to
dig too deep and to carefully reposition the machine. Do not
panic and do not raise bucket, if ground should begin to col-
lapse. Lower work equipment to improve stability of machine.
Never dig under machine, if there is a potential of causing a
landslide.
Safety DL320-7
1-66
High-voltage Cables
Do not travel or operate machine near electrical cables or over-
head power lines. There is a hazard of electric shock, which can
cause property damage and result in death or serious injury. The
bucket or other attachment does not have to make physical con-
tact with power lines for current to cause an electrocution.
Use a spotter and hand signals to stay away from power lines
not clearly visible to operator. On work sites where machine may
operate close to electrical cables, always do the following:
DS1903219
• Remember that electrical voltage determines what the Figure 51
minimum distance is to stay away from the power line. See
the following table for minimum distances when working
near electrical power lines. Electrical flashover can occur
and cause damage to the machine or cause machine and
cause death or serious injury.
Voltage Minimum Distance

6.6 kV 3 m (9' 10")
33.0 kV 4 m (13' 1")
66.0 kV 5 m (16' 5")
154.0 kV 8 m (26' 3")
275.0 kV 10 m (32' 10")
• Always contact the power company responsible before

beginning work near high voltage power lines.
Underground Operation
If excavation is in an underground location or in a building, make
sure there is adequate overhead clearance, and adequate venti-
lation.
Special equipment and engines may be required in some coun-
tries. Contact your DEVELON distributor for more information.
Check that there is sufficient room for machine and load.
Move slowly.
Make sure that authorities or companies responsible for under-
ground cables, utilities, and electrical lines have been contacted
and that their instructions are followed. Also check which rules
apply to ground personnel regarding exposing cables, utilities
and electrical lines.
DS1903220
Consider all electrical cables as live.
Figure 52
DL320-7 Safety
1-67
Working in Water
After working in water, lubricate all lubrication points on front and
rear frames which have been under water so water is removed.
The water depth is an important factor to take into consideration
when the machine is working in swampy areas. Do not enter
water whose depth exceeds the machine's minimum ground
clearance height or is high enough to wet the bottom of the axle
housing.
Observe the following conditions:
1. Check the water depth in advance when crossing across a
river.
2. Use the same precautions before crossing across a
swampy area.
3. Do not enter rivers whose riverbed is steep or has a rapid
flow.
NOTICE
Avoid use of the loader in salt water. Salt water will
cause the development of rust which will shorten the
life of the loader.
Working in Contaminated Environment

When working within area which is contaminated or where there
is a health risk, check local laws and regulations and contact
your DEVELON distributor for assistance with identifying what
additional safety precautions need to be taken.
Operation Under Abnormal Conditions

NOTE: Refer to "Severe Conditions Maintenance" for other
recommendations.
Operation in Extreme Cold

In extremely cold weather, avoid sudden travel movements and
stay away from even on gradual slopes. The machine could
slide down the slope.
Snow and ice accumulation could cause potential hazards such
as slippery surfaces.
Warming up engine for a short period may be necessary, to
avoid operating with a sluggish or reduced working capacity.
The jolting shocks and impact loads caused by bumping or bot-
toming arm or attachment could cause severe stress in very cold
temperatures. Reducing the work cycle rate and workload may
be necessary.
Safety DL320-7
1-68
If machine is to be operated in extremely cold weather tempera-
tures, certain precautions must be taken. The following detail
checks must be made to ascertain if the machine is capable of
operating at these temperatures.
1. Preheat the engine before start-up.
• Preheat the engine before start-up. Wait 3 to 4
seconds after preheating until voltage of the battery
return, and then actuate the starter switch.
2. Check cooling system for correct mixture of antifreeze
solution for lowest expected temperature. Carefully inspect
cooling system and repair as necessary.
3. Keep batteries fully charged to prevent freezing. If distilled
water is added to batteries, run engine at least one (1) hour
to mix electrolyte solution.
4. Keep engine in good mechanical condition for easy starting
and good performance during adverse weather.
5. Use engine oil with proper specifications for expected
temperatures. Refer to "Table of Recommended
Lubricants", in this manual or Shop Manual for details.
6. Always keep fuel tank full. Drain condensation from tank
before and after operation. Drain and service fuel filter. To
eliminate clogging of fuel filters because of wax crystal
formation in fuel, be sure that fuel used has a cloud point
specification below lowest expected temperature.
7. Lubricate entire machine according to Periodic Service
Table and Chart Section 4, in this manual, or lubrication
chart on machine.
(If equipped) Choose proper greases for auto grease
system. Contact your DEVELON distributor to get more
information.
8. Start engine and allow it to reach normal operating
temperature before operating.
To warm coolant lines, use the engine coolant heater or
the plug heater. These components help warm coolant,
and engine oils as well.
To warm fuel lines, activate the fuel heater.
• If mud and ice collects and freezes on any of moving
parts while machine is idle, apply heat to thaw frozen
material before attempting to operate machine.
• Operate hydraulic units with care until they have
reached a temperature which enable them to operate
normally.
• Check all machine controls and functions to be sure
they are operating correctly.
9. Transmission Warm-up (Cold Start)
At an oil temperature in the shifting circuit < -12°C, the
transmission must be warmed up for some minutes.
DL320-7 Safety
1-69
This must be done in neutral at an increased engine speed
(approximately 1500 min-1). Until this oil temperature is
reached, the electronics remains in neutral.
After this oil is warmed up enough (Oil temperature in the
shifting circuit  -12°C), the full driving program can be
utilized out of "NEUTRAL".
10. An extra outer air filter must be kept in operator's cabin to
replace element that could become iced and cause
restricted airflow to engine.
11. Clean off all mud, snow and ice to prevent freezing. Cover
machine with a tarp if possible and keep ends of tarp from
freezing to ground.
Operation in Extreme Heat

Continuous operation of machine in high temperatures can
cause machine to overheat. Monitor engine and hydraulic sys-
tem temperatures and stop machine to let it cool, when neces-
sary.
1. Make frequent inspections and services of fan and
radiator. Check coolant level in radiator. Check grilles and
radiator fins for accumulation of dirt, debris and insects
which could block cooling passages.
• Formation of scale and rust in cooling system occurs
more rapidly in extremely high temperatures. Change
antifreeze each year to keep corrosion inhibitor at full
strength.
• If necessary, flush cooling system periodically to
keep passages clear. Avoid use of water with a high
alkali content which increases scale and rust
formation.
2. Check level of battery electrolyte daily. Keep electrolyte
above plates to prevent damage to batteries. Use a slightly
weaker electrolyte solution in hot climates. Batteries
self-discharge at a higher rate if left standing for long
periods at high temperatures. If machine is to stand for
several days, remove batteries and store in a cool place.
NOTICE
Do not store acid type storage batteries near stacks of
tires. Acid fumes can damage rubber.
3. Service fuel system as directed in "Fuel Level - Check" and

"Steering, Brake, Driveshaft, Engine, and Fuel System -
Check" of this manual. Check for water content before
filling fuel tank. High temperatures and cooling off cause
condensation in storage drums.
4. Lubricate as specified in Periodic Service Chart and Table
in Section 4, in this manual or on the Lubrication Decal on
machine.
Safety DL320-7
1-70
5. Do not park machine in sun for long periods of time. If
possible, park machine under cover to protect it from sun,
dirt and dust.
A. Cover machine if no suitable shelter is available.
Protect engine compartment and hydraulics from dirt
and debris.
B. In hot, damp climates, corrosion will occur on all parts
of machine and will be accelerated during rainy
season. Rust and paint blisters will appear on metal
surfaces and fungus growth on other surfaces.
C. Protect all unfinished, exposed surfaces with a film of
preservative oil. Protect cables and terminals with
ignition insulation compound. Apply paint or suitable
rust preventive to damaged surfaces to protect them
from rust and corrosion.
Operation in Dusty and Sandy Areas

Operation of machine can cause dust in almost any area. How-
ever, when in predominantly dusty or sandy areas, additional
precautions must be taken.
1. Keep cooling system fins and cooling areas clean. Blow
out with compressed air, if possible, as often as necessary.
WARNING
Wear goggles when using compressed air to prevent
face or eye injury.
2. Use care when servicing fuel system to prevent dust and

sand from entering tank.
3. Service air cleaner at frequent intervals, check air
restriction indicator daily and keep dust cup and dust valve
clean. Prevent dust and sand from entering engine parts
and compartments as much as possible.
4. Lubricate and perform services outlined on current
lubrication chart on machine and Lubrication Chart and
Table in Section 4 in this manual. Clean all lubrication
fittings before applying lubricant. Sand mixed with lubricant
becomes very abrasive and accelerates wear on parts.
(If equipped) Consider lengthening lubrication time of
central lubrication pump the following your working
condition.
5. Protect machine from dust and sand as much as possible.
Park machine under cover to keep dust and sand from
damaging machine.
DL320-7 Safety
1-71
Operation in Rainy or Humid Conditions
Operation under rainy or humid conditions is similar to that as in
extreme heat procedures previously listed.
1. Keep all exposed surfaces coated with preservative oil.
Pay particular attention to damaged or unpainted surfaces.
Cover all paint cracks and chip marks as soon as possible
to prevent corrosive effects.
Operation in Saltwater Areas

Saltwater and saltwater spray is very corrosive. When operating
in or around saltwater areas, or in or around snow, observe the
following precautions:
1. When exposed to saltwater, dry machine thoroughly and
rinse with freshwater as soon as possible.
2. Keep all exposed surfaces coated with preservative oil.
Pay attention to damaged paint surfaces.
3. Keep all painted surfaces in good repair.
4. Lubricate machine as prescribed on lubrication chart on
machine or Periodic Service Table and Chart, Section 4, in
this manual. Shorten lubricating intervals for parts exposed
to salt water.
5. Check operating controls to ensure proper functionality
and that they return to "NEUTRAL" when released.
Operation at High Altitudes

Operation instructions at high altitudes are the same as those
provided for extreme cold. Before operating at high altitudes,
engine fuel and air mixture may have to be adjusted according
to the applicable specifications in the engine manual.
1. Check engine operating temperature for evidence of
overheating. The radiator cap must make a perfect seal to
maintain coolant pressure in cooling system.
• Perform warming-up operation thoroughly. If machine
is not thoroughly warmed-up before control levers or
control pedals are operated, reaction of machine will
be slow.
• If battery electrolyte is frozen, do not charge battery
or start engine with a different power source. There is
a potential hazard that could cause a battery
explosion or fire.
• Before charging or starting engine with a different
power source, thaw battery electrolyte and check for
any leakage of electrolyte before starting.
Safety DL320-7
1-72
Operation During Electrical Storms
During electrical storms, do not enter or exit machine.
• If you are off machine, keep away from machine until storm
passes.
• If you are in cabin, remain seated with engine off until
storm passes. Do not touch controls or anything metal.
Exhaust Ventilation
Engine exhaust gases can cause unconsciousness, loss of
alertness, judgment and motor control. This can result in death
or serious injury.
Make sure there is adequate ventilation before starting engine in
any enclosed area.
Check for and be aware of any open windows, doors or
ductwork where exhaust may be carried, or blown by wind,
exposing others to hazardous exhaust gases.
ARO1770L
Ventilation for Enclosed Area Figure 53
If it is necessary to start engine within an enclosed area, or when

handling fuel, flushing oil, or paint; open doors and windows to
ensure that adequate ventilation is provided to prevent gas poi-
soning.
Diesel engine exhaust contains combustible materials which can
be harmful to your health.
Always run engine in a well ventilated area. If you are in an
enclosed area, vent exhaust to outside.
Asbestos Information
WARNING
Avoid exposure to dust containing asbestos as it can cause
death or serious injury to the lungs and other organs
(mesothelioma, lung and other cancers, and asbestosis).
Asbestos dust can be HAZARDOUS to your health if it is

inhaled. Materials containing asbestos fiber can be present on
work sites. Breathing air that contains asbestos fiber can ulti-
mately cause serious or fatal lung damage or diseases such as
mesothelioma, lung and other cancers, and asbestosis. To pre-
vent lung damage from asbestos fiber, observe the following
precautions:
• Use an approved respirator that is approved for use in an
asbestos-laden atmosphere.
• Use water for cleaning to keep down dust.
DL320-7 Safety
1-73
• Always observe any laws and regulations related to work
site and working environment.
• Avoid brushing or grinding materials that contain asbestos.
• Use a vacuum cleaner that is equipped with a high
efficiency particulate air filter.
• Comply with applicable laws and regulations for workplace.
• Stay away from areas that might have asbestos particles in
air.
Silica Dust Information
WARNING
Avoid exposure to dust containing crystalline silica parti-
cles as it can cause serious injury to the lungs (silicosis).
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock containing

quartz can result in exposure to silica dust. Do not exceed Per-
missible Exposure Limits (PEL) to silica dust as determined by
OSHA or other work site rules, laws and regulations. Use a res-
pirator, water spray or other means to control dust. Silica dust
can cause lung disease and is known to the state of California to
cause cancer.
Disposal of Hazardous Materials

Physical contact with used motor oil or gear oil could create a
health risk. Wipe oil from your hands promptly and wash off any
remaining residue.
Used motor oil or gear oil is an environmental contaminant and
should only be disposed of at approved collection facilities. To
prevent pollution of environment, always do the following:
• Never dump waste oil in sewer systems, rivers, etc.
• Always put drained oil from your machine in approved, leak FG009156
proof containers. Never drain oil directly onto ground. Figure 54
• Obey appropriate laws and regulations when disposing of
harmful materials such as oil, fuel, solvent, filters, and
batteries.
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten environment. Poten-
tially harmful fluids must be disposed of according to local laws
and regulations.
Safety DL320-7
1-74
Sound
Sound Level Information: Hearing protection may be needed
when machine is operated with an open operator station for
extended periods or in a noisy environment.
Sound pressure level (LpA) at operator position

69 dB(A)
(Measurement according to ISO 6396)
Sound power level (LwA) around the machine
(Measurement according to 2000/14/EC with
105 dB(A)
applicable appendices and measuring method
according to ISO 6395)
Vibration Information
NOTE: The level of vibration is influenced by many different
parameters such as operator training, job site organi-
zation, weather, material, environment, machine
type, machine and seat suspension system, attach-
ments, and condition of the machine.
Measurements are obtained on a representative machine, using
measuring procedures as described in the following standards:
ISO 2631/1, ISO 5349, and SAE J1166.
Vibration levels were given consideration in accordance with
uncertainty (K) determined to manufacturer.
Hand/Arm Vibration Level

The vibration total value to which the hand-arm system is sub-
jected, is less than 2.5 m/s2.
Whole Body Vibration Level

The highest root mean square value of weighted acceleration to
which the whole body is subjected, is more than 0.5 m/s2 (less
than 1.15 m/s2).
Guidelines for Use and Working Conditions of Earth-moving

Machinery to Reduce Vibration Levels (ISO/TR 25398 Annex E)
Properly adjusting and maintaining machines, operating
machines smoothly, and maintaining the terrain conditions can
reduce whole-body vibrations. The following can help the users
of earth-moving machinery reduce whole-body vibration levels.
1. Use the right type and size of machine, equipment, and
attachments.
2. Maintain machines according to the manufacturer's recom-
mendations:
• Tire pressure;
• Brake and steering systems;
• Controls, hydraulic system and linkages.
DL320-7 Safety
1-75
3. Keep the terrain where the machine is working and travel-
ling in good condition:
• Remove any large rocks or obstacles;
• Fill any ditches and holes;
• Provide machines and schedule time to maintain ter-
rain conditions.
4. Use a seat in conformance with ISO 7096 and keep the
seat maintained and adjusted:
• Adjust the seat and suspension for the weight and
size of the operator;
• Inspect and maintain the seat suspension and adjust-
ment mechanisms.
5. Steer, brake, accelerate, shift gears, and move the attach-
ments smoothly.
6. Adjust the machine speed and travel path to minimize the
vibration level:
• Drive around obstacles and rough terrain conditions;
• Slow down when it is necessary to go over rough ter-
rain.
7. Minimize vibrations for long work cycle or long distance
travelling:
• Use the suspension function of lift arm (Load Isola-
tion System), if equipped.
• If no suspension system is available, reduce speed to
prevent bouncing;
• Haul machines long distances between worksites.
8. Back pain associated with whole-body vibrations can be
caused by other risk factors. To minimize the risk of back
pain:
• Adjust the seat and controls to achieve good posture;
• Adjust the mirrors to minimize twisted posture;
• Provide breaks to reduce long periods of sitting;
• Avoid jumping down from the cab or access system;
• Minimize repeated handling and lifting of loads;
• Minimize any shocks and jolts during sports and lei-
sure activities.
Safety DL320-7
1-76
3Operating Controls
The "Operating Controls" section consists of the following groups:
1. "Component Locations" on page 2-2
2. "Operator's Area" on page 2-6
3. "Operational Controls and Panels" on page 2-8
4. "Left Side Electric Steering Control Unit (If Equipped)" on
page 2-37
5. "Front Gauge Panel" on page 2-39
6. "Display Monitor" on page 2-44
7. "User Menu" on page 2-60
8. "Weighing System (If Equipped)" on page 2-84
9. "Transparent Bucket System" on page 2-88
10. "HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning)
Operation" on page 2-91
11. "Seat Adjustment" on page 2-95
12. "Seat Belt" on page 2-102
13. "Miscellaneous Electrical Devices" on page 2-103
14. "Miscellaneous Convenience Devices" on page 2-106
15. "Engine Emergency Stop Switch" on page 2-108
16. "Emergency Exit Glass Breaking Tool" on page 2-108
17. "Full Fender" on page 2-109
18. "Miscellaneous Access Covers and Doors" on page 2-110
19. "Wheel Chocks" on page 2-112
20. "Air Gun and Compressor (If Equipped)" on page 2-113
Each group is explained with a point location drawing or photo
and a brief description of each control, switch, gauge or valve.
Indicator lights are located next to the gauges on the instrument
panel. The operator should monitor machine pressures on the
instrument panel with indicator lights. These lights will only show
there is a problem that needs correction.
NOTICE
When any one or more of the warning symbols on the control
console come "ON", immediately stop operation. Investigate
and correct problem before proceeding with operation.
NOTE: The Illustrations in this manual showing details or

attachments that may look different from your
machine. The function is not changed depending on
the position of the switch or menu.
DL320-7 Operating Controls

2-1
Component Locations
1 2 3 4 5 6
12 13
8
9 10
20
19
18
17
16
11
15
Figure 1 14
DS2000595
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Radiator 11 Driveshaft (Center)
2 Air Cleaner 12 Steering Cylinder
3 Pre Cleaner 13 Main Control Valve
4 Muffler Tail Pipe 14 Front Axle
5 Aftertreatment Ass'y 15 Driveshaft (Front)
6 Hydraulic Oil Tank 16 DEF (AdBlue®) Tank
7 Transmission 17 Transmission Oil Filter
8 Main Pump 18 Driveshaft (Rear)
9 Steering Pump 19 Rear Axle
10 Brake Filter 20 Engine
Operating Controls DL320-7

2-2
1
5
7
Figure 2 DS2000036
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Head Lamp 5 Bucket
2 Bucket Cylinder 6 Loader Arm
3 Tilt Lever 7 Arm Cylinder
4 Bucket Link

2-3
10
11
12
3 6 5 4
Figure 3 DS2000035
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Radiator Cover 7 Add. Counterweight (If Equipped)
2 Fan 8 Fan Motor
3 Fuel Tank 9 Battery Disconnect Switch
4 Battery Box 10 Rear Working Lamp
5 Rear Light 11 Rear View Camera
6 Counterweight 12 Battery Disconnect Lamp

2-4
2-5
Operator's Area
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1 3
5
2
7
16
15 9
14 10
13 11
12
DS1903229
Figure 4

2-6
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Display Monitor 14 Add. Brake Pedal (If Equipped)
2 Cup Holder 15 Accelerator Pedal
3 Seat Belt 16 Foot Vent
4 Seat 17 DAB Audio
5 Net 18 HVAC Control Keypad
6 Electric Box 19 Rear Defrost Switch
7 Storage Compartments 20 Aftertreatment System Switch
8 12V Power Socket Quick Coupler Switch
21
(If Equipped)
9 Shoe Case (If Equipped)
Air Compressor Switch
10 Step 22
(If Equipped)
11 Mat Auto Grease Switch
23
12 Brake Pedal (If Equipped)
Differential Lock Button
13
(If Equipped)

2-7
Operational Controls and Panels
1 19 2 3 4
6
18
9
17
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DS1903230
Figure 5

2-8
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Front Gauge Panel 10 Hazard Warning Light Switch
2 Front Defrost Nozzle 11 Microphone
3 Front Nozzle 12 Start/Stop Button
4 Side Defrost Nozzle 13 Multifunction Keypad
Steering Wheel Adjustment 14 12V Power Socket
5
Lever
15 USB Power Socket
6 Combination Switch
16 Mirror Adjustment Switch
7 Joystick Lever
17 Steering Wheel
8 Parking Brake Switch
18 Transmission Lever
9 Pilot Cutoff Switch
19 Photo Sensor

2-9
Start / Stop Button
Use the engine start and stop switch to operate the machine.
1. Basic functions (OFF ACC Key On  START)
The color and illumination of the LED lamp indicate the ENGINE
current mode. START
• OFF (LED: off) STOP
The machine is motionless.
• ACC (LED: green)
DS1901193
Holding down the start/stop button for less than one Figure 6
second switches to ACC mode and activates certain
electrical systems.
– Display monitor multimedia function
– Stereo
– Power socket for 12V
– USB charger
• Key On (LED: red)
Holding down the start/stop button for less than one
second in ACC mode switches to key ON mode.
• START (LED: blue)
Holding down the start/stop button for one second or
longer in any mode starts the engine.
NOTE: Holding down the start/stop button for one sec-
ond or longer while the engine is running stops
the engine. For safety, the function cannot be
used while working or driving.
NOTE: Start/Stop button LED may turn yellow due to
preheating operation depending on the type of
engine.
2. Emergency off
Pressing the start/stop button three times within two
seconds while the engine is running stops the engine.
NOTE: If the smart key is not detected after being in
ACC mode for 10 seconds, a ‘No Smart Key’
warning pop up appears. if the smart key is still
not detected after one minute, the machine is
turned off.
WARNING
Never use starting fluid as it may cause an explosion.

2-10
Smart Key
The smart key only works in key OFF mode. The key operates
when the buttons are released. 1
1. Operation method
Press button no.1 to lock the cabin door.
2
If the cabin lamp is off, it turns on for one minute; if the
lamp is on, it turns off immediately.
Press button no.2 to unlock the cabin door. 3 DS2000136
If the cabin lamp is off, it turns on for one minute. if the Figure 7
lamp is on, it turns off immediately.
Press and hold button no.2 to unlock the cabin door and
open the door.
Pushing button no.3 selects the registered machine.
(Up to six machines can be registered)
• Push once: The horn and lamp in registered machine
no.1 turn on and off one time.
• Push twice: The horn and lamp in registered machine
no.2 turn on and off one time.
• After pushing the button as many times as the
number of registered wheel loader and the number of
nearby wheel loader, the smart key returns to the first
wheel loader.
• If only one wheel loader is registered, the lamp turns
on one time and the horn sounds one time repeatedly
when the button is pushed.
• When button no.3 is pressed to search for a second
machine when the first machine is matched, the first
machine remains matched if the second machine is
out of range of the smart key.
• When button no.3 is pressed and another machine is
found, the machine must be within range of the smart
key in order to be matched.
WARNING
If the smart key is in the machine, the engine can be started
by pushing the start button.
Consequently, unanticipated accidents may occur if people
unfamiliar with the system in the machine or young children
are left alone in the machine, so please be careful.

2-11
NOTICE
Take note of the following when using the smart key.
• Always take the smart key with you when you leave the
machine.
• The machine can only be started with the registered
smart key. Hence, if the smart key is lost, please
contact your local service center for assistance or use
the app to register a spare smart key.
• Take care to keep the smart key away from any liquids
such as water. Guaranteed repairs are not provided if
the key is not working due to contact with liquids such
as water.
NOTICE
In the following situations, the smart functions may not
work or the operating range of the smart key may change
due to interference between the frequency range of the
smart key and other frequencies.
In such cases, use a normal key to open and close the door. In
addition, if the engine does not start even when you have the
smart key or the key is in the machine, push the Start button
with the smart key to start the engine directly. If the engine
still does not start, contact your local service center or
authorized service agency for an inspection and maintenance.
• Near police stations, government offices, broadcasting
stations, military bases, transmission towers, airports,
ports, etc.
• When the smart key is near mobile transceivers such
as radios and cellphones
• When a smart key is used with another nearby vehicle
• When an external device is connected to the
multipurpose socket and the smart key is placed near
the external device
• In extreme cold weather

2-12
NOTICE
If the smart key battery discharges or the machine does not
start due to electromagnetic interference from electronic
devices, push the start button with the smart key directly.
As shown in the figure (Figure 8), holding down the start/
stop button with the smart key for three seconds or longer
starts the engine with the emergency starter.
DS1900267
Figure 8
2. Changing the smart key battery

Batteries typically last several years, but be sure to replace
the battery as the operating conditions require.
If you are unsure of how to replace the battery, contact
your local Develon service center or authorized service
agency for inspections and replacements.
A. Remove the battery cover on the back of the smart key.
B. Check the battery specifications; then, install a new
battery with the correct polarity. DS1900268
NOTE: The smart key uses a CR2032 battery. Figure 9
C. Reassemble it in the reverse order of disassembly.

3. Registering smart key to a machine
There are two ways to register a smart key in the machine.
• Have a service employee register the key
• Use the DEVELON Fleet Management mobile app
and register the key directly
A. Check the eight-digit code generated by the
DEVELON Fleet Management mobile app.
B. Enter the eight-digit code in the 'Display Monitor - User
Menu - User Settings - Manage Smart Keys' menu.
C. The start button turns blue-green and changes to
'Smart Key Registration' mode.
D. Press the Start/Stop button directly with the Smart
key.
Once registration is complete, the color of the
backlight on the start button changes from green
(registration in progress) to blue (complete).
Then, when the light turns blue-green, another smart
key can be registered.
E. Wait one minute or push the 'Complete' button on the
display monitor screen to complete the registration.
There are also two smart key registration modes.

2-13
When registering a new smart key after losing the key or
when buying a used vehicle
• Reset the smart key
When creating a master key capable of controlling up to six
machines
• Add a smart key
4. Warning Symbols
The following warning pop-ups are shown on the display
monitor for 30 seconds.
Refer to "Display Warning Symbols" for more information.
Symbol Type Meaning
Warning Low Smart Key Battery
Caution No Smart Key
Caution Failed To Detect Smart Key

2-14
HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning) Control Keypad
This panel is used to control heater and air conditioning in oper- AUTO
MODE
ator's cabin.
Refer to "HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning)
OFF
Operation" for more information.
DS2000038
Figure 10
12V Power Socket

This is a DC power socket which can be used for charging cell-
phones or using small 12V electrical devices.
Open the protective cap to use it.
NOTE: This power socket is intended for low-capacity
devices. Using it for high-capacity electrical devices
may damage the socket.
DS2000039
Figure 11
USB Power Socket

This device uses a USB port to supply 5V power. It can be used
either to charge cellphones or as a power supply for electrical
devices which use a USB port as a power supply plug.
NOTE: Boost charging is not supported. Be sure to cover the
charger with a cover to prevent dust, etc. from
entering the charger when it is not in use.
NOTE: Take care not to allow water or liquids to enter the
charger. This device was intended for use with low- DS2000040
capacity electronics; do not use it for high-capacity Figure 12
electronic devices.
Microphone
When the call function is activated, it is used as a microphone.
DS2002727
Figure 13

2-15
Steering Column 1
Reference
Description
Number
1 Steering Wheel 2
2 Combination Switch
3 Steering Wheel Adjustment Lever
4
4 Transmission Lever
5 Cover 5 3
DS2000002
Figure 14
Steering Wheel
Rotating steering wheel controls position of front wheels and this
determines direction of machine travel.
Combination Switch
Reference
Description
Number
1 2 3
1 Font Wiper Control Switch
2 Wiper Interval Speed Switch
3 Turn Signal Switch (Left)
5
4 Turn Signal Switch (Right)
5 Horn Button
6 Lamp Switch (Flash) 4
7 Lamp Switch (Low Beam) DS2000003
Figure 15
8 Lamp Switch (High Beam)
DS2000004
Figure 16

2-16
Front Wiper Control Switch
3 4 5
Front Wiper Control Switch can operate the following five functions.
2
1. High speed mode L
1
2. Low speed mode H
3. Interval mode
4. Off
5. Window washer
DS2000005
It activates the washer pump and sprays fluid on the windshield. Figure 17
(Only while being window washer position.)
NOTE: Do not operate the windshield washer without any
fluid. If operated without any fluid, the washer motor
may be damaged. Check level in washer tank, and
add fluid as required.
NOTE: Using soapy water or synthetic detergent instead of
window cleaning fluid, can damage the wiper blade or
painted surfaces. Use standard window cleaning
fluid: SSK703
Wiper Interval Speed Switch

4 5
Wiper interval switch can adjust the wiper speed in five stages.
3
1. 5 second interval
2. 4 second interval 2
1
DS2000006
Figure 18
Turn Signal Switch (Left)

Pushing lever forward, activates left outside directional lights
and directional indicator light on instrument panel.
Turn Signal Switch (Right)

Pulling lever back, activates right outside directional lights and
directional indicator light on instrument panel.
NOTE: When turn is completed, the lever automatically
returns to "NEUTRAL" position. Should it not, it can
be manually returned by hand.
Horn Button
Hold down the button and the horn will sound.

2-17
Lamp Switch (Flash)
Pull up - Momentarily turns "ON" both the low beams and high
beams. (It returns to neutral position when released.)
Lamp Switch (Low Beam)

Neutral position - Normal low beams.
Lamp Switch (High Beam)

Pushing down - The high beams turn "ON".
Transmission Lever
F: Forward 2
F
When the lever is pushed forward, transmission is in
forward. 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th are available.
N: Neutral N
When the lever is returned to the center position, between
forward and reverse, the transmission is in neutral.
R 1
R: Reverse
DS2000007
When the lever is pulled back, transmission is in reverse, Figure 19
1st, 2nd and 3rd gears are available.
1. Kick Down
When the transmission is in 2nd gear, pushing the
transmission lever inwards allows the transmission to shift
to 1st gear, allowing the driver to perform rapid operation.
NOTE: Kick Down is released when transmission is placed
in neutral position or the switch is pressed again.
Kick Down function range
• Automatic: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th (If equipped)
• Manual: 2nd
2. Transmission gearshift switch
Rotating the switch shifts transmission between 1st, 2nd,
3rd or 4th gears.
NOTE: There is a transmission display, on the dash,
that indicates, gears, direction of travel, error
codes and Kick Down activation.
NOTE: When selecting "Torque converter lock up but-
ton" on multifunction keypad, 5th top hear is
available, if a 5 speed transmission is equipped.

2-18
Steering Wheel Adjustment Lever
Control lever is used allow wheel to be moved to the most con- Telescopic
venient position for the operator.
Adjusting Steering Wheel Tilt Tilt
Push lever downward and move wheel to desired position. Tilt

angle is 16° to window side, 24° to driver side.
DS2000008
Figure 20
Adjusting Steering Wheel Telescopic

Pull lever upward and move wheel to desired position. Tele-
scopic stroke is 85 mm.
DS2000009
Figure 21
Accelerator Pedal
Controls the travel speed of loader and working speed of load
handling system.
NOTICE
The further the pedal is pressed, the more the engine speed
will increases. However, do not press the pedal more than
necessary otherwise, it will increase fuel consumption.
DS2000010
Figure 22

2-19
Brake Pedal
Pressing brake pedal will apply the brakes to the machine. The
brake pedal modes can be switched from inching to no inching
or vice versa, by using the ICCO Button.
NOTICE
Abnormal operation with half of the brake running, failure to
comply with the brake oil change intervals, or excessive
service brakes may increase the temperature of the axle oil If Equipped
during the operation, resulting in reduced braking forces. DS2000011
Figure 23
NOTICE
When descending an incline, slow down the machine by
using both the brake pedal and the engine as a brake by
shifting the transmission to a lower gear. Using the brake
pedal too often might lead to insufficient oil pressure,
reduce braking capability.
NOTICE
Do not use brake pedal as a footrest. This will cause brake
disk to wear faster than normal, and this could reduce
braking capability.
Differential Lock Button

(Manual / If Equipped)
Pressing and holding the button sets the differential locking of
the axle.
DS2000012
Figure 24

2-20
Multifunction Keypad
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DS2000013
Figure 25
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Head Lamp Button 9 Power Mode Selector Button
2 Front Working Lamp Button 10 Transmission Mode Button
3 Rear Working Lamp Button 11 ICCO Button
4 Rotating Beacon Button 12 Torque Converter Lock up Button
5 Rear Wiper Button 13 Differential Lock Up Button
6 Mirror Heater Button 14 Bucket Kick Out Button
7 LIS Button 15 Arm Kick Out Button
8 Emergency Steering Test Button 16 Help Function Button

2-21
Head Lamp Button OFF Step 1 Step 2
Turns on/off sidelights, tail-lights, switch lights, and headlights.
OFF: Turns off the sidelights, tail-lights, gauge panel, switch
lights, and headlights.
Step 1: Turns on the sidelights, tail-lights, gauge panel, and
switch lights.
Step 2: Turns on the sidelights, tail-lights, gauge panel, switch
lights, and headlights. DS2004300
Figure 26
Front Working Lamp Button

Lights up the working lamps on the top front of the cabin to gain
front visibility at night.
OFF: Turns off the working lamps.
ON: Turns on the working lamps.
ON OFF
DS2004301
NOTICE Figure 27
Do not turn "ON" the work lights when traveling on public

roads.
Rear Working Lamp Button

Lights up the working lamps on the rear top of the cabin and on
the radiator grill cover to gain rear visibility.
OFF: Turns off the working lamps.
Step 1: Turns on the working lamps (radiator grill)
1st Step 2nd Step 3rd Step
Step 2: Turns on the working lamps (cabin)
DS2004302
Step 3: Turns on the working lamps (cabin and radiator grill) Figure 28
NOTE: The radiator grill working lamp is always blinking

when the vehicle is reversing. If the menu is not
active, it will not be blinked.
NOTICE
Do not turn "ON" the work lights when traveling on public
roads.
DS2103265
Figure 29

2-22
Rotating Beacon Button
Turns on/off the beacon on the top of the cabin.
OFF: Turns off the warning lamps.
ON: Turns on the warning lamps.
ON OFF
DS2004315
Figure 30
Rear Wiper Button

Activates the windshield wiper and washer fluid on the rear of
the cabin to clean the windshield.
OFF: Turns off the windshield wiper on the rear of the cabin.
ON: Turns on the windshield wiper on the rear of the cabin.
ON OFF
Hold down: Turn on the windshield wiper and washer on the rear
of the cabin. DS2004303
Figure 31
Mirror Heater Button

Heats the heating wires in the side mirrors to get rid of frost and
moisture.
OFF: Turns off the mirror heater.
ON: Turns on the mirror heater.
ON OFF
DS2004304
Figure 32
LIS (Load Isolation System) Button

It absorbs the machine load acting on the arm cylinders during
travel or working.
It improves dynamic stability, machine life, and comfort. It is
most effective when traveling with a loaded bucket.
OFF: Turns off the LIS ON OFF
ON: Turns on the LIS DS2004305

Figure 33

2-23
Emergency Steering Test Button
This switch is to check if emergency steering is normally operable.
Only while the emergency steering test switch is pressed, the
switch status indicator LED is lighting and emergency steering is
active.
Test emergency steering system using the following procedure: ON OFF
A. Press the emergency steering switch without starting the DS2004306
engine. Figure 34
B. While pressing the switch, turn the steering wheel at the
same time. If system is functioning properly, the unit
should be steered.
NOTE: The emergency steering indicator light should be turn
"ON" when the emergency steering test is activated.
NOTE: If unit does not steer, do not operate unit until
problem is corrected.
NOTICE
Do not press this switch continuously. Continuously
pressing switch will cause heavy battery discharge.
Power Mode Selector Button Step1 Step 2 Step 3

The operator can choose an engine output mode suitable for the
working type and conditions, from among SAT, standard, and
power modes.
Step 1: SAT mode
Step 2: Standard mode
Step 3: Power mode
DS2004307
Mode Selection Point Figure 35
• Minimize fuel consumption
SAT Mode
• Ensure efficient working performance
Standard • General work
Mode • Optimize fuel consumption
• Required to perform heavy work in a short
period of time
Power
Mode • Fast speed loading
• Fast speed travel
• SAT (Situation Awareness Technology):

It limits the engine’s output depending on the working
conditions not to consume fuel excessively.
Even when the machine is operated by an unskilled
operator, the VCU controller regulates the engine output
according to specific conditions for high fuel efficiency.
• When the SAT mode is selected, the transmission
automatically enters the auto 1 ~ 4 mode or 1~5 mode.
(If 5 speed transmission is equipped)

2-24
Optimized Power Mode
Power Mode
Standard (S)
Power(P)
SAT(A)
P P S/A
T/M P O O  X
Shifting Mode S X X O
Power mode: Power (P), Normal (N  P), SAT (A  P) WL1300516

• P: Highest horsepower Figure 36
• S: Standard horsepower
• A: Optimized horsepower
NOTE: P, S, A is shifted quickly dependent on the angle of
accelerator pedal operation.
T/M shifting mode.
• P: 20% Later shift to higher gear than N mode
• S: Standard mode
T/M shifting mode is changed automatically related with engine
power mode.
Transmission Mode Button STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3

You can shift the transmission mode between manual, auto (1-4
or 1-5), and auto (2-4 or 2-5).
Step 1: Manual mode
Step 2: Auto 1-4 (Working mode)
Step 3: Auto 2-4 (Travel mode)
NOTE: Auto (1-5) or (2-5) is available if a 5 speed DS2004308
transmission is equipped.
Figure 37

2-25
ICCO (Intelligence Clutch Cut Off) Button
WARNING
ON OFF
When traveling or on a slope, set the ICCO Button to the
"No INCHING" mode (LED OFF). This will allow for dynamic DS2004309
engine braking. Figure 38
The brake pedal can be used in inching mode. Pressing the accel-
erator pedal in this mode allows actuators to exert more power.
OFF: The "NO INCHING" mode.
In the "NO INCHING" mode, the power transmission line
is still connected when the brake pedal is pressed, thus,
making it easier to start off on an incline. This mode is
also suitable for traveling, because both dynamic engine
braking and the service brake can be used when
descending grades.
ON: The "INCHING" mode is selected.
In this mode, the transmission is put in "NEUTRAL" by
pressing the left brake pedal. This mode is suitable for a
load handling operation. When the accelerator pedal is
pressed in this setting, more power is concentrated on the
load handling system, to quicken the boom lifting speed.
Torque Converter Lock Up Button

By mechanically connecting the torque converter’s fluid coupling, it
reduces the loss of power from the engine to the transmission.
This function will remain inactive even with the switch on unless the
arm is high enough from the ground and the vehicle is traveling at
higher than a certain speed.
ON OFF
OFF: Turns off the torque converter lock.
DS2004310
ON: Turns on the torque converter lock.
Figure 39
Differential Lock Up Button

If the left and/or right wheels are slipping, the automatic use of the
automatic differential lock helps prevent their slipping.
OFF: Turns off the automatic differential lock but manual differen-
tial lock is available when using foot switch (If equipped).
ON: Turns on the automatic differential lock. ON OFF
DS2004311
NOTICE Figure 40
AVOID INJURY
The actuation of the differential lock (pressing differential
lock button, manual mode) could influence the driveability
while steering. Differential lock actuation is only
recommended when driving straight.

2-26
Bucket Kick Out Button (E-MCV Only)
When performing the bucket dump or tilt operation, the operator
can use the kick out to stop the bucket at a user-specified posi-
tion.
Hold the switch for over 1 second at your desired bucket angle
to store the current angle position. (Center LED Blinking) ON OFF
The bucket dump kick out position will be memory when the arm DS2004312
is higher than the center. Figure 41
The bucket tilt kick out position will be memory when the arm is
lower than the center.
OFF: Turns off bucket kick out.
ON: Turns on bucket kick out.
Arm Kick Out Button (Arm Kick Out)

When performing the arm up/down operation, the operator can
use the detent to stop the arm at a user-specified position.
Hold the switch for over 1 second at your desired arm position to
store the current position. (Center LED Blinking)
The arm raise kick out position will be memory when the arm is ON OFF
higher than the center. DS2004313
The arm down kick out position will be memory when the arm is Figure 42
lower than the center.
OFF: turns off arm kick out.
ON: turns on arm kick out.
Help Function Button

If you press the help function button in the key ON/Start state,
the help function guide screen appears.
Pressing each button on the keypad displays a detailed descrip-
tion of the button.
Press the help function button again to exit the page.
DS2004314
NOTE: It can be used when the machine is not driving and
the driving signal is neutral. Figure 43

2-27
Joystick Lever (Elec / Hyd)
This lever is used to position bucket and arm, it is capable of raising 1
2
or lowering the arm and crowding or dumping the bucket.
When machine is being driven, lever can be "LOCKED" out, to
prevent any movement of bucket or arm. 6
To "LOCK" out lever (joystick), set pilot cutoff switch in 4 3

"LOCKED" position.
5
Reference
Description
Number
1 FNR Selector Button Figure 44 DS2000014
2 Thumb Wheel Switch

3 FNR Control Switch
4 Horn Button
Kick Down Button
5
(Auto Return to Dig, E-MCV Only)
6 Weighing Count Button
FNR Selector Button

Press the FNR selector switch once to activate the FNR control
switch.
Press the switch once more to exit the function.
NOTE: When activating system, the transmission lever and
FNR control switch must be in "NEUTRAL".
NOTE: If the transmission lever is actuated, the gearshift
functions of the FNR control switch are turned
deactivated, and forward/reverse travel is again
controlled by the transmission lever.
Thumb Wheel Switch

If the operator installs option attachment, the switch function is
available.

2-28
FNR Control Switch
Available after FNR selector button is activated.
When the switch is activated, the FNR selector indicator light will
be turned "ON" in the instrument panel.
F: In this position, the machine travels "FORWARD".
N: In this position, the machine is in "NEUTRAL".
R: In this position, the machine travels "REVERSE".
NOTE: If the transmission lever is moved out of "NEUTRAL"
while operating the FNR control switch, the
transmission lever will override the switch.
NOTE: The FNR control switch system will require that FNR
selector button be pressed again, with the
transmission lever in "NEUTRAL".
Horn Button
Kick Down Button (Auto Return to Dig, E-MCV Only)

Press the button to use the Kick Down and auto return to dig
function.
Refer to 'Transmission Lever' for more information.
Weighing Count Button

This button is the weighing system count button.
Refer to 'Weighing System' for more information.
Joystick lever operating pattern and description of operation. 1

Reference
Description
Number
2
Arm Float / Auto Return to Dig (E-MCV Only)
1
/ Floating Hold (E-MCV Only)
2 Arm Lower
3 Bucket Dump
8 7 3 4
4 High Dump Kick Out (E-MCV Only)
5 Arm Raise
6 Arm Kick Out
5
7 Bucket Crowd
8 Bucket Kick Out
6
DS2000015
Figure 45

2-29
Arm Float
The bucket follows the contour of the ground.
If the arm kick out position is set lower than the front full length
(Figure 46) position, arm kick out is activated first when the joy-
stick is pushed to position No.1. Arm float is activated when the
Maintain Level
joystick is pushed to position No.1 after the arm stops the kick
out operation.
DS2000320
NOTE: If the arm kick out position is set lower than the front Figure 46
full length (see figure) position and the bucket kick
out position is set, the bucket changes to the set
angle and the arm descends when the joystick is
pushed to position No.1 and the kick down button is
pressed. (E-MCV only)
Auto Return to Dig (E-MCV Only)

Upon kicking out the joystick in the Arm Lower direction while
simultaneously pressing the Auto Return to Dig switch, the Arm
and Bucket will operate in the Return to Dig posture.
Floating Hold (E-MCV Only)

When kicking out the joystick in the Arm Lower direction, the
Arm Float output is automatically maintained as is.
NOTE: When the Enable Arm Down Shock Prevention
function remains selected, the function in question
will not operate.
DS2004316
Figure 47
Arm Lower
The arm descends.
Bucket Dump
The bucket is dumped.
High Dump Kick Out (E-MCV Only)

If a high dump bucket is installed, the bucket angle changes to
the set angle.
NOTE: It is possible to position the Arm over the maintain
level (Figure 46).
Arm Raise
The arm rises.

2-30
Arm Kick Out
If the arm kick out position is set higher than the front full length
(Figure 46) position, pull the joystick to position 6 for about 1
second and the magnet is attached to perform arm kick out.
Bucket Crowd
The bucket is crowded.
Bucket Kick Out

If the bucket position is set, push the joystick to position 8 for
about 1 second, and the bucket kick out is performed when the
magnet is attached.
NOTE: It is possible to position the Arm below the maintain
level (Figure 46).
Arm-Bucket Kick Out (Auto Return to Dig)

If the Arm and Bucket position is set, Auto return to dig kick out
is performed when the joystick is pushed to position No. 1 with
holding down kick down button.

2-31
Finger Tip Lever (If Equipped)
1 2 3
Reference
Description
Number
1 Option Lever 4
2 Horn Button
3 Kick Down Button
4 FNR Control Switch 5
5 Weighing Count Button
6 FNR Selector Button
6
DS2000017
Figure 48
Finger tip lever operating pattern and description of operation.

4
Reference
Description
Number
1 5
1 Bucket Dump
2 Bucket Crowd
3 Bucket Kick Out
4 Arm Float
5 Arm Lower
6 Arm Raise 2 6
7 Arm Kick Out
3 7
DS2000018
Option Lever Figure 49
If the operator installs option attachment, the switch function is
available.
Horn Button
Kick Down Button

Press the button to use the Kick Down function.
FNR Control Switch

Press the button to use the FNR control function.
Refer to 'Joystick Lever' for more information.
Weighing Count Button

This button is the weighing system count button.
FNR Selector Button

Press the button to use the FNR selector function.

2-32
Rear Defrost Switch
Heats the heating wires in the cabin rear glass to get rid of frost O
and moisture.
I
O. In this position, defrost off.
I. In this position, defrost on.
NOTE: When this function is activated, the symbol lights up
in the indicator display.
DS2000019
Figure 50
Hazard Warning Light Switch

The hazard warning light is used when machine is stopped
O
because of a malfunction or when an emergency occurs. When
this switch is pressed, all directional indicator lights on front and I
back of machine will turn "ON" and "FLASH", warning others in
the area. At the same time the directional indicator lights on
instrument panel will turn "ON" to warn the operator. The hazard
warning light operates independently of starter switch.
O. In this position, all directional indicator lights on front and
back of machine, and instrument panel are turned "OFF". FG019007
I. In this position, all directional indicator lights on front and Figure 51

back of machine, and instrument panel are turned "ON".
NOTE: Hazard warning lights will function with starter off.
Quick Coupler Switch (If Equipped)

This switch is used for engaging or releasing the attachment.
I
O
Refer to "Quick Coupler Operation" for further information.
II
O. OFF
I. UNLOCK
II. LOCK
WARNING
DS2004317
Figure 52

DO NOT OPERATE machine and attachment if quick
coupler switch is in "I" (UNLOCKED) position.
Failure to fully engage and lock attachment to the quick
coupler can allow attachment to fall off causing death or
serious injury.

2-33
Air Compressor Switch (If Equipped)
This switch is used to activate the air compressor system.
I
O
O. The switch is automatically returned to this position when II
the switch is released.
I. In this position, the air compressor system is turned "OFF".
II. In this position, the air compressor system is turned "ON".
NOTICE FG018273
Figure 53
To prevent air compressor motor from overheating, do not
run it or attempt to run it for more than 30 continuous
minutes.
If the air compressor motor runs for more than 30
continuous minutes, the system will automatically shut off.
Auto Grease System Switch (If Equipped)

This switch is used to activate the auto greasing system manu-
O
ally.
I
O. Automatic mode: Activates automatically for 10 minutes
every hour.
I. Manual mode: Activated manually for 10 minutes only and
returns to automatic mode when finished.
WL1300379
Figure 54

2-34
Parking Brake Switch
O
This switch is used to park the machine.
O. In this position, parking brake is "RELEASED" and the I
monitor light on the front display monitor turns "OFF".
To release parking brake switch, push red locking button
upwards first.
I. In this position, parking brake is "APPLIED" and the
monitor light on the front display monitor turns "ON".
NOTE: If parking brake is released, the engine can not be Figure 55
WE1400464
started. To start the engine, engage parking brake first.
NOTE: When starting the engine parking brake is engaged
automatically.
To release parking brake, turn parking brake switch
"ON" then "OFF" once more although parking brake
may look not to be engaged
WARNING
Set the parking brake switch in the "I" (APPLIED) position
before leaving the machine.
Make sure to "APPLY" the parking brake switch before
trying to start the machine.
NOTICE
Do not use the parking brake to stop the loader, except in
an emergency; otherwise, it might cause premature wear or
damage of the brake.
Pilot Cutoff Switch

O
O. In this position, Joystick Lever is turned "OFF". Operator
cannot operate the Joystick Lever to control all functions.
I
I. In this position, Joystick Lever is turned "ON". Operator
can fully control the movement of all functions.
NOTICE
DS2000043
When driving or parking, the pilot cutoff switch must be set Figure 56
to "O" (OFF) position so the operator can not fully control
the movement of the joystick functions.

2-35
Mirror Adjustment Switch O
I II
The switch is used to adjust the cabin mirror angle.
O. Neutral
I. Left mirror adjustment
II. Right mirror adjustment
Select the desired mirror and adjust using the switch center joystick.
Mirror adjustment function range:
DS2000044
• Left Figure 57
• Right
• Up
• Down
NOTE: After mirror adjustment, change the joystick to neutral
to prevent the mirrors from moving.
Emergency Start Switch

In case of a trouble in the VCU or error in the CAN communication,
the ECU cannot receive start signal and fails to start-up the engine.
In such situation, engine emergency start system provides
means for forced starting-up.
I
To run the engine emergency start system, turn on the toggle
switch in the electrical box on the rear left side of the cabin.
O
O. When the toggle switch is at this position, the engine
emergency start system cannot run (OFF). In normal DS2004318
condition where there is no problem in engine start-up, the Figure 58
toggle switch must be at this position.
I. When the toggle switch is at this position, the engine
emergency start system can be executed (ON). In
abnormal condition where means for engine starting fails,
the toggle switch must be at this position.
Photo Sensor
The photo sensor detects the radiant energy of the sun.
In "AUTO MODE" the air conditioner will automatically adjust the
air temperature based on detected radiant energy.
The sensor is located behind the front gauge panel.
DS2000046
Figure 59

2-36
Left Side Electric Steering
Control Unit (If Equipped) 2
1
Reference
Description
Number 3
1 Electric Steering Selector Button
2 FNR Control Switch
3 Kick Down Button
4 Electric Steering Joystick 4
WARNING
DS2000047
Never activate Electric Steering Selector Switch when traveling
on a public road. Always use the steering wheel to drive the
machine.
Electric Steering Selector Button

Press the electric steering selector button once to activate the
electric steering system.
Press the switch once more to exit the function.
FNR Control Switch

Available after electric steering selector button is activated.
Kick Down Button

Press the button to use the Kick Down function.

2-37
Electric Steering Joystick O
I II
Use this joystick to steer the machine to the left or right.
When traveling, operate this lever in the direction to turn the
machine.
O. Neutral
I. Left turn
II. Right turn
DS2000048
NOTE: The sensitivity of the electric steering controls varies
depending on the traveling speed. Figure 61
– Travel speed high - Sensitivity low

– Travel speed low - Sensitivity high
Position Adjustment Knob

Knob is used to allow electric control unit to be moved to the
most convenient position for the operator.
Loosen the knob, move electric control unit to desired position
and then tighten the knob.
DS2000049
Figure 62
Armrest Cutoff
The electric steering switch can be operated with the electric
O
steering armrest lowered.
It is deactivated when lifting the electric steering armrest while it
is activated.
I
O. The electric steering function cannot be used in this
location.
I. The electric steering function can be used in this location.
NOTE: Use the electric steering function only in the work
site.
DS2000050
Figure 63

2-38
Front Gauge Panel
1-1 2 13 3 4 1
11
10
9 12 8
DS2004319
Figure 64
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Right Turn and Hazard Warning Light 7 Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge
1-1 Left Turn and Hazard Warning Light 8 Fuel Gauge
2 Transmission Actual Gear 9 DEF (AdBlue®) Level Gauge
3 Communications Status Symbol 10 RPM Indicator / Hour Meter
4 Transmission Select Gear 11 Speedometer
5 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 12 Indicator Display
6 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge 13 Warning Symbol Indicator
NOTICE
All gauge and warning lights (except for the turn lights, high
beam light, work lights and transmission cutoff light) turn
"ON" for two seconds with a warning buzzer sound when
the press start/stop button.
If any light fails to turn "ON", check the cause and replace.

2-39
Right / Left Turn and Hazard Warning Light
This light blinks when Right/left turn signal is turned "ON". Both turn
signal lights blink when hazard warning light switch is turned "ON".
NOTE: If left and right turn indicators blink together, or if they
blink faster than normal, a light bulb is not operating
or flasher solenoid is damaged. Repair or replace as
necessary.
Transmission Actual Gear

Indicates travel direction and gear selection. First number dis-
plays gear, and letter displays travel direction.
Communications Status Symbol

Displays whether communication is connected.
Transmission Select Gear

Indicates gear range of transmission lever.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The colored bands indicate temperature of engine coolant.
WHITE ZONE - Indicates temperature is within normal operating
range.
RED ZONE - Indicates temperature is too high.
During operation, pointer must be in white zone.
If gauge pointer moves into red zone, engine coolant temperature
warning light will turn "ON" and engine speed will be automatically
reduced. Allow engine to run at "LOW IDLE" until temperature
gauge registers in white zone again. When white zone is reached,
allow engine to idle for an additional three - five (3-5) minutes before
stopping engine. If not allowed to idle, heat surge may develop
which will damage engine. Allowing engine to idle will dissipate heat.
Check coolant level, look for a loose fan belt, inspect for debris
around radiator, etc. before continuing to operate. When tempera-
ture reaches normal range, engine speed will automatically recover.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge

The colored bands indicate temperature of hydraulic oil.
range.
If gauge pointer moves into red zone, hydraulic oil temperature
symbol will turn "ON" and be displayed on the in screen. Allow
engine to run at "LOW IDLE" until temperature gauge registers
in white zone again.

2-40
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge
The colored bands indicate temperature of transmission oil.
range.
If gauge pointer moves into red zone, transmission oil tempera-
ture symbol will turn "ON" and be displayed on the in screen.
Allow engine to run at "LOW IDLE" until temperature gauge reg-
isters in white zone again.
Fuel Gauge
Shows remaining fuel quantity in tank.
WHITE ZONE - Indicates a normal fuel quantity.
RED ZONE - Indicates that fuel level is low.
If gauge pointer moves into red zone, fuel level symbol will turn "ON"
and be displayed on screen. Stop operation and immediately add fuel.
Check fuel level on firm and level ground.
DEF (AdBlue®) Level Gauge

Shows remaining DEF (AdBlue®) quantity in DEF (AdBlue®) tank.
WHITE ZONE - Indicates a normal DEF (AdBlue®) quantity.
RED ZONE - Indicates that DEF (AdBlue®) level is low.
If gauge pointer moves into red zone, SCR gauge symbol will
turn "ON", and be displayed on screen. Stop operation and
immediately and add DEF (AdBlue®).
RPM Indicator / Hour Meter

The engine speed is numerically displayed.
In the key on state, the hour meter is displayed.
Speedometer
This meter displays speed at which the machine is traveling.

2-41
Indicator Display
The indicator symbols are as follows.
Symbol Input Terminal Meaning
F/R 2nd FNR Mode When 2nd FNR mode is selected
Electric Steering When electric steering is selected
Reverse Fan When reverse fan is selected
High Beam When high beam is in operation
Work Light When work light is in operation
Mirror Heater When mirror heater is in operation
Preheat When preheat is in operation
Auto Grease Fault When auto grease device lacks grease or is clogged
Low Level DEF When the DEF (AdBlue®) level is low.

2-42
Warning Symbol Indicator
The warning symbols are as follows.
Refer to 'Display Warning Symbols' for information.
No. Symbol Meaning No. Symbol Meaning
1 Quick Coupler Warning 8 Electric Steering System Warning
2 Emergency Steering Warning 9 Seat Belt
3 Battery Warning 10 Air Cleaner Clogged
4 Brake Oil Pressure Warning 11 WIF Sensor
5
P Parking Brake Warning 12 Engine Speed Warning
6 Low DEF Pressure 13 Engine Oil Pressure Warning
7 Transmission Warning 14 Problem in SCR System

2-43
Display Monitor
18 19 5 1 4 7 17
9
0.0 ° 0.0 °
6
10
11
13
12
2 16 3 14 15
DS2100237
Figure 65
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Main Warning Lamp 11 View Mode Selector Button
2 Menu Selector Button 12 Weighing System Information Display
3 Back Button 13 HVAC Display Button
4 Digital Clock 14 Multifunction Keypad Indicator
5 Main Information Indicator 15 Audio Display
6 Power Mode Indicator 16 Mode Symbol Display
7 Camera Indicator 17 Indicator Display
8 Bookmark Button 18 Display Warning Symbols
9 Main Information Selector Button 19 Inclination Indicator
10 Power Mode Selector Button
Functional Check
If the start/stop button or key switch to ACC mode, switch/button
indicators on the display monitor turn on, the warning indicator
turns on and the warning buzzer sounds for two seconds.
The Develon logo is displayed on the screen during functional
checks.

2-44
Setting a Password
In the event that a password setting function is installed, a
screen for entering the password appears after the functional
check is complete.
By default, the password setting function is not provided when
the machine is released from the factory.
For more information about setting passwords, please refer to
"Operator Management"
NOTICE
The machine cannot be operated normally if the password
is incorrect.
Main Warning Lamp

The main warning lamp turns on when the machine or engine
requires an inspection.
0.0 ° 0.0 °
NOTICE
If the warning lamp turns on while the machine is in
operation, stop the engine immediately and inspect the
machine and engine.
If necessary, contact your local Develon dealer or
authorized service center for repairs. DS2100238
Figure 66
NOTE: For information on warnings, please refer to "Warning

Pop-Up Messages".
Menu Selector Button

Allows you to access the main menu.
DS1900437
Figure 67

2-45
Back Button
This button allows you to return to the previous menu from each
sub-menu.
DS1900438
Figure 68
Digital Clock
The digital clock indicates the current time in one of two ways.
• Time
DS1900424
Figure 69
• Time + date
For more information on setting the time, please refer to
"User Menu".
DS1900982
Figure 70
Main Information Indicator

Displays the information selected with the main information
selector button.
DS1901343
Figure 71
Power Mode Indicator

The current power mode is displayed with an image of an wheel
loader as shown in the figure.
• SAT: Green
• Standard: Blue
• Power: Orange
DS2000054
Figure 72

2-46
Camera Indicator
Outputs the camera screen mounted on the machine.
Use the view mode selector button to switch to the full screen.
Bookmark Button
Select the desired screen from the screens set with the "Book-
mark" function to go to the corresponding screen.
0.0 ° 0.0 °
For more information on setting bookmark, please refer to "User

Menu".
DS2100239
Figure 73
Main Information Selector Button

This button allows you to choose which information to display on
the main information indicator.
0.0 ° 0.0 °
The following main information can be selected.

• Reset trip information
• Trip operating time
• Trip fuel level
• Trip fuel consumption DS2100240
Figure 74
• Soot level
• Service meter (Total operating time)
Power Mode Selector Button

Every time the button is pressed, the power mode changes and
a symbol indicating the current mode appears.
• P: Power mode
• S: Standard mode
• A: SAT mode
Figure 75 DS2000055
View Mode Selector Button

Press the view mode selector button to switch the screen.
• Non weighing system
Default Indicator + Camera  Extended Camera View
• Weighing system option
Default Indicator + Camera  Weighing System
Figure 76 DS2000056
Information Display + Camera  Extended Camera View

2-47
Weighing System Information Display
This screen allows you to view information related to weighing
system.
DS2000057
Figure 77
HVAC Display
HVAC operation is possible on this screen.
Refer to 'HVAC Operation' for more information.
DS2000058
Figure 78
Multifunction Keypad Indicator

Multifunction Keypad operation is possible on this screen.
Refer to 'Multifunction Keypad' for more information.
DS2000059
Figure 79

2-48
Audio Display : PM
Audio operation is possible on this screen.

Refer to 'Audio' for more information.
DS2000060
Figure 80
Mode Symbol Display

The mode symbol indicators are as follows.
Symbol Meaning
Auto Idle ON
LIS ON
DHL ON
Transmission Shift Mode - Manual / Auto 1 / Auto 2
Torque Converter Lock Up
ICCO ON
Floating Hold ON (With Sound)

2-49
Indicator Display
The indicator symbols are as follows.
Symbol Input Terminal Meaning
USB with display monitor update file rec-

USB
USB ognized
STOP Auto Shutdown Auto shutdown enabled
ACC Currently in ACC mode

ACC
Auto Warm Up Auto warm up in progress

AUTO
Rear Defrost Rear defrost in progress
EPOS ECU EPOS EPOS, ECU, EPOS/ECU No regular message received from com-
/ECU
Communications Offline munications systems for over 10 seconds
Display Warning Symbols

There are three types of warning symbols: Caution, Warning,
and Failure. The symbols are as follows.
No. Symbol Type Meaning No. Symbol Type Meaning
1 Warning Battery Warning 8 Warning Seat Belt
Engine Oil Pressure Manual Regeneration

2 Warning 9 Warning
Warning Request
3 Warning Coolant Overheated 10 Warning Brake Pedal Warning
Brake Pedal Angle

4 CHECK Warning Engine Warning 11 Warning
Sensor Warning
5 Warning Stop Engine 12 Warning Engine Speed Warning
6 Warning WIF Sensor 13 Warning Transmission Warning
Transmission Oil
7 Warning Hydraulic Oil Warning 14 Warning
Overheated

2-50
No. Symbol Type Meaning No. Symbol Type Meaning
Electric Steering
15 Warning Fuel Warning 30 Warning
System Warning
Emergency Steering
16 Warning Air Cleaner Clogged 31 Warning
Warning
17 Warning OWD Warning 32 Warning Reverse Fan
Brake Oil Pressure

18 Warning 33 Warning Low Smart Key Battery
Warning
Quick Coupler
19 Warning 34 Caution Return Filter Clogged
Warning
Regeneration
20 Warning Steering Warning 35 Caution
Prohibition
21 Warning Low DEF Level 36 Caution Manual Regeneration
Problem In SCR
22 Warning 37 Caution GPS Antenna Failure
System GPS
23 Warning EPPR Valve Failure 38 Caution GSM Antenna Failure

EPPR GSM
Satellite Antenna
24 Warning AGS Warning 39 Caution
SAT Failure
25 Warning Fuel Filter Clogged 40 Caution No Smart Key
Engine rpm And

Starting Restricted By Failed To Detect
26 Warning 41 Caution
TMS Or Smart Key
TMS Terminal Failure
27 Warning Coolant Level Warning 42 Failure Check The Machine
Transmission Oil Filter

28 Warning 43 Failure Stop The Machine
Clogged
29 Warning Low DEF Pressure

2-51
Battery Warning
This warning indicates that the engine must be stopped. Turn the engine off immediately when this symbol
appears. Continuing to work while this symbol is illuminated may severely damage the engine.
• This warning symbol illuminates when there is a problem with the charging system while the engine is running.
• It turns on while the engine is being started, and turns off after the engine is started.
• If this warning lamp illuminates while the engine is running, check the charging circuit.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning

This symbol illuminates every time the engine is started. Once the engine starts, the symbol turns off again.
In the event that the engine is started while the engine oil pressure is low, this symbol illuminates and a warning
buzzer sounds simultaneously. In such cases, be sure to stop the engine immediately and check for the cause of
the problem.
Continuing to operate the engine while this warning lamp is illuminated may severely damage the engine.
NOTICE
Continuing to operate the engine while this symbol is illuminated may severely damage the engine.
Coolant Overheated
If the engine coolant overheats, this warning symbol illuminates, an alarm sounds, and the engine speed
decreases automatically until the coolant temperature drops again.
Do not turn off the engine at this time. Turning off the engine further overheats the coolant, which may lead to
engine knocking due to a surge resulting from overheating.
NOTE: Check the engine coolant temperature gauge. If the gauge pointer is in the red range, it means that the
coolant is overheated. Hence, the coolant temperature warning lamp illuminates and the engine speed
decreases automatically.
In such cases, the engine must be idled until the gauge pointer returns to the normal white range.
Once the pointer returns to the white range, do not turn off the engine immediately; idle the engine for
another 3 ~ 5 minutes. Failing to do so may cause a surge resulting from overheating, thereby
damaging the engine. Idling the engine releases heat slowly and reduces the temperature gradually.
Once all necessary measures have been taken, check the coolant level once again, as well as whether
the fan belt is loose and whether there is any foreign matter on the radiator. Once the coolant
temperature returns to normal, the engine speed returns to normal as well.
Engine Warning
The light turns on when the engine needs to be inspected.
NOTE: When the symbol illuminates, stop the machine, find the cause of the problem and perform any
necessary repairs.
Stop Engine
The indicator turns on when there is a problem in one of the engine systems.
NOTICE
When an indicator illuminates, turn the engine off and check the corresponding engine system.
If necessary, contact your local Develon dealer or authorized service center for repairs.

2-52
WIF Sensor
This sensor indicates that the fuel pre-filter is full with water.
When this symbol appears on the screen, be sure to remove the water in the fuel pre-filter as soon as possible.
NOTE: If water is not removed within 30 minutes of the fuel-water separator warning lamp illuminating, engine
power is reduced.
Hydraulic Oil Warning

This warning symbol appears on the screen when the hydraulic oil temperature is too high.
Fuel Warning
This warning symbol appears on the screen when there is almost no more fuel left in the tank.
When this symbol is illuminated, be sure to refill the fuel immediately.
Air Cleaner Clogged

This symbol indicates that the air cleaner is clogged.
When this symbol appears on the screen, be sure to stop the machine immediately and replace the air cleaner.
After replacing the air cleaner, start the engine again and check whether the warning symbol is gone.
OWD Warning
When an overload occurs, the overload warning switch turns on, this symbol appears on the screen, and a warning
buzzer sounds. In such cases, reduce the load immediately.
WARNING
If this warning appears on the screen and a warning buzzer sounds, reduce the load immediately.
Continuing to operate the machine in this state may cause the machine to flip over or damage hydraulic
components and structure parts.
Brake Oil Pressure Warning

Appears when the brake oil pressure is low.
Quick Coupler Warning

This warning appears and a buzzer sounds when the quick coupler is released.
WARNING
Do NOT operate the machine or attachment with the quick coupler opened (unlocked). Make sure the
coupler properly engaged (locked), Once after release (unlock) the quick coupler especially.
Attachment falling can result in death or serious injury.

2-53
Steering Warning
Appears when there is a problem with the steering system.
Low DEF Level

It is illuminated when the DEF (AdBlue®) level is low.
Refer to "Emission Control System" for more information.
Problem in SCR System

It is illuminated in three cases; interruption of dosing, poor reagent quality and monitoring malfunction.
Refer to "Emission Control System" for more information.
EPPR Valve Failure

This warning appears when there is a problem with the operation of the pump EPPR valve.
AGS Warning
This warning light will turn "ON", when auto grease system has two kinds of problems, lack of lubricants in the
pump reservoir or blockage in the system.
Fuel Filter Clogged

Appears when the fuel filter is clogged.
Check the fuel filter replacement interval.
Engine rpm and Starting Restricted by TMS or TMS Terminal Failure

Appears when there is a problem in the TMS terminal.
Coolant Level Warning

Appears when there is a problem with the coolant level.
Add coolant if there is not enough coolant.
Seat Belt
Appears when the seat belt is not worn.
Manual Regeneration Request

It is illuminated when regeneration operation is necessary.
Refer to "Aftertreatment System" for more information.
Brake Pedal Warning

This warning appears when there is a problem with the brake system.
Brake Pedal Angle Sensor Warning

This warning appears when there is a problem with the brake angle sensor.

2-54
Engine Speed Warning
This symbol indicates that engine needs to be checked.
NOTE: If this symbol turns "ON", stop machine and repair cause of the problem.
Transmission Warning
This symbol indicates that transmission must be checked.
NOTE: If this symbol turns "ON" stop machine and repair cause of the problem.
Transmission Oil Overheated

This symbol indicates Transmission Oil Temperature is too high.
NOTE: If this symbol turns "ON", operate machine at low idle until temperature is reduced and then stop engine.
Transmission Oil Filter Clogged

Appears when the transmission oil filter is clogged.
Check the transmission oil filter replacement interval.
Low DEF Pressure

Appears when the DEF pressure is low.
Electric Steering System Warning

This symbol indicates Electric Steering System must be checked.
NOTE: If this symbol turns "ON", stop machine and repair cause of the problem.
Emergency Steering Warning

This indicator light will turn "ON" when the emergency steering system is activated because of a hydraulic failure.
Immediately stop the machine, "ENGAGE" parking brake, and stop engine.
WARNING
If the emergency steering indicator light turns on while operating, immediately stop operation. Inspect
and repair system before continuing to operate machine.
NOTE: The light will also turn "ON" when the system is being tested.
Reverse Fan
Appears when the reverse fan motor pressure is low.
Low Smart Key Battery

Appears when the smart key is low on battery power.

2-55
Return Filter Clogged
Indicates that the return filter is clogged.
When this symbol appears on the screen, be sure to stop the machine immediately and replace the return filter.
After replacing the return filter, start the engine again and check whether the warning symbol is gone.
Regeneration Prohibition
It is illuminated when regeneration is prohibited.
Manual Regeneration
The lamp turns on when forced regeneration begins.
GPS Antenna Failure

Appears when the GPS antenna is malfunctioning or disconnected and cannot be recognized.
GSM Antenna Failure

Appears when the GSM antenna is malfunctioning or disconnected and cannot be recognized.
Satellite Antenna Failure

Appears when the satellite antenna is malfunctioning or disconnected and cannot be recognized.
No Smart Key
Appears when no smart key is detected.
Failed to Detect Smart Key

Appears when the machine fails to recognize the smart key.
Check the Machine

This symbol illuminates when a certain machine function is not working.
NOTE: When this symbol is illuminated, move the machine to a safe place, find the cause of the problem and fix it.
Stop the Machine

This symbol illuminates when a critical fault occurs in the machine.
NOTE: When this symbol is illuminated, stop the machine immediately and call a service center to have the
machine repaired.

2-56
Inclination Indicator
The current machine slope is shown.
The symbol changes according to the slope, a pop-up message
appears, and a buzzer sounds when the slope is dangerous. 0.0 ° 0.0 °
Operating condition is as follows: Travel speed of 12 km/h or
DS2100286
more, boom position above max. reach Figure 81
Symbol Pop Up
Inclination Symbol (F/R) Buzzer
Color Message
0° to 10° White - -
10° to 20° Yellow - -
20° and up Red - -
Symbol Pop Up
Inclination Symbol (LH/RH) Buzzer
Color Message
0° to 10° White - -
Rollover
10° to 20° Yellow -
Attention
Rollover
20° and up Red On
Warning

2-57
Warning Pop-Up Messages
Pop-up messages appear whenever a warning or alarm occurs
in order to provide a brief description of the problem.
Warning pop-ups disappear when the warning symbol
disappears or when the ESC button/jog switch is pushed.
In the event that there are several warnings and/or alarms, the
jog switch can be used to check each warning and alarm.
The types of warnings and alarms are as follows.
• Warning pop-ups
• Failure pop-ups
• Communications offline
• Consumable replacement reminders
• Auto shutdown notifications
Warning Pop-up Messages

In the event of a warning, these pop-ups display detailed infor-
mation about the warning.
The warning types are as follows.
• Warning (red)
• Caution (orange)
DS1900439
Figure 82
Failure Pop-ups
In the event of a failure, these pop-ups display detailed informa-
tion about the failure.
The types of failures and messages are as follows.
• Check machine: Check the machine. Some machine
functions may not be working.
DS1900762
Figure 83

2-58
• Stop machine operation: Stop the machine immediately
and contact a service center.
DS1900763
Figure 84
Communications Offline
Indicates that the EPOS, ECU and EPOS/ECU communications
are not working.
The communications messages are as follows.
• EPOS communications offline: EPOS communications
offline, ECU communications online
• ECU communications offline: EPOS communications
online, ECU communications offline
• EPOS/ECU communications offline: EPOS communica- DS1900764
tions offline, ECU communications offline Figure 85
Consumable Replacement Reminders

These reminders are shown when it is time to replace consum-
able parts or when the service interval has expired or passed.
The following image is shown for consumable replacement
reminders.
DS1900765
Figure 86
The following replacement interval-related messages appear.

• Service interval is almost over: Service interval is within 10
hours of the replacement interval
• Service interval has expired: Service interval matches the
replacement interval
• Service interval has passed: Service interval is over an
hour past the replacement interval

2-59
User Menu
Access Method
Press the menu selector button to enter the user menu screen.
The following menus can be accessed.
• Maintenance
• Fuel efficiency performance
• Machine configuration
• Weighing configuration
DS2000239
• Gauge panel configuration Figure 87
• Operator management
NOTE: In the event that all of the weighing system options
are inactive, the weighing configuration menu is not
shown.
Exiting / Escaping Menus

• ESC button
• Over 15 seconds have passed without any buttons being
pushed
• The power was turned off by pushing the start/stop button
WARNING
Do not change the vehicle mode while traveling or
operating the machine.
Maintenance
Allows you to check the state of the consumables in the
machine, monitor the machine, and check various notifications.
• Expendables management
• Enable maintenance notification
• Monitoring
DS2000240
• Confirmation of warning sign
Figure 88

2-60
Expendables Management
This screen displays the usage time and replacement intervals
for consumables.
User Menu - Maintenance - Expendables Management

DS2000241
Figure 89
How to reset the time

1. Select the consumable part that you wish to change.
2. After selecting the consumable part, select 'Reset'.
3. Push 'Yes' to complete the reset.
• After the reset, the timer restarts at 0 hr.
DS2000242
Figure 90
DS2000243
Figure 91
Enable Maintenance Notification

Consumable replacement notifications can be toggled on/off.
Monitoring
The monitoring screen displays the information on vehicle pump
pressure, voltage, fuel level, etc.
User Menu - Maintenance - Monitoring

DS2000244
Figure 92

2-61
Confirmation Of Warning Sign
This menu allows you to see detailed information about warn-
ings and failures in the machine.
User Menu - Maintenance - Confirmation of Warning Sign
∇
The following information is provided in the detailed warning

information display on the right.
• Warning image
• Warning name DS2000245
• Service phone number Figure 93
• Warning details
• Failure code
If there are no warnings, the following message is displayed:
"No Warnings".
Fuel Efficiency Performance

This menu displays information about the vehicle fuel consumption.
• Fuel efficiency data
• Set auto shut-down ooo
• Enable auto idle
• Develon smart guidance system
DS2000246
Figure 94
Fuel Efficiency Data

This menu displays information about the vehicle fuel consumption.
User Menu - Fuel Efficiency Performance - Fuel Efficiency
∇
Data
• Weekly fuel efficiency data
• Daily fuel efficiency data
• Weekly operation history data DS2000247
Figure 95
• Daily operational data

2-62
Weekly Fuel Efficiency Data
This menu provides information about the amount of fuel used
and the operating time in each power mode during the past
week.
The following double bar graphs are displayed for each day.
• Left-hand bar: Fuel used in each power mode
• Right-hand bar: Operating time in each power mode
• Bottom axis: Days of operation until the present DS2000248
The weekly fuel efficiency data can be reset by selecting the Figure 96
‘Reset’ button.
Daily Fuel Efficiency Data

This menu displays the fuel consumption for the current day.
The axes are as follows.
• Left-hand axis: Average fuel consumption
• Bottom axis: Operating time until the present
The daily fuel efficiency data can be reset by selecting the
'Reset' button.
DS1900768
Figure 97
Weekly Operation History Data

This menu displays the amount of fuel used, operating time, and
average daily fuel consumption for the last week.
The weekly operation history data can be reset by selecting the
'Reset' button.
DS2000249
Figure 98
Daily Operational Data

This menu displays the machine operating time, average fuel
consumption, and amount of fuel used for the current day.
DS2000250
Figure 99

2-63
Set Auto Shut-down
The auto shut-down setting menu allows you to set the machine
to stop the engine automatically in the event that the machine is
not used for a set period of time.
User Menu - Fuel Efficiency Performance - Set Auto Shut-

down
• Enable auto shut-down function
DS2000251
• Set auto shut-down time Figure 100
Enable Auto Shut-down Function

This menu allows you to choose whether to use auto shut-down.
Auto shut-down conditions
Input
Pilot Cutoff Coolant Hydraulic Oil Output
GP Menu Time
Switch Temperature Temperature
In Time 50°C Or 20°C Or Stop Engine
Enabled ON ON
Settings Higher Higher Signal
Reset Time
Disabled In Conditions Other Than Those Above
Count
NOTE: Leaving the machine turned on without using it for an

extended period of time after enabling the auto shut-
down function may discharge the battery.
Set Auto Shut-down Time

This menu allows you to set the time for enabling auto shut-
down.
How to change the time for enabling auto shut-down
• After setting the new time and pushing 'OK', the change of
time for enabling auto shut-down is complete.
• Default setting: 5
DS2000252
Figure 101
Enable Auto Idle

This menu allows you to choose whether to use auto idle.

2-64
Develon Smart Guidance System
DSGS (Develon Smart Guidance System) is a function which
analyzes the driving habits of the driver and helps the driver
achieve fuel efficient operation of the machine.
User Menu - Fuel Efficiency Performance - Develon Smart

Guidance System
• Enable Develon Smart Guidance System
• Enable Develon Smart Guidance System Active Control
• My Develon Smart Guidance System
Enable Develon Smart Guidance System

Selecting this item activates DSGS.
When DSGS is activated, you can see the guide report provided
after work is finished.
Enable Develon Smart Guidance System Active Control

The pop-up provides information on whether the settings recom-
mended by DSGS are applied to the machine.
Check the items which can be changed in the pop-up and press
"OK" to apply the settings to the machine.
NOTE: Pop-ups will disappear after pressing the CANCEL
button or after a certain period of time has elapsed
without taking any action. The current status of the
machine will be maintained.
My Develon Smart Guidance System

This allows you to check the recent DSGS analytics.
The following information is provided in the guide report.
• Guide for efficient operation (fuel efficiency)
• Guide for machine performance
• Guide for machine durability

2-65
Machine Configuration
This menu allows you to check and change various vehicle settings.
The following menus can be checked and changed.
• Set electric steering sensitivity
• Set reverse fan
• Enable camera guideline
• Enable reverse lamp flashing
DS2000255
• Set eMCV Figure 102
• Set 3rd spool detent
• Set LIS
Set Electric Steering Sensitivity

This allows the driver to set the sensitivity of the electric steering.
User Menu - Machine Configuration - Set Electric Steer-
∇
ing Sensitivity
Electric steering sensitivity can be set as follows.
• Low
• Medium
• High DS2300667
Figure 103
Set Reverse Fan

This allows the driver to set up the reverse rotation function of
the cooling fan.
User Menu - Machine Configuration - Set Reverse Fan
∇

• Set reverse fan operating mode
• Set reverse fan operating intervals
DS2000257
Figure 104

2-66
Set Reverse Fan Operating Mode
This allows the driver to set the reverse fan activation method.
Reverse fan operating mode can be set as follows.
• Manual
• Auto
In manual mode, reverse fan is activated by pressing the start
button on the display monitor.
DS2000258
Figure 105
Set Reverse Fan Operating Intervals

The driver can adjust the reverse fan activation interval when
reverse fan mode is set to activate automatically.
How to change the reverse fan operation cycle.
• After setting the new operation interval and pushing 'OK',
the change of reverse fan operation cycle is complete.
DS2000259
Figure 106
Enable Camera Guideline

This menu allows you to choose whether to use camera guideline
Enable Reverse Lamp Flashing

This menu allows you to choose whether to use rear lamp oper-
ation.
• Activated: Rear lamp flashes when reversing
• Disabled: Rear lamp does not work
Set eMCV
This allows the driver to adjust the settings of the electronic con-
trol valve.
User Menu - Machine Configuration - Set eMCV


• Set arm sensitivity
• Set Bucket Sensitivity
• Enable arm up shock prevention DS2000260
Figure 107
• Enable arm down shock prevention
• Enable bucket tilting shock prevention
• Enable bucket dump shock prevention

2-67
Set Arm / Bucket Sensitivity
This allows the driver to set the sensitivity of the arm and bucket.
Arm / Bucket sensitivity can be set as follows.
• Normal
• Fine
DS2000261
Figure 108
Enable Arm Up Shock Prevention

This menu allows you to choose whether to use arm up shock
prevention.
Enable Arm Down Shock Prevention

This menu allows you to choose whether to use arm down shock
prevention.
Enable Bucket Tilting Shock Prevention

This menu allows you to choose whether to use bucket tilting
shock prevention.
Enable Bucket Dump Shock Prevention

This menu allows you to choose whether to use bucket dump
shock prevention.
Set 3rd Spool Detent

This allows the driver to choose whether to use the 3rd spool
detent.
User Menu - Machine Configuration - Set 3rd Spool Detent


• Enable 3rd spool detent
• Set 3rd spool detent level
DS2000262
Figure 109
Enable 3rd Spool Detent

This menu allows you to choose whether to use 3rd spool
detent.

2-68
Set 3rd Spool Detent Level
This allows the driver to set the detent level when the 3rd spool
detent is used.
How to change the 3rd spool detent level
• After setting the level which needs to be changed and
pressing ‘Confirm’, the 3rd spool detent level setup is
complete.
DS2000263
Figure 110
Set LIS
The LIS function is used to absorb shocks to the arm cylinder
from loads on the machine while driving or working.
User Menu - Machine Configuration - Set LIS


• Enable work LIS function
• Set vehicle forward speed for LIS activation
• Set vehicle reverse speed for LIS activation DS2000264
Figure 111
Enable Work LIS Function (E-MCV Only)

Work LIS function is activated according to the angle of the
boom and bucket as shown on the right.
• Tilt (Crowd) range meet 80 ~ 100%
NOTE: When the weighing system is deactivated, the work
LIS function can be used.
Set Vehicle Forward / Reverse Speed for LIS Activation

The driver can set the forward / reverse speed with the LIS function
activated.
How to change the speed for forward / reverse
• After setting the new speed and pushing 'OK', the change
of speed for enabling forward / reverse speed is complete.
DS2000265
Figure 112

2-69
Weighing Configuration
This allows the driver to adjust the settings of the weighing system.
• Company management
• Material management
• Truck management
• Set counting method
DS2000266
• Weighing data management Figure 113
Company / Material / Truck Management

This allows the driver to adjust the company/material/truck set-
tings.
User Menu - Weighing Configuration - Company / Material /

Truck Management
• Select company / material / truck
• Change company / material / truck name
DS2000267
Figure 114
Select Company / Material / Truck

The driver can select the company / material / truck being used
for a given task.
DS2000268
Figure 115
Change Company / Material / Truck Name

The method of changing the company / material / truck name
can be selected.
DS2000269
Figure 116

2-70
The company / material / truck name can be entered and set
using the english keypad.
The current name is displayed on the left and the new name
being entered is displayed on the right.
NOTE: Only english characters and numbers may be used
for the company / material / truck name.
DS2000270
Figure 117
Set Counting Method

This allows the driver to set the counting method.
User Menu - Weighing Configuration - Set Counting Method

• Manual
Each time "Complete Status" occurs, the target / total
value is updated accordingly.
• Auto
Each time the count switch is pushed, the target / total DS2000271
value is updated accordingly. Figure 118
Weighing Data Management

This allows the driver to manage the weighing data.
User Menu - Weighing Configuration - Weighing Data

Management
• Back up
• Reset
DS2000272
Figure 119
Back Up
This allows the driver to back up the weighing data.
NOTE: Press the back up button after installing a USB.
DS2000273
Figure 120

2-71
Reset
The weighing system data can be reset by selecting the 'Reset'
button.
DS2000274
Figure 121
Gauge Panel Configuration

Items related to the display monitor settings can be managed
and set.
• Set bookmark
• Set language
• Set service phone number
• Set camera brightness DS2000275
Figure 122
• Set screen brightness
• Set date and time
• Set unit
Set Bookmark
Bookmarks can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Bookmark

Up to 5 bookmarks may be set.
DS2000276
Figure 123

2-72
Set Language
The display monitor language can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Language

DS2000277
Figure 124
Set Service Phone Number

The service phone number can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Service

Phone Number
The current service phone number is displayed on the left and
the new service phone number being entered is displayed on the
right.
In case a service phone number is entered, if a warning / alarm
occurs, the corresponding phone number is displayed in the DS2000278
pop-up window. Figure 125
Set Camera / Screen Brightness

The brightness of the camera / screen can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Camera /

Screen Brightness
Brightness can be set in two ways: day / night.
How to change the brightness
• After selecting the desired brightness and pushing 'OK',
the brightness is changed.
DS2202122
• Default setting: 80 Figure 126
Set Date and Time

The date and time can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Date And Time

The following items can be set in the date and time settings.
• Automatic setting of date and time
• Set date
• Set time
• Set time zone DS2000280
Figure 127
• Use 24-hour format

2-73
The following menus can only be set if the automatic setting of
the date and time is disabled.
• Set date
• Set time
• Select time zone
Set Automatic Date and Time

This option sets the date and time automatically.
Set Date
The date can be set.
The format for the date is shown below.
• Year: yyyy
• Month: mm
• Day: dd
DS2000281
Figure 128
Set Time
The time can be set.
The format for the time is shown below.
• Hour: hh
• Minute: mm
AM and PM are displayed on the left-hand side if the 24-hour
format is enabled in the date and time setting.
DS2000282
Figure 129
Set Time Zone

The time zone can be set.
DS2000283
Figure 130

2-74
Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) is displayed to the right of each
city. The following cities can be selected.
Time Zone City Time Zone City

GMT +00:00 London, Madrid GMT + 10:00 Sydney, Melbourne
GMT +01:00 Roma, Paris, Berlin GMT + 11:00 AM Okhotsk
GMT +02:00 Athens, Cairo GMT + 12:00 PM Wellington
GMT +03:00 Baghdad GMT – 11:00 Midway
GMT + 4:00 AM Tehran GMT – 10:00 AM Honolulu
GMT + 5:00 AM Karachi GMT – 8:00 AM San Francisco, Seattle
GMT + 5:30 AM Kolkata GMT – 7:00 AM Denver, Phoenix
GMT + 6:30 AM Yangon GMT – 6:00 AM Chicago, Mexico City
GMT + 7:00 AM Bangkok GMT – 5:00 AM New York, Miami
Manila, Hong Kong, Georgetown, Goose
GMT + 8:00 AM GMT – 4:00 AM
Beijing Bay
GMT + 9:00 AM Seoul, Tokyo GMT – 3:00 AM Rio de Janeiro
Use 24-hour Format

The 24-hour format can be selected.
Set Unit
The units of temperature, pressure, flow rate, and speed can be set.
User Menu - Gauge Panel Configuration - Set Unit

The current unit is displayed to the right of each item.

The following units can be selected.
• Temperature: °C, °F
• Pressure: bar, kg/cm2, psi, Mpa
• Flow: lpm, gpm DS2000284
Figure 131
• Speed: km/h, mph
Operator Management
Items for password reset and various permissions can be managed
and set.
• Owner
• Operator
DS2000285
Figure 132

2-75
Owner / Operator
Items related to the owner password can be managed and set.
User Menu - Operator Management - Owner / Operator

The following items can be set.

• Change owner / operator password
• Set owner lock use_each menu
• Set user permission_each menu
• Set engine startup lock time DS2000286
Figure 133
• Smart key management
Change Owner / Operator Password

The owner / operator password can be changed.
The password input modes are as follows.
• First input: New password
• Second input: Confirm new password
If the first password and second password match, the password is
changed.
If the first password and second password do not match, a pop- DS2000287
up appears with the message: "The passwords do not match".
Figure 134
Set Owner / Operator Lock Use_Each Menu

The lock settings can be set for each menu.
The following menus can be locked.
• Engine startup
DS2000288
Figure 135
Set User Permission_Each Menu

The lock settings can be set for each user menu.
The following menus can be locked.
• Engine startup
DS2000289
Figure 136

2-76
Set Engine Startup Lock Time
The engine startup lock time can be set.
The startup lock time can be set as follows.
• Always
• 1 minute
• 5 minutes
DS2000290
Figure 137
Smart Key Management

Smart key related items can be set.
• Register new smart key (complete initialization)
• Smart key additional registration
NOTE: The operator can only use smart key additional
registration.
DS2000291
Figure 138
Smart Key Initialization / Additional Registration

Enter the verification number generated by the DEVELON Fleet
Management
mobile app to register or add a new smart key.
NOTE: For information on registering smart keys, refer to
'Operating Controls - Smart Key'.
DS2000292
Figure 139
Press the complete button after pressing the start/stop button

directly with the smart key to finish adding / registering the new
smart key.
DS2000293
Figure 140

2-77
Operator Management (Keyless Start)
Switch User
You can switch from an administrator to operator's and from
operator's to administrator.
DS2200743
Figure 141
Select an administrator or operator's.
DS2200744
Figure 142
Please select an administrator or operator's to login.

NOTE: To select operator's, you must have a smart key or
unlocked by entering a password.
According to the operator's selection, the function below brings
up the existing stored information.
• Language setting.
• Save operation history information.
DS2200745
Figure 143
To skip the screen, touch the display monitor screen with your
finger.
NOTE: When the equipment is traveling mode or working
mode, it will be changed to the main screen after a
certain period of time.

2-78
The logged in user is displayed as an icon on the display moni-
tor.
• Administrator (1)
1
• Operator (2)
• Smart Key User (3) 2
DS2200737
Figure 144
Change User Information
Change Name
If you need to change the name of the administrator or opera-
tor's, please change the user name.
DS2200746
Figure 145
If you want to change user information, login with the administra-

tor password.
NOTE: Contact your dealer for the administrator's initial
password.
If you want to login to the user password, enter a preset pass-
word in the display monitor.
NOTE: If you forget administrator password, please contact
your dealer.
DS2200748
Figure 146
Change Password
If you need to change the user password of the administrator or
operator's, please change the user password.
NOTE: Please double check if the password you want to
change is correct.
DS2200749
Figure 147

2-79
Always Display Login Screen on Boot
Even if you have a smart key in the cabin, you can always set
the user password on the display monitor before using the
equipment.
If you always want to enter a password when booting the display
monitor, click the check box.
NOTE: When clicking on the check box, a password input
screen is always pop-up in the display monitor.
DS2200738
Figure 148
Set Engine Startup Lock Time

The engine startup lock time can be set.
NOTE: To restart the set start within the locked time, the
smart key must be in the cabin.
DS2200750
Figure 149
Select Login Method

You can set the login method.
• Menu entry unavailable condition: ACC status and EPOS
communication unavailable status.
NOTE: You can set it only if you are logged in with the
administrator password.
• Smart Key: You must have a smart key inside the cabin to
start the engine and use equipment.
• Smart Key or Password: If you don't have a smart key DS2200751
Figure 150
inside the cabin, you can start the engine and use the
equipment with password login.
NOTE: If the login method is set to "smart key or password",
even if there is a smart key in the cabin there It can
be started engine after display monitor is booted.

2-80
Smart Key Management
Smart key related items can be set.
• Menu entry unavailable condition: ACC status and Smart
Key communication unavailable status.
• Register new smart key (complete initialization)
• Smart key additional registration
NOTE: The operator can only use smart key additional DS2200752
registration. Figure 151
Smart Key Initialization / Additional Registration

Enter the verification number generated by the DEVELON Fleet
Management mobile app to register or add a new smart key.
DS2000292
Figure 152
Press the complete button after pressing the start/stop button

directly with the smart key to finish adding / registering the new
smart key.
DS2000293
Figure 153
Manage Operator
Select the operator management menu to manage the opera-
tor's.
NOTE: When entering the smart key operator from manage
operator menu, only the use of attachment settings
and initialization menus are displayed.
DS2200747
Figure 154

2-81
If you want to add an operator, please register operator name
and password first.
DS2200753
Figure 155
Registered users can be activated and disabled.

You can change the settings of the operator.
• Enable Operators
• Change Name
• Change Password
• Set Permission
• Reset
DS2200755
Figure 156
If you need to initialize the operator information, please initialize

the operator information.
NOTE: All functions related to the operator will be initialized.
DS2200757
Figure 157
Delete Operator
• If you need to delete the operator's, please delete the
operator's.
DS2200758
Figure 158

2-82
• Delete All Operators: You can delete all operator's
DS2200759
Figure 159
• Operator (Name): Only selected operator can be deleted.
DS2200760
Figure 160
How to check equipment information for each user.

You can check the equipment operation information for each
user on the DEVELON Fleet Management and the display moni-
tor.
Please check the your information and improve how to use the
equipment.
• Operating time.
• I-DLE time.
• Operating time by mode
• Total fuel consumption.
• Fuel usage by mode.
• Fuel efficiency
• Today's operation information (fuel usage/operation time/
fuel economy/Idle time) *Display Monitor Only

2-83
Weighing System (If Equipped)
Reference
Description
Number 1
1 Weighing System Message Indicator 2
2 Weighing Measure Weight Indicator
3 Current Truck Load Weight 3
4 Weight Remaining Relative To Target 5
5 Target Weight
4
6 Progress Indicator
7
7 Cancel Previous Task Button 6
8 Pause / Resume Button 10
8
9 Count Indicator
10 Count Reset Button 9
12
11 Weighing System Management Button 11 DS2000076
12 Zero Calibration Button Figure 161
Weighing System Message Indicator

Displays messages regarding the weighing system.
• Weight calibration pause
Indicates that weight calibration is paused when the pause
button is pressed during weight calibration.
• Weighing pause
Indicates that the weighing system function is paused.
• Ready to weigh
Indicates that measurement of the weighing measure
weight is in progress.
• Calculating complete
Indicates that the weighing measure weight is valid.
Weighing Measure Weight Indicator

Indicates the measured weight. The weight can be identified by
the font and symbol color.
• Gray
Indicates that the calculation is not yet complete.
• Blue
Indicates that the calculation is complete and that the
'current truck load weight + weight measure weight' do not
exceed the target weight.
• Red
Indicates that the two conditions above are not met.
NOTE: The weight is displayed in tons.

2-84
Current Truck Load Weight
Indicates the weighing measure weight calculated at present.
Weight Remaining Relative to Target

Indicates the weight of the currently calculated weighing mea-
sure weight subtracted from the set target weight.
When the calculated weight is a negative number, the display
continues showing '0.00t'.
NOTE: Displays '--.--' when the target weight has not been set.
Target Weight
Indicates the set target weight.
Press the button to change the target weight.
NOTE: The last three weights entered are shown.
DS2000294
Figure 162
The target weight can be entered directly when the direct input
menu is selected.
The current target weight is displayed on the left and the new
target weight being entered is displayed on the right.
DS2000295
Figure 163
Progress Indicator
Indicates the currently calculated weighing measure weight
compared to the set target weight with a progress bar.
• Green
Currently calculated weighing measure weight
• Blue
Last calculated weighing measure weight
• Red
Changes to 'max' when the target weight is exceeded.
• Blank
No target weight has been set

2-85
Cancel Previous Task Button
This allows the driver to cancel the last calculated weight and
count.
DS2000296
Figure 164
Pause / Resume Button

This allows the driver to pause / resume the weighing system.
When the system is currently on pause, the resume button is
shown; when the system is not currently on pause, the pause
button is shown.
Count Indicator
The user can select between auto and manual modes.
• Auto mode (Count + A)
Each time "Complete Status" occurs, the target / total
• Manual mode (Count + M)
Each time the count switch is pushed, the target / total
In auto mode, pushing the count switch puts the monitor
into weigh pause mode and thus the total / target weight is
not updated during working.
Once you exit from the weigh pause page, the total / target
weight resumes to be updated with newly incoming work
data.
Count Reset Button

This allows the driver to cancel the currently calculated weight
and count.
DS2000297
Figure 165

2-86
Weighing System Management Button
Displays information on the task currently in progress in the
weighing system.
Press the button to show the items set in company / material /
truck management.
Select one of the setting items to show it in the weighing system
information display.
DS2000298
Figure 166
Zero Calibration Button

This button is used to set the zero point for calibration.
NOTE: The result of weight measurement may vary with the
lubrication condition of the machine and sticky loads
on the bucket. Therefore, the weighing function
requires regular zero calibration.
DS2000299
Figure 167

2-87
Transparent Bucket System
The transparent bucket system is a safety assistance system
that uses two cameras located on the top and bottom of the
machine to provide a view beyond the bucket that blocks the
driver's view.
WARNING
Even for the machine with a transparent bucket system,
drive carefully as if the system was not installed, and
directly check the obstacles ahead yourself.
Driving only relying on this system may result in an
accident.
If the system does not operate normally, contact your
2 4
3 5
1 DS2100289
Figure 168
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Main Display 4 Left/Right View Reversal Button
2 Rear Distance Display Button 5 Day/Night Mode Switch Button
3 Display On/Off Button

2-88
1. Main Display
Transparent bucket system, AVM system (if installed)
screen is transmitted.
2. Rear Distance Display Button

Rear distance is indicated on the display screen.
3. Display On/Off Button

Display screen can be turned on and off.
4. Left/Right View Reversal Button

Screen display part can be reversed left to right.
5. Day/Night Mode Switch Button

When pressing the button according to daytime/night time,
screen brightness is automatically adjusted.
Camera Installation Position

Camera is installed on the upper and lower frames of the cabin.
DS2100290
Figure 169

2-89
Operation Condition and Method
Image is displayed on the monitor when the starting switch is "I"
(On) position or when the engine is running.
Screen Composition
View Mode Setting

Five view modes are provided and the view mode changes
when pressing the rear distance display button for two seconds.
Expansion Mode - Reduction Mode - Full Mode - Bottom
Camera - Upper Camera - Expansion Mode
NOTE: Default setting is expansion mode.
Monitor Setting
If the AVM system is installed, the transparent bucket and AVM
system screen can be switched.
Three screens are provided, and when pressing the display on/
off button for two seconds, the monitor screen mode changes
and current applied mode is displayed on the upper left part of
the monitor.
TB/AVM - TB ONLY - AVM ONLY - TB/AVM
• TB/AVM: Transparent bucket and AVM system screen are
shown simultaneously.
• TB ONLY: Only the transparent bucket screen is shown.
• AVM ONLY: Only the AVM system screen is shown.
In TB/AVM mode, the AVM screen is shown when the shifting
gear is reversed, and the transparent bucket screen is shown
when shifting the gear forward/neutral.
NOTE: Default setting is TB/AVM mode.

2-90
HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning) Operation
Location Of Vents
4
2
DS2000077
Figure 170
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Front Glass Nozzle (Defroster) 3 Foot Nozzle
2 Side Window Nozzle (Defroster) 4 Front Nozzle
All settings can be made using the touch screen or by using the
HVAC control keypad
The method depends on the preference of the operator.

2-91
Operation
Pressing the button on the HVAC control keypad switches the
display monitor screen to the HVAC control screen.
User can operate heating and cooling using display monitor or
HVAC control keypad.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
12 13 14
10 11
DS2000078
Figure 171
Reference Reference
Number Number
Atmospheric Temperature 8 Blow Mode Selector Button
1
Display 9 Air Conditioner Button
2 Desired Temperature Display 10 Temperature Control Button
3 Auto Mode Selection Display 11 Fan Speed Selector Button
4 A/C Mode Selection Display 12 OFF Button
5 Air Flow Display 13 Defroster Button
6 Air Conditioner Mode Display 14 Air Inlet Selector Button
Automatic Temperature Control
7
Button
Automatic Temperature Control Button

This button is used to control the temperature level in the cabin,
using the temperature setting of the operating panel.
When the automatic temperature control function is activated, the
word "AUTO" will be displayed in the upper left of LCD display.
When the system is in "AUTO" mode, specifications can be manu-
ally changed by pushing another button. If a function is manually
changed, the word "AUTO" does not appear in the LCD display, but
the unchanged functions will remain in "AUTO" mode.

2-92
Mode Selector Button
This button is used to select which combination air outlets will be used.
Mode Description Vent

"Used to direct airflow to upper portion of
operator's cabin from both the front and rear. Front Nozzle
This mode is mainly used for cooling."
Used to direct airflow to upper portion of
operator's cabin from both the front and rear. Front Nozzle
It will also deliver air to the lower portion of Foot Nozzle
operator's cabin from under the operator's seat.
"Used to direct airflow to lower portion of
operator's cabin and feet. Foot Nozzle
This mode is mainly used for heating."
Front Glass Nozzle
"Used to direct airflow to the front glass and to
operator's feet. Side Window Nozzle
This mode is mainly used for defrosting."
Foot Nozzle
"Used to direct airflow to the front glass and to Front Glass Nozzle
side window.
This mode is used for quick defrosting." Side Window Nozzle
Air Conditioner Button

This button is used to turn the air conditioner "ON" or "OFF".
When this function is activated, an "A/C" is displayed in the
upper left corner of the LCD.
Temperature Control Button

These buttons are used to control the cabin temperature.
Temperature is adjustable in 17°C (62°F) to 32°C (90°F) by
0.5°C (33°F) increments.
Temperature setting is displayed on the LCD.
When the system is turned "ON", the previously set temperature
is used as a starting point.
Fan Speed Selector Buttons

These buttons are used to control the speed of the blower fan.
Momentarily pressing a button changes the speed one stage.
Continuously pressing and holding a button repeatedly changes
the speed.

2-93
OFF Button
This button is used to stop the fan and air conditioner.
Defroster Button
Used to direct airflow to front window.
Air Inlet Selector Button

This button is used to select fresh air from outside the cabin, or
recirculate air within the cabin.
Pressing this switch enables the choice between fresh air and
recirculating air within the operator's cabin.
Memory Function
The air conditioner panel has a memory function. When the
engine off, the settings for the panel, will be stored. When the
machine is started, the last stored setting will be used.
Additional Operating Instructions

A proper indoor temperature in summer is 5 - 6°C (41 - 43°F)
lower than the outdoor temperature.
Operate the air conditioner for twenty - thirty (20 - 30) minutes a
week to circulate the refrigerant in the system.
NOTE: The blower button must be on "three bars".
If operating the air conditioner or heater for a long time, operate
the air inlet selector button and, when smoking, vent the air to
the outside to prevent irritation to eyes.

2-94
Seat Adjustment
WARNING
Adjust the seat position before starting operation or after
changing the operator.
Do not adjust the seat position while the machine is moving
because a loss of control can occur. Always stop the
machine, apply the parking brake, and then adjust the seat.
Always fasten your seat belt while operating machine.
Adjust the seat so the control levers and pedals can be
operated freely and easily with the operator's back against
the backrest.
Grammer Seat
1. Weight Adjustment
The seat should be adjusted for the driver's weight by briefly
pulling the actuator lever of the automatic weight and height
adjuster with the vehicle at a standstill and the driver sitting
on the seat.
The driver must sit absolutely still during adjustment.
NOTE: Before adjusting the weight, adjust shock
absorbers to the position “soft”.
NOTICE 1
To prevent damage to the health, the setting for the DS1703664
driver’s weight must be checked and adjusted as Figure 172
necessary before the vehicle is driven.

2-95
2. Height Adjustment
The seat height can be set pneumatically and is
continuously adjustable.
The seat height can be altered by pulling or pressing the
actuator lever fully out or in.
If the adjustment reaches the top or bottom endstop, the
height is adjusted automatically in order to guarantee a
minimum spring travel.
NOTE: Before adjusting the height, adjust shock
absorbers to the position “soft”.
2
NOTICE Figure 173
DS1703665
To avoid air suspension compressor damage, do not

operate the weight adjust handle for more than 1
minute.
3. Seat Pan Angle Adjustment

The angle of the seat pan can be individually adjusted.
To adjust the angle of the seat pan, lift the L/H handle.
By exerting pressure on or off the seat pan it can be moved
to the desired angle position.
DS1703666
Figure 174
4. Seat Depth Adjustment

The depth of the seat pan can be individually adjusted.
To adjust the depth of the seat cushion, lift the R/H handle.
By moving the seat cushion backwards or forwards the
desired seating position can be reached.
DS1703667
Figure 175

2-96
5. Absorber
The absorber setting of the seat can be varied to suit the
on and off-road driving conditions.
The cushioning effect can be individually adjusted for this 1
purpose. 2
Turn the lever to the desired position and release.
Position Description
1 Soft
WL1500257
2 Hard Figure 176
6. Armrest Adjustment
The inclination of the armrests can be modified by turning
the adjustment knob.
DS1703668
Figure 177
7. Armrests
The armrests can be folded up if required and the height
individually adjusted.
To adjust the armrests for height, separate the round cap
from the cover, loosen the hexagon nut (size 13mm), adjust
the armrest to the desired position and tighten the nut again.
Press the previously separated cap cover back onto the nut.
DS1703738
Figure 178

2-97
8. Headrest
The headrest can be individually adjusted for height by
pulling it upward over the various increments up the end
stop.
By pushing foreward or rearward the angle of the headrest
can be adjusted individually.
To remove the headrest, pull it over the end stop.
DS1703739
Figure 179
9. Seat Heater
The seat heater is turned on by pressing the switch.
DS1703740
Figure 180
10. Lumbar Support

The curve of the backrest cushion can be individually
adjusted by pressing the upper and lower switches.
This increases both the seating comfort and the
performance of the driver.
DS1703741
Figure 181

2-98
11. Backrest Adjustment
The backrest is adjusted using the locking lever.
NOTE: The locking lever must latch into the desired
position.
NOTICE
It should not be possible to move the backrest into
another position when it is locked.
DS1703742
Figure 182
12. Fore/Aft Isolator

Under certain driving conditions (for example with a trailer
attached), it is useful to activate the fore/aft isolator.
This means that shock impacts in the driving direction can
be better absorbed by the driver seat.
Position Description
2
1 Fore/Aft Isolator Off
2 Fore/Aft Isolator On 1
WL1500264
Figure 183
13. Fore/Aft Adjustment

The fore/aft adjustment is released by lifting the locking
lever.
NOTE: The locking lever must latch into the desired
position.
NOTICE
It should not be possible to move the driver seat into
another position when it is locked.
WL1500265
Figure 184

2-99
Recommendations for Limiting Vibrations
1. Select the right machine, equipment and attachments for a
particular application.
2. Replace any damaged seat by a DEVELON genuine part.
Keep the seat maintained and adjusted.
• Adjust the seat and suspension for the weight and
size of the operator.
• Inspect and maintain the suspension and adjustment
mechanisms of the seat regularly.
3. Check that the machine is properly maintained.
• Tire pressure, brakes, steering, linkages, etc.
4. Steer, brake, accelerate, shift gears, move the
attachments and load the attachments smoothly.
5. Adjust the machine speed and travel path to reduce the
vibration level.
• Slow down if it is necessary when traveling through
rough terrain.
• When driving machine, avoid obstacles and
excessive rough terrain.
6. Keep the machine on terrain where working and traveling
conditions are good.
• Remove any large rocks or obstacles.
• Fill any ditches and holes.
• Provide machines for, and schedule time to maintain,
good terrain conditions.
7. Travel over longer distance (e.g. on public roads) at
adjusted (medium) speed.
• Always adjust the speed to prevent bouncing.

2-100
Sears Seat 3
Forward / Backward Adjustment

Holding lever (1), raise it, while pushing or pulling seat to desired
position. Release lever once desired position is reached. 4
6
Height and Firmness Adjustment
5
To raise seat or increase firmness in ride, turn key to "ON" and
push in on height / firmness adjustment knob (2).
1 7
To lower seat height or decrease firmness in ride, pull out on
height / firmness adjustment knob.
2
Headrest
DS2000086
Figure 185
To raise it, pull up with both hands at the corners on the bottom
of upper backrest (3). To lower it, press with both hands at the
corners on the top of upper backrest.
Seat Heater Switch

The seat heater is turned on by pressing the switch.
Seat heater switch (4) is used to raise the temperature of the
driver's seat.
To raise the temperature of the driver's seat, set the switch to
the applicable level until the desired temperature is reached.
Armrest Adjustment
The inclination of the armrests can be modified by turning the
adjustment knob (5).
Lumbar Adjustment
Rotate lumbar control knob (6) to increase or decrease support
to lower back.
Backrest Adjustment
Pulling up left lever (7) allows seat backrest to be moved forward
or backward.
Sit with your back against the seat back when adjusting it. If your
back is not touching the seat back, the seat back may suddenly
move forward.

2-101
Seat Belt
WARNING
The seat belt is for the operator's safety and should always
be worn for operator restraint. Before driving the machine,
adjust the seat to the desired position for maximum comfort
and machine control, then fasten the seat belt. Seat belts
must be worn across the pelvic region and adjusted snugly
to lessen the chance and severity of injury in case of an
accident. Never fasten a seat belt across the abdomen. DS1901260
Under no circumstances should the operator be standing in Figure 186

the cabin when operating the loader.
Do not adjust the seat position while the machine is moving
because a loss of control can result. Stop the machine,
"ENGAGE" parking brake, and then adjust the seat.
Always check the condition of seat belt and belt bracket
before fastening it. Do not use seat belt with twists in it,
with damaged, or has missing hardware. Replace seat belt
or belt bracket if damaged or worn.
When the seat belt is not worn, a warning symbol illuminates
on the display monitor; the symbol turns off when the seat belt
is put on.
Seat Belt Locking and Unlocking 1

Insert belt end (1) into buckle (2). Pull belt to check that belt end 2
is locked into buckle.
Adjust belt length so it is comfortably tight against operator's pel-
vic region (hip area).
DS1900491
Figure 187
Press button (3) in center of buckle (2) and pull out belt (1) to
1
unlock.
2
3
DS1900492
Figure 188

2-102
Miscellaneous Electrical Devices
Cabin Light
A light is installed on the top of the operator's cabin.
The light will work despite starter switch position.
NOTE: If light is left "ON" for a long time while the engine is
not running, the battery will be discharged.
OFF ON
DS1900485
Figure 189
Circuit Breaker (50A, 80A)

A main circuit breaker is in the battery box. It will automatically
cut off in case of an electrical short circuit or overload. This will
prevent the electrical wiring and components from being burned
or damaged.
If the circuit breaker is cut off, check all related circuits. This means
something is wrong in the electrical circuit and it needs to be repaired.
After maintenance, press the red button for normal operation of circuit
breaker.
DS2004324
Figure 190
WARNING
Using the wrong circuit breaker could cause a wire harness
short resulting in a fire, death or serious injury.

2-103
Electrical Box
Contains relays and electric components.
It is located on left side of cabin.
DS2000087
Figure 191
Junction Box
The fuses in the Junction box are used to protect the various
electrical circuits and their components from being damaged.
The fuses used are standard automotive type fuses.
The section on "Fuse and Relay Identification" lists the circuits
and the fuse amperage required for each circuit. If a fuse blows,
determine the cause and repair any electrical faults or failures.
Refer to 'Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment - Fuse Boxes'
for information.
WARNING
If any fuse is blown, turn off engine and shut off the power
supply. Always replace fuses with the same type and
capacity fuse that was removed. Improper fuses can cause
electrical damage and result in a fire, death or serious
injury.

2-104
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) Audio
Before operating the DAB Audio, read operation manual
enclosed with DAB Audio.
6
1
9
2
10
11
4
5 7 8
DS2002728
Figure 192
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 Band Button 7 Preset Button
2 Call Button 8 Enter/AST Button with Tune Dial
3 Mode Button 9 Menu Button
4 DAB Button 10 End Button
5 Power Button with Volume Dial 11 USB Port
6 Display LCD

2-105
Miscellaneous Convenience
Devices
Cabin Storage Compartments

The driver’s seat has several storage compartments.
The operation manual and other documents can be stored in the
net behind the seat.
The stand to the right of the seat also has a small storage com-
partment.
DS2000088
Figure 193
Sun Visor
This machine has two sun visors. (front sun visor, rear sun visor)
2
NOTICE
1
Be sure to maintain a certain distance between the folding
area of the sun visors and your head.
Do not fold the sun visor without holding onto the bar. DS2000113
Otherwise, the sun visor may be damaged or may not fold. Figure 194
In order to reduce the amount of sunlight passing through the

front or rear glass, pull the bar downwards (1).
To fold the sun visor, hold onto the bar with your left hand and
push the release button with your right hand (2).
Sunglass Case
The sunglasses storage case is located on the top of the cabin door.
Keep this case lid closed before and after use.
DS2000114
Figure 195

2-106
Cup Holder
There are two cup holders inside operator's cabin.
Use it to keep your cup firmly in place.
NOTICE
When using cup holder, keep the cap closed to prevent
spilling.
DS2000089
Figure 196
Tool Box
The tool box can be used to store various tools.
DS2004358
Figure 197
Grease Gun Clip

The grease gun clip is used to secure the grease gun.
DS2004325
Figure 198

2-107
Engine Emergency Stop Switch
If the engine cannot stop when using the start / stop button, it
can be stopped by moving the engine emergency stop switch to
"I" (EMERGENCY STOP) position.
O. In this position, the engine emergency stop system is
"OFF". I
I. In this position, "EMERGENCY STOP" is selected. The O

engine will stop.
NOTE: This switch is located on the cabin ladder.
DS2000091
Figure 199
Emergency Exit Glass Breaking

Tool
This machine is equipped with a glass breaking tool. This tool
can be used to break the glass to exit from cabin in an emer-
gency. Grip handle firmly and use sharp point to break glass.
• Be careful not to slip on broken pieces of glass on ground.
WARNING Figure 200

DS1800755

Protect your eyes when breaking the glass.

2-108
Full Fender
For safety, you can mount full fenders on the machine.
They function to prevent access to the rear tires’ backside and to
keep dirt from spraying into the rear part of the machine, such as
the counterweight and battery box.
1. To open either side door for the engine’s maintenance, you
must first open the full fender at the same side. 2
2. Move the full fender locking pin (1) to the left and pull on
the full fender locking catch (2) next to the locking pin to
open the latch; then, push the full fender to the right to 1
open it.
NOTE: If the opening and closing of a full fender is not
smooth, apply grease on the rubber roller (3).
NOTICE
DS2000092
Hold the full fender with your hand until it opens to its Figure 201
maximum.
Opening the full fender with excessive force may
result in injury.
NOTICE
Before you start driving or operating the machine,
make sure to push the full fenders to engage them with
the latches and then fasten them with the lock pins
(Figure 201).
These lock pins prevent the latches from unexpected
release. 3
To open a full fender, you must move the lock pin to
the left; otherwise, the full fender might be damaged.
DS2000093
Figure 202
3. Secure the stay in the mounting hole to prevent the full

fender from closing once it has been opened.
DS2002968
Figure 203

2-109
Miscellaneous Access Covers
and Doors
Remote Door Switch

When the switch is turned to the "I" position, the smart key is authen-
ticated and the door is unlocked and opened.
NOTE: When this function is activated, the machine
automatically enters ACC mode and searches for the
smart key every two / five minutes; if no smart key is I
found, the machine automatically turns off.
NOTE: To unlock the door, the remote switch and smart key O
must be within 70 cm of one another for detection to
take place.
DS2000095
Figure 204
Cabin Door Side Latch

The door side latch is used to secure door to side of cabin when
it is opened.
NOTE: Keep door closed and locked when machine is not in
use.
DS2000096
Figure 205
To release door from side of cabin, push latch lever down. The
latch lever is to the left of operator's seat.
DS2000097
Figure 206

2-110
Side Door
NOTICE
To open either side door, you must first open the full fender
at the same side.
Secure the stay in the mounting hole to prevent the door from A
closing after opening it with the handle.
Section A
DS2000098
Figure 207
Radiator Cover
Grab the handle and open the radiator cover to add fuel, etc.
DS2000099
Figure 208
Use the handle to close the radiator cover.
NOTICE
Take care to avoid getting fingers caught in the radiator
cover when closing it.
DS2000100
Figure 209

2-111
Wheel Chocks
A pair of wheel chocks are supplied with the machine, and are
stored on the frame.
These wheel chocks must be used always when it is necessary
to secure the machine for repairs or for transport.
DS2000101
Figure 210

2-112
Air Gun and Compressor (If Equipped)
Air Gun
An air gun can be installed for cleaning the operator cabin and
other components.
DS2000226
Figure 211
How to Use Air Compressor

1. Start the engine, and set the air compressor operating
I
switch to "II" position.
O
II
2. Point the air gun towards the object to be cleaned.
3. Pull the air gun handle to eject compressed air.
WARNING
FG018273
Do not point air gun at other persons or at yourself.
DS1802812
Figure 213

2-113
NOTICE 2
Do not run the air compressor for longer than 30
minutes; otherwise, the compressor may be damaged.
Cool down the compressor after 30 minutes'
continuous operation.
1
Do not start the air compressor while the engine is not
running; otherwise, the battery may be fully
discharged. Always start up the air compressor while
the engine is running. DS2000102
Do not run the air compressor in highly humid places Figure 214
or on a rainy day. Drain the water in the air tank
periodically, using the drain valve (1).
Check that compressed air is free from moisture
before using the air for cleaning.
Keep the area surrounding the air compressor clean.
Periodically clean the air suction filter (Figure 215).
When cleaning the equipment, do not spray water
directly onto the air compressor.
While the air compressor is running, check that needle
point of the pressure gauge (2) reads below the
maximum pressure 7.8 bar (8 kg/cm2, 114 psi).
When the air compressor is not to be used over a long
time, release the air pressure in the air tank.
WARNING
Do not allow people or animals inhale compressed air.
Keep away and do not touch the air compressor while
the air compressor operating switch is at "II" position
(operating). Motor or fan could start suddenly and
result in death or serious injury.

2-114
How to Connect Air Gun
There are two ways to connect the air gun depending on how it
is to be used.
• Connecting the air gun inside the cabin
(for cleaning the cabin)
• Connecting the air gun directly to the air compressor motor
(for cleaning the filter and other purposes)
Connecting the Air Gun in the Cabin

The air gun hose can be connected to the quick coupler located
at the bottom of the stand on the left-hand side of the cabin.
2
To connect the air gun: Push the bottom tip of the air gun hose
(2) in the direction of the quick coupler (1) until a click is heard.
To disconnect the air gun: Push the handle on the quick coupler
(1) downwards and pull the air gun hose (2) upwards. 1
NOTE: The air gun is connected inside the cabin by default.

DS2000103
Figure 215
Connecting the Air Gun Directly to the Air Compressor Motor

The air gun hose can be connected to the quick coupler located
on the motor.
To connect the air gun: Push the bottom tip of the air gun hose in
the direction of the quick coupler (3) until a click is heard.
To disconnect the air gun: Push the handle on the quick coupler
(3) backwards and pull the air gun hose in the opposite direction. 3
NOTICE Figure 216

DS2000104
Take care not to squeeze your fingers in the coupler gap.

2-115
2-116
4Operation
To Operate a New Wheel Loader
WARNING
Before operating this machine read and understand the
operation and maintenance instructions in this manual.
Monitoring System
The monitoring system uses electrical circuits between control
system and sensors installed at various machine system loca-
tions to monitor selected conditions. The monitoring system's
function is to continually inform the operator of the machine's
condition. Displays and gauge readouts on the instrument panel
provide information such as engine speed, engine coolant tem-
perature, transmission oil pressure, and electrical charge status.
New Machine Break-in Procedures

All DEVELON machines are inspected before leaving the fac-
tory. However, it is required that operator follow these steps
during the initial break-in period. Failure to follow these steps
can result in damage to the equipment or reduced performance.
Hour Load
Maintain about 80% load of
For first 50 hours of operation full capacity (Engine rpm:
80% of rated rpm)
After first 50 hours of operation Full load
If machine is used at full load before it is broken in, it could affect

the overall performance and service life of the machine.
NOTE: 1. Check daily for leakage of coolant, fuel, engine
oil and hydraulic oil.
2. Inspect all lubricants daily and add appropriate
lubricants as required.
3. During operation, monitor all instruments and
gauges.
DL320-7 Operation
3-1
4. Avoid an extreme engine load.
5. Operate unit at 80% load until engine and all
other components are at operating tempera-
tures.
6. Check that work equipment is operating nor-
mally.
7. Check machine for loose parts or for damage
that may have occurred during shipping.
8. Check for loose wiring or terminals, check
gauge operation and battery electrolyte level.
Starting and Stopping Engine
Inspection Before Starting Engine
Walk-Around Checks
WARNING
If flammable materials such as leaves, paper, etc. are
allowed to accumulate on high temperature components,
such as the engine muffler and turbo, a fire can occur. Fuel,
lubricant, and hydraulic oil leaks can cause a fire. Clean
machine, remove all flammable materials from machine,
and repair machine before operating.
NOTE: When the engine is started for the first time, perform the
inspection points listed under First Start in the
Inspection Schedule (Refer to "Maintenance Intervals").
Before starting engine, inspect the following items. If any prob-
lem is found, repair it before machine operation.
1. Overall
• Check for damage, wear, crack, oil leakage, play in
work equipment, cylinders, linkages and hoses.
• Check the frame, transmission and axles for;
damage, cracks, oil leakage and loose bolts.
• Check for problems in doors, handrails, steps and
loose bolts.
• Clean and check cabin glass, rearview mirrors, rear
view camera (if equipped) and lights.
• Clean and check monitor, switches and gauges in the
cabin.
Operation DL320-7
3-2
2. Cleaning
• Remove dirt and debris from around engine, radiator,
oil cooler and battery.
• Check and remove flammable material around
muffler, turbocharger, battery or other high
temperature components.
• Clean and inspect fins of radiator, oil cooler, CAC
(Charged Air Cooler) and condenser.
3. Engine system
• Check for coolant and oil leakage around the engine
and cooling system.
• Check engine emission control system.
4. Fuel system
• Drain water and sediment from fuel tank and water
separator.
• Check for fuel leakage in fuel system.
5. Hydraulic system
• Check for hydraulic oil leaks, damaged tubing and
hoses and interference points of components.
6. Electrical system
• Check for damaged electrical cables and loose or
missing connectors.
7. Lubrication
• Perform all daily and periodic maintenance services.
Perform services according to reading shown on hour
meter.
8. Safety
• Perform a machine walk-around. Make sure that no
one is under the machine or performing any
maintenance on it before starting engine.
9. After starting machine
• Check that all operational controls and components
are in proper operating condition and are functioning
correctly. Stop operation and correct any problems
before continuing work.
DL320-7 Operation
3-3
Checks Before Starting Engine
Before starting engine, inspect the following items. If any prob-
lem is found, repair it before machine operation. If the oil, fuel or
coolant level are below the "LOW" mark, add fluids as neces-
sary. For more information, refer to "10 Hour / Daily Service" in
this manual.
1. Grease loader arm and front attachment pins.
(If equipped) Check grease level of central lubrication
pump.
2. Check engine oil level.
3. Check level of hydraulic oil tank.
4. Check fuel level.
5. Check the DEF (AdBlue®) level.
6. Check oil level of transmission.
7. Check cooling system and refill as required.
8. Check level of window washer liquid.
9. Inspect cooling fan blade.
10. Check air intake system.
11. Inspect seat belt for any damage and proper operation.
12. Inspect the structure for cracks and faulty welds.
13. Check the operation of all switches and operating controls.
14. Check the operation of all exterior lights, horn, backup
alarm, rear view camera (if equipped) and monitor lights.
15. Check inflation pressure of tires.
16. The level in the DEF (AdBlue®) tank. (if the engine is
equipped with an Selective Catalytic Reduction System.
(SCR))
NOTICE
Running the engine without DEF (AdBlue®) will dam-
age the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system.
Operation DL320-7
3-4
Operational Checks Before Starting
Engine
WARNING
When leaving operator's seat, set pilot cutoff switch to "O"
position and stop engine to prevent accidental activation of
the work levers and controls.
1. Set pilot cutoff switch to "O" position. This will "LOCK" pilot
control valve lever (joystick).
2. Fasten seat belt. Check for proper operation and condition.
3. Set all operation levers in "NEUTRAL".
NOTE: Be careful not to move any switches when
starting engine.
4. Press the start / stop button to access key on mode.
Check all indicator lights. Warning buzzers will sound for
about two seconds. After two seconds, all lights except the
following will turn "OFF".
NOTE: Quick coupler release system has a different
buzzer sound.
• Charging warning light
• Engine oil pressure warning light
• Engine coolant temperature gauge
• Fuel gauge
• Hydraulic oil temperature gauge
• Engine rpm (0 rpm) digital readout
NOTE: If all the indicator lights do not come "ON" when
the start/stop button is switched to key "ON"
mode. There is a problem.
DL320-7 Operation
3-5
Engine Start
WARNING
DO NOT USE STARTING FLUIDS. The starting system could
cause the starting fluid to explode.
WARNING
Start the engine after sounding horn and making sure there
are no bystanders or obstacles in the area.
If the fuel tank has been run dry or if the engine has not been
used for a long time, bleed the fuel system.
1. Perform all steps in "Operational Checks Before Starting
Engine".
2. Unlatch articulated frame lock bar between front and rear
frames. Secure lock plate to rear frame.
DS2000021
Figure 1
3. If the machine has a battery disconnect switch: Turn "ON"

the power using the battery disconnect switch. The battery
disconnect switch is located in the radiator grill of the rear
side of machine.
Figure 2 DS2004296
4. Set parking brake switch to "l" (Engaged) position. This will

ensure that parking brake is "Engaged".
NOTE: The parking brake will automatically engage at
start/stop button on state even if the parking
brake switch is in the off position.
To release the parking brake. switch to "l" position (Turn
on), then back to "O" position (Turn off).
Operation DL320-7
3-6
5. Move all control levers to "NEUTRAL" position.
NOTICE
If transmission lever is not in "NEUTRAL" position,
engine will not start.
Figure 3 DS2000225
6. Set pilot cutoff switch to "O" position. This will "LOCK" pilot
control valve lever (joystick).
O
DS2000043
Figure 4
7. Press the start / stop button to access key on mode. All

indicator lights should turn "ON".
NOTE: If the machine is equipped with and emergency
steering system, test system before starting
engine. If system does not function properly, do
not start machine. Follow test procedure given
with test switch.
8. Sound horn
9. Enter password
NOTE: If the security system is "LOCKED", a four-digit
password will be required to start the engine. If
the system is "UNLOCKED", no password will
be required and this display screen will not
appear.
DS1900406
Figure 5
DL320-7 Operation
3-7
10. Press the start / stop button for at least 1 second. Engine
should start in approximately 5 seconds.
NOTICE
If the engine does not start after approximately fifteen
seconds of cranking. Wait about five minutes and
repeat above steps.
11. Follow procedures in "Automatic Warming Up Operation".

12. After warming up the machine, check all operating indicators
to make sure that all engine systems (oil pressure, coolant,
etc.) are in the normal operating range. If any problems are
noticed, stop engine and correct the problem.
Normal indicators are:
Indicator 6 1 2
No. Instrument Panel Light or Gauge
Reading
1 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
2 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge White
3 Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge Range
4 Fuel Gauge
5 DEF (AdBlue®) Lever Gauge
Charging Warning Light
OFF
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
6
Brake Oil Pressure Warning Light
Parking Brake Light ON
5 4 3
NOTE: Parking brake indicator light turns "ON" or DS2000022
"OFF" according to parking brake operation, Figure 6
regardless of engine starting.
13. Check color of exhaust smoke:
• No color or light blue - Engine is running in good
condition.
• Black - Incomplete combustion. Check cause.
• White or dark blue - Engine is burning engine oil.
Check cause.
14. Check for usual engine vibration and noises. If any are
heard or felt, investigate cause.
NOTE: If engine coolant temperature gauge pointer
moves into the red zone, the engine coolant
temperature warning light will turn "ON". Take
the following action: Discontinue work and allow
the engine to run at low idle speed until
temperature gauge registers in the green zone
again. When the green zone is reached, allow
the engine to idle for an additional 3 - 5 minutes
before stopping the engine. If not allowed to idle,
heat surge may develop which will damage the
engine. Allowing the engine to idle will dissipate
heat. After engine has cooled, check coolant
level, look for signs of leaks, clogged or dirty
radiator fins (radiator core), and fan belt tension.
Operation DL320-7
3-8
After Start Limit Logic
When engine oil temperature is below 0°C, machine has the limit
logic of the engine rpm to protect the engine. When the logic is
activated, engine rpm is limited to be low idle.
Engine Oil temp (°C) 0 -10 -15 -20 -30

Time After Start (sec.) 4 8 15 25 30
Automatic Warming Up Operation

This machine has an automatic warming up system.
Engine Low rpm

1,100
800 Coolant
20°C 30°C Temperature
(68°F) (86°F)
DS2000601
Figure 7
Running the Engine

Check instruments and warning lights at regular intervals.
Engine Speed Range
800 rpm Auto idling speed.

Low Idle - 2,100 rpm Engine operating speed range.
Unsuitable operating speed, but a slightly higher engine speed than normal
2,100 - 2,500 rpm
maximum operating speed can occur when load is light.
2,500 - Prohibited (Too High) engine speed.
DL320-7 Operation
3-9
Plug Heater (If Equipped)
NOTE: When temperature drops below -25°C, recommend
to Use the Plug Heater.
The plug heater helps start-up and operation of the engine and
equipment at temperatures below -20°C (-4°F).
1. Attaching the cord
A. Align the cord and element pins on the heater. Press
the cord onto the heater using even pressure across
the cord cap. Place the clamp around bottom of cord
cap and squeeze closed with pliers.
B. Route the cord to any convenient point and tie cord
down to prevent damage and strain. Keep cord away
from hot surfaces and moving objects. DS2001291
Figure 8
2. Operating the plug heater
NOTICE
Do not plug into power supply before installation.
Do not plug into power supply before refilling coolant
system.
A. Plug heater into power supply and test for proper

operation. The block near the heater should get hot.
B. After starting engine, remove the cord and store it at
safe place. Don't move the machine before removing
the cord.
NOTE: Do not test heater before installation. This
will cause the heater to fail and void the
warranty.
Stopping Engine
NOTE: Allow engine to idle for 3 - 5 minutes before stopping
the engine. If not allowed to idle, heat surge may
develop which will damage the engine. Allowing the
engine to idle will allow the engine to cool down.
1. Park machine on firm and level ground.
2. Move transmission lever to "NEUTRAL" position.
3. Set parking brake switch to "I" (ENGAGED) position. This
will ensure that parking brake is "ENGAGED".
4. Lower bucket or work tool to the ground.
5. Put pilot cutoff switch to "O" (LOCK) position. This will
"LOCK" pilot control valve lever (joystick).
6. Allow engine to idle for 3 - 5 minutes to cool down.
7. Press the start/stop button for more 1 second to stop the
engine.
Operation DL320-7
3-10
Checks and Maintenance After Stopping
Engine
WARNING
Block the starting device when working on the engine. If the
engine starts unexpectedly, there is a risk of death or seri-
ous injury.
There is always a risk of sustaining burns from hot engine
parts (e.g.manifolds, turbocharger, oil, coolant etc.) Allow
engine and engine components to cool before servicing.
1. Park the machine on dry, level and hard ground.

2. Repair machine if there are any coolant or oil leaks.
3. Inspect bucket, attachment and frame for damage. Check
that bucket or attachment is secure. Correct any problems.
4. Fill fuel tank and drain any water collected in the fuel
system to prevent it from freezing.
5. Inspect and remove accumulated flammable materials,
such as leaves, paper, etc. in engine compartment.
6. Clean all mud, debris, etc. from undercarriage and tracks.
Make sure that all steps and handholds are clean, and that
operator's cabin is clean.
7. Check that power supply has been turned "OFF".
8. Check the cooling system for the correct antifreeze
mixture.
9. At temperatures below 0°C (32°F), prepare for the next
start by connecting the engine heater (if equipped).
Wait to Disconnect Indicator

After engine is shutdown, the DEF system must perform an
automatic fluid purge cycle to drain fluid left in the DEF pump
and lines. If battery power is turned "OFF" during the purge
cycle, the fluid may cause component failures and fault codes.
Do not turn master disconnect switch for batteries until discon-
nect indicator is "OFF".
NOTICE
Do not turn master disconnect switch for batteries to the off DS2000024
position until disconnect indicator is "OFF" or serious dam-
Figure 9
age to the DEF system can occur.
DL320-7 Operation
3-11
Travel
WARNING
1. Before operating the machine, make sure there are no
bystanders near the machine or property in the way or
on the machine. No riders. Sound the horn to alert
workers and bystanders that you are about to move
the machine.
2. Always be sure the path is clear during travel.
3. If the machine is moved while parking brake is
engaged, serious damage to parking brake system will
result.
4. Select a transmission gear that is appropriate for the
top speed that will be driven. Choosing a gear that is
too high will reduce acceleration and could overheat
the transmission converter oil.
5. Never place transmission in "NEUTRAL" when going
down a hill. Over speeding transmission can damage
transmission gears.
6. Use extreme caution when reversing travel. Be sure
there is a clear path behind the machine. Look in travel
direction.
7. Never change direction of vehicle travel at high-speed.
Serious damage to transmission will result.
8. Before leaving the operator's seat, lower the bucket or
work tool to the ground. Lock out all control systems
and stop engine to avoid accidental activation of
controls.
1. Before beginning to drive, check to make sure that the

curved frame locking bar between the front and rear has
been disengaged.
2. Set pilot cutoff switch to "I" (UNLOCKED) position. Raise
bucket to a height of 20 - 30 cm (8 - 12 in) above the
ground. Tilt bucket completely back.
3. Set pilot cutoff switch to "O" (LOCKED) position. This will
prevent arm and bucket from accidentally moving during
travel, if the pilot control valve lever (joystick) is activated.
4. Press brake pedal.
5. Set parking brake switch to "O" (RELEASE) position. This
will "RELEASE" the parking brake.
6. Place transmission lever in desired gear. Shift gears one
by one. Do not skip from 1st to 3rd gear, for example.
7. Shift transmission lever to "FORWARD" gear position.
Operation DL320-7
3-12
8. Release the brake pedal while slowly pressing the
accelerator pedal to move the machine.
WARNING
When traveling at high-speed or on a steep hill, do not
make sharp changes in direction. This could cause
vehicle to tip or roll-over.
When traveling or changing direction, always look in
travel direction. Keep bystanders away from work
area.
DL320-7 Operation
3-13
F/R (Forward/Reverse) Travel Control
System
An optional F/R (Forward/Reverse) travel control system can be
installed as an option on the machine. With this system installed,
the operator's left-hand can remain on the steering wheel during
operation, and not have to manually move the transmission
lever between forward and reverse.
To activate system, perform the following steps:
1. Place transmission lever in "NEUTRAL".
NOTE: Do not move the transmission lever out of
"NEUTRAL". If the lever is moved, the system
will be deactivated.
2. Press the FNR selector switch once to activate the FNR
control switch. Press the switch once more to exit the
function.
Joystick Lever Finger Tip Lever

DS2000026
Figure 10
3. Available after FNR selector button is activated. When the

switch is activated, the FNR selector indicator light will be
turned "ON" in the instrument panel.
F: In this position, the machine travels "FORWARD".
N: In this position, the machine is in "NEUTRAL".
R: In this position, the machine travels "REVERSE".
NOTE: If the transmission lever is moved out of
"NEUTRAL" while operating the FNR control
switch, the transmission lever will override the
Joystick Lever Finger Tip Lever
switch.
DS2000027
NOTE: The FNR control switch system will require that
FNR selector button be pressed again, with the Figure 11
transmission lever in "NEUTRAL".
Operation DL320-7
3-14
Machine Shut Down
1. Ease off throttle and apply travel brakes.
2. Put transmission lever in "NEUTRAL".
NOTICE
"LOCK" transmission lever. Whenever machine is
parked, "LOCK" transmission lever in "NEUTRAL" to
prevent accidental machine movement.
3. Set parking brake switch to "I" (ENGAGED) position. This

will ensure that parking brake is "ENGAGED".
4. Set bucket or work tool on ground.
5. Set pilot cutoff switch to "O" (LOCKED) position. This will
lock pilot control valve lever (joystick).
Stopping a turbocharged engine without a cool down
period can seriously damage turbocharger.
7. Press the start / stop button for more than 1 second to stop
the engine.
8. If machine is parked on a slope, install wheel chock in front
of and behind the wheels.
WARNING
Always secure machine with wheel chock when
parked on a slope. Leaving machine in gear will pro-
vide no braking effect because transmission clutch is 2876A
hydraulically operated. When engine is turned "OFF",
Figure 12
there is no hydraulic pressure in transmission and
clutch is not engaged.
If Engine Stalls While Traveling

BRAKE SYSTEM: The brakes can be applied approximately
nine (9) times by pressing the brake pedal because of the oil
pressure stored in the accumulator after engine is turned "OFF".
If the engine stalls while traveling, move to an out of traffic area
and apply the parking brake. Do not pump the brake pedal, this
will release all oil pressure stored in the accumulator causing the
service brakes to not work. The parking brake can be activated
to stop the wheel loader in an emergency.
DL320-7 Operation
3-15
Towing Procedure
When necessary to tow another vehicle, towrope must be tied to
towing pin on counterweight at rear of vehicle.
NOTE: The loader must be used for towing only in an
emergency.
NOTICE
Do not tow machine at a speed over 10 km/h (6 MPH) and do
not tow machine farther than 10 km (6 mi). This will prevent
damage to machine transmission that would result from DS2000025
lack of lubrication. Figure 13
WARNING
When towing another vehicle on a public road, let other
vehicles and people know that you are towing another vehi-
cle. Use a flag, rotating beacon light, or hazard light to alert
others.
NOTE: Always follow applicable laws and regulations about

towing another vehicle.
If machine is being towed by another vehicle and engine will not
start, remove front and rear driveshafts otherwise transmission
will rotate without being properly lubricated, causing transmis-
sion damage. Before removing them, apply parking brake and
securely block wheels to prevent machine from moving.
If engine can be started and steering wheel and brakes function
normally, have another person seated in the operator's seat to
steer the machine when it is towed.
Before towing a vehicle make sure that the following items have
been checked:
• Check weights of loader and vehicle being towed. Make
sure machine has sufficient braking capacity to stop towed
vehicle.
• Check if vehicle being towed can brake and steer. If not, do
not allow anyone to ride on towed vehicle.
• Check towrope or tow bar for damage and make sure it
has sufficient strength for work.
• When necessary to descend a grade, another towing
vehicle must be used in rear to provide additional braking.
Operation DL320-7
3-16
Emission Control System
This machine is equipped with an engine exhaust emission
control system that meets applicable engine EU exhaust
emission regulations. The owner/operator is responsible for
proper operation and maintenance of the emission control
system as provided in this manual and the emissions-related
warranty provisions. The system provides a warning if there are
faults in the Selective Catalytic Reduction System (SCR) system
or if the level of reductant in the reductant tank is too low. For
example, if doser cooling is not working, the engine torque is
reduced.
Low Level DEF

The engine resumes normal torque after reductant has been
filled to a level of at least 20%.
DEF Quality / Dosing Error

Once the fault has been corrected and the engine control unit
received indication that it is working, engine torque returns to the
normal level.
NOTICE
If the engine torque was reduced to 0% (low idling), the
engine control unit will not detect that SCR system is
functioning. Reset the system so normal torque is available.
The Value of the Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Emissions

This CO2 measurement results from testing over a fixed test
cycle under laboratory conditions a(n) (parent) engine represen-
tative of the engine family. This value shall not imply or express
any guarantee of the performance of a particular engine.
Engine Family Name DL08V

Parent Engine Model DL08-MFE01
CO2 Value [g/kWh] 629.7
DL320-7 Operation
3-17
Inducement
Inducement Inducement Reductant Notification

Torque Reduction Symbol
Items Level Level/Time Method
DEF tank level Constant
Warning -
< 20% symbol
Torque is reduced by 1%
DEF tank level Slow blinking
Moderate per minutes to 75% of
< 2.5% symbol
highest torque
Low level
DEF Torque is reduced by 1%
per minute to 50% of the
Fast blinking highest torque.
DEF tank level
Severe symbol +
< 0% The engine speed is
buzzer
reduced to 60% of the
nominal engine speed.
Constant
Warning Immediately -
symbol
Slow blinking
Moderate + 36 hours per minutes to 75% of
symbol
Malfunction highest torque
of the Torque is reduced by 1%
monitoring per minute to 50% of the
Severe + 100 hours symbol +
buzzer The engine speed is
Constant
Warning Immediately -
symbol
Slow blinking
Moderate + 10 hours per minutes to 75% of
symbol
highest torque
DEF quality /
Dosing error
per minute to 50% of the
Severe + 20 hours symbol +
buzzer The engine speed is
Operation DL320-7
3-18
Coolant Temperature
Normal coolant temperature during operation is 80°C - 90°C
(176°F - 194°F)
Alarm levels are set in the engine control unit. The default set-
ting for the lowest and highest limit values for high temperature
are 103°C (217°F) and 105°C (221°F) respectively.
The following function is standard as alarm for high coolant tem-
perature:
• Alarm and torque reduction at the lowest limit value.
The following alarm functions may also be found, depending on
how the engine is ordered:
• Alarm only.
• Alarm and engine shutdown at the highest limit value.
• Alarm, torque reduction at the lowest limit value and
engine shutdown at the highest limit value.
• Alarm and engine shutdown at the highest limit value with
override control.
• Alarm, torque reduction at the lowest limit value and
engine shutdown at the highest limit value, with engine
shutdown override control.
If operated for extended periods under an extremely light load,
the engine may have difficulty in maintaining normal operating
temperature. At an increased load, the temperature rises to the
normal value.
NOTICE
An excessively high coolant temperature can damage the
engine.
DL320-7 Operation
3-19
Engine Oil Pressure
Information about the normal and lowest permitted oil pressures
is contained in the section headed Technical Data.
The control system has the following alarm levels:
• At an engine speed of less than 1,000 rpm and an oil
pressure of less than 0.7 kg/cm2 (0.7 bar (10 psi)).
• At an engine speed of more than 1,000 rpm and an oil
pressure of less than 2.5 kg/cm2 (2.5 bar (36 psi)) for
longer than three (3) seconds.
The following function is standard as alarm for incorrect oil pres-
sure:
• Alarm and torque reduction by 30%.
The following alarm functions may also be found, depending on
how the engine is ordered:
• Alarm only.
• Alarm and engine shutdown.
• Alarm and engine shutdown with override control.
NOTE: High oil pressure (above 6 kg/cm2 (6 bar (85 psi)) is
normal when starting a cold engine.
Charging Indicator Light

If the light comes on during operation:
• Check and adjust the alternator drive belts. For more
information refer to the Inspection, Maintenance and
Adjustment section in this manual.
If the charging indicator light is still on, this could be because of
an alternator fault or a fault in the electrical system.
Operation DL320-7
3-20
Aftertreatment System
Sulfur contained in fuel and oil degrades NOx reduction
performance of SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) catalyst
after combustion. Therefore, to ensure high efficiency for NOx
reduction, the temperature of exhaust gas needs to be
increased periodically to eliminate sulfur content, and this
process is called as regeneration.
The regeneration process is automatically performed by the
ECU periodically based on the operating time of the machine. If
the process is not successfully performed according to the
operating condition, the corresponding "Warning Light" comes
on.
In this case, park the vehicle in a safe place and perform the
regeneration process manually according to the following
procedure. If the process is successfully performed, the warning
light goes off.
WARNING
Exhaust gas temperature and exhaust system components
are very hot during regeneration. This can cause a fire or
burn hazard and result in death or serious injury or property
damage. Keep flammable material and explosive gases
away from exhaust system during regeneration.
WARNING
The engine power can be degraded unless performing the
regeneration process manually after the warning light is
turned on.
Develon regeneration system provide customer sustainability of

machine operating but if soot level is high, manual regeneration
by operator is needed.
To avoid confusion, pop-up message and symbol would be
appeared on panel display.
DL320-7 Operation
3-21
Notification
State Condition Symbol
Method
Soot level (80% ~) Elapsed 60 hour

Active regeneration operating Constant
from past regeneration
Soot level (100 ~ 120%)

Manual regeneration request 1 Constant
Active regeneration is fail
Slow Blinking +
Manual regeneration request 2 Soot level (over 110%)
Buzzer
Activating manual regeneration by

Manual regeneration operating Constant
operator
Inhibition switch in the "Regeneration

Regeneration prohibition Constant
Prohibition" condition
Soot level (over 120%) Fast Blinking +

Service request
Manual regeneration is impossible Buzzer
NOTE: Contact your DEVELON distributor for service regeneration and DPF replacement.
NOTE: If manual (forced) regeneration is necessary after the inhibited regeneration switch is turned "ON",
press inhibited regeneration switch again to turn "OFF" the inhibit symbol. Press switch to manual
(forced) regeneration position to activate system.
Operation DL320-7
3-22
Active Regeneration
No action by the operator is required to start active regeneration.
Regeneration is automatically activated by the engine control
unit (ECU). Contact your DEVELON distributor for more
information.
Active regeneration can occur anytime the engine is running,
while operating the machine or when the machine is parked.
During regeneration, the regeneration light and the high
temperature warning light turn "ON" to alert the operator of hot
engine exhaust gases. Machine operation can continue, but the
operator should keep engine exhaust away from flammable
materials. The operator can choose to "inhibit" active
regeneration, if operating conditions are not favorable to hot
engine exhaust temperatures (e.g. working near flammable
materials).
When completed, the regeneration lights on the monitor will turn
"OFF".
NOTICE
Continue operating the machine normally and avoid
excessive idling during active regeneration.
Do not shut down engine during manual regeneration.
DL320-7 Operation
3-23
Manual (Forced) Regeneration
The regeneration is manually (forced) activated by the operator
when the operator chooses to start the regeneration process.
Manual (forced) regeneration may be required if the operator
"inhibits" the active regeneration process for an extended period
of time because the operating conditions are not favorable to hot
engine exhaust temperatures (e.g. working near flammable
materials).
Procedures for manual (forced) regeneration by the operator.
1. Park machine in a well ventilated area and away from
flammable materials.
2. Set up machine in the following manner:
A. Operate machine until engine coolant are above
40°C (104°F).
B. Set engine speed to "LOW IDLE".
C. Place transmission lever or switch in "NEUTRAL" and
engage parking brake (Wheel excavator only).
3. Move safety lever to "LOCK" position.
4. Activate regeneration switch (Figure 14) to start
regeneration process.
I
NOTE: Regeneration light on monitor will be "ON". O
NOTE: Regeneration switch should be pushed 3 - 8 sec II
for regeneration.
If puch time is over 16 sec, fault code would be
displayed on monitor.
Engine speed will gradually increase from "LOW IDLE" to
1,600 rpm and regeneration process will then start.
FG018280
During regeneration, high temperature warning light will be Figure 14
"ON".
When regeneration stops, regeneration and high temperature
warning lights will turn "OFF".
NOTE: Operator can stop manual (forced) regeneration
by raising safety lever to "UNLOCK" position.
Operation DL320-7
3-24
Attachments (If Equipped)
Arm Kick Out Button

When performing the arm up/down operation, the operator can
use the detent to stop the arm at a user-specified position.
Hold the switch for over 1 second at your desired arm position to
store the current position.
DS2004359
Figure 15
Adjustment of Bucket Position Switch

When bucket lever is held in crowd detent position and after
bucket has been dumped, bucket will pivot toward crowd posi-
tion. Once full crowd position has been reached, bucket lever
will automatically return to "NEUTRAL" position. If bucket is low-
ered after lever returns to "NEUTRAL", bucket will automatically
position itself to be in a preselected digging position (usually
flat). To adjust bucket to desired preselected digging position, 1
perform the following steps.
1. Operate controls to place bucket on ground and in desired
4 3 2
digging position (usually flat). Return bucket lever to its DS2000030
"NEUTRAL" position.
Figure 16
2. Stop engine.
3. Loosen bolts (1) on bracket (4).
4. Position bracket (4) so end of arm (2) is aligned with center
of magnetic switch (3).
5. Tighten bolts (1).
6. Start engine. Raise arm, dump bucket, then move bucket
lever into crowd detent position. Lower arm and check to
see that bucket has stopped at required position. A small
readjustment of bracket (4) may be necessary.
DL320-7 Operation
3-25
Bucket Kick Out Button
NOTE: E-MCV is the electric control valve (optional)
When performing the bucket-crowd operation, the operator can
use the detent to stop the bucket at a user-specified position.
Hold the switch for over 1 second at your desired bucket angle
to store the current angle position.
OFF: Turns off bucket kick out.
ON: Turns on bucket kick out.
DS2004360
Figure 17
DS2000032
Figure 18
Operation DL320-7
3-26
Quick Coupler Operation
NOTE: The quick coupler installed on your machine may be
different than the one shown in this manual. Always
read and follow the manufacturer's Quick Coupler
Owner's Manual for more instructions.
To Engage Attachment
WARNING
The following safety instructions are for your safety, the
safety of bystanders, and to prevent property damage. Read
the instructions before using the machine and make sure
you are familiar with all safety messages and decals.
Hydraulic quick couplers must be installed, operated,
inspected, serviced, maintained and repaired by properly
trained and experienced people.
• Do not operate the machine if there are other workers
or people in the work area. Also, never allow people to
stand or walk under the work tool or attachment while
operating.
• Do not start or perform any work unless you are
properly trained. You should understand how to use
the quick coupler according to the instructions.
• Make sure that quick coupler is "FULLY ENGAGED
AND LOCKED" every time after you change work tools
or attachments.
• Perform the recommended daily inspection and
maintenance for proper operation.
• Attachments used with the machine should not exceed
the rated capacity and load limits of the wheel loader.
• Check for changes to load radius, maximum operating
capacity and read and follow load rating charts before
lifting loads or objects.
WARNING
Never use attachments or buckets which are not approved
by DEVELON. Buckets and attachments for safe loads of
specified densities are approved for each model.
Unapproved attachments can cause death or serious injury.
DL320-7 Operation
3-27
1. Park the wheel loader and attachment on firm and level
ground.
2. After checking the safe environment conditions for
installing/removing the quick coupler, perform the below
process.
3. To unlock the quick coupler switch, push the lock on the
quick coupler switch upward and hold the switch down until
the quick coupler is unlocked.
I
O
O. OFF
II
I. UNLOCK
II. LOCK
NOTE: If the switch held by the driver is released, the
switch will automatically return to the locked
position.
DS2004317
NOTE: If the switch returns to the locked position Figure 19
before the pop-up notifying the operator that the
quick coupler has been released appears on the
gauge panel, the quick coupler switch must be
pulled again.
4. Quick coupler symbols and warning messages appear in
the multifunction display screen and a warning buzzer will
sound.
NOTE: When the quick coupler switch is kept in the
release position, a warning pop-up appears and
a warning buzzer sounds.
NOTE: The warning buzzer continues to sound until the
quick coupler is locked again after being
released.
5. While holding the quick coupler switch in the unlock
position, check the warning pop-up and press the OK
button on the display monitor.
6. The warning message in the multifunction display is
changed, and the quick coupler lock is released.
NOTE: After changing warning message, the quick
coupler unlock will work even if the user
releases the quick coupler switch and the left
button of the left joystick.
7. Tilt the quick coupler forward until it is under the level of the DS2000319
hook on the attachment being mounted. Figure 20
8. Drive the machine forward slowly and align the hook on the
attachment with the quick coupler.
9. After raising the quick coupler until it comes into contact
with the hook on the attachment being mounted, raise the
attachment slightly.
10. Tilt the quick coupler until the alignment bar on the
attachment comes into contact with the quick coupler.
Operation DL320-7
3-28
11. To lock the quick coupler, press the top button on the quick
coupler switch.
NOTE: The driver does not need to keep the button
pressed.
12. The warning message in the multifunction display is
changed, and the quick coupler begins to lock.
13. When the quick coupler is locked, the warning pop-up
changes and the warning buzzer stops.
NOTE: The warning pop-up disappears automatically
after remaining on the screen for a moment.
14. Shake the attachment vigorously and apply downward
pressure to the quick coupler and attachment to check that
the attachment is fully engaged and locked on the quick
coupler.
15. Visually check that quick coupler is fully engaged and
locked before operating the machine and attachment.
WARNING
Failure to visually check that quick coupler is "FULLY
ENGAGED AND LOCKED" before operating can allow
the attachment to fall off causing death or serious injury.
WARNING
The attachment swing radius is increased when the
quick coupler is installed.
Operate quick coupler and attachment through its full
range of motion to check for interference between
attachment and machine that could damage the cabin,
arm, coupler or attachment.
WARNING
Never use quick coupler or attachment to transport or
lift persons. Always use quick coupler and attachment
according to the instructions provided by the
manufacturer.
16. To remove the attachment, follow the installation

instructions in the reverse order.
DL320-7 Operation
3-29
Auto Grease System (If Equipped)
Overview
DEVELON Auto grease system is called "progressive system".
17 9, 10 18
1, 2 4 7, 8 13, 14 22 11, 12 19 15, 16 20, 21, 23
A 14 13 4 6
17 22 H
C 8 7 3
H
19 18
D 9 16 15
10
12 11 23
H
B 21
20
2 1
5
G E
E
F
E
DS2105433
Figure 21
Operation DL320-7
3-30
Reference Reference
Number Number
A Central Lubrication Pump 8 Lift Cylinder (Left, Front)
B Supply 9 Arm Foot End (Right)
C Fault Indicator in Cabin 10 Arm Foot End (Left)
Pump Element with 11 Lift Cylinder (Right, Rear)
D
Pressure Relief Valve 12 Lift Cylinder (Left, Rear)
E Lubrication Lines 13 Steering Cylinder (Front, Right)
F Piston Detector (Cycle Switch) 14 Steering Cylinder (Front, Left)
G Master Feeder 15 Steering Cylinder (Rear, Right)
H Secondary Feeder 16 Steering Cylinder (Rear, Left)
1 Bucket Pin (Right) 17 Bucket Cylinder
2 Bucket Pin (Left) 18 Articulated Joint (Top)
3 Bucket Pin (Middle) 19 Articulated Joint (Bottom)
4 Tilt Lever (Bottom) 20 Rear Axle Pivot
5 Lever Pin 21 Rear Axle Pivot
6 Tilt Lever (Top) 22 Driveshaft Intermediate Bearing
7 Lift Cylinder (Right, Front) 23 Rear Axle Pivot
DL320-7 Operation
3-31
Location
3
2
DS2000034
Figure 22
Reference Reference
Number Number
1 AGS Pump Master Feeder & Secondary
3
2 Secondary Feeder (Rear Frame) Feeder (Front frame)
4 Secondary Feeder (Tilt Lever)
Operation DL320-7
3-32
Lubricants
Generally grease up to NLGI grade 2 is recommended for pro-
gressive systems. (Considering working conditions, the following
lubricants can be used. NLGI Grade 1 to 2 greases with EP
additives, compatible with plastics, NBR elastomers, copper and
copper alloys, and NLGI Grade 000 to 0 fluid greases.)
The feedability of grease in centralized lubrication systems is
influenced not only by its penetration but also by other parame-
ters like the flow pressure, additives, type of thickener and vis-
cosity of its base oil, to name only the main ones.
All the systems components like, for instance, pumps, tubing
and distributors/feeders have to be accordingly dimensioned to
assure good feedability of the grease.
The pressures required to deliver a grease depend on the pene-
tration and aforementioned parameters affecting the feedability.
Depending on the type of lubricant, extent of the system and
dimensioning of the components, it is possible for delivery pres-
sure of 200 bars or more to occur.
Lubricating greases essentially consist of three phases: the
thickener, oil and additives.
The lubricant oil is embedded in the "thickener's skeleton" as in
a sponge. The oil is more or less tightly bound, depending on the
grease and percentage (type) of thickening agent.
There are cases in which the oil and soap skeleton are sepa-
rated in progressive systems because of the influence of physi-
cal forces. In that case one also speaks of so-called bleeding.
The thickeners skeleton hardens after separation from the oil.
That can clog holes and constricted points, thereby leading to
the centralized lubrication systems failure.
Bleeding can have many causes. For instance, the properties of
the grease, the number and extent of pressure and temperature
changes, vibrations, the effect of filtration on piston fits, etc. all
have an impact. In case of doubt, the tendency of lubricants to
separate (bleed) will have to be assessed before they are used.
The lubricant manufacturer must be consulted when choosing a
grease that is optimally suited to the application.
If a centralized grease lubrication system is also to run trouble
free at temperatures as low as -25°C, it will be necessary to take
into account changes in lubricant parameters that impact its
delivery.
Customary greases recommended by machine, vehicle and
lubricant manufacturers can be used. But they must still have
adequately good flow properties within the expected tempera-
ture range, e.g. a maximum flow pressure of 700 mbars, and
their oil separation tendencies have to be noncritical in the
expected operating conditions.
Lubricating grease containing up to 5% MoS2 (molybdenum
disulfide) as an additive can be delivered with piston pumps and
progressive feeders.
NLGI grade 2 grease containing solids such as graphite and
copper (e.g. chisel paste) can be delivered.
DL320-7 Operation
3-33
The particle size must be less than 3 m and not exceed 5%. In
this case the lubricant is distributed directly by the pump ele-
ments. Progressive feeders should not be used in this case.
Biodegradable grease can be delivered with progressive sys-
tems in the aforementioned conditions.
NOTICE
350
340 NLGI Grade
310 1
330
295 NLGI Grade
Penetration in 0.1 mm
265 2
When filling up grease, keep the area clean. 250 255 NLGI Grade
220 3
Contaminants remain in suspension in lubricating grease. 200 205
NLGI Grade
175 4
They can damage bearings and system components. 150
Also make sure that systems are only filled with grease that 100
uses the same types of thickener. -40 -20 0 20 25 40 60 80 100 120
Temperature C Measuring Point
to DIN 51804
Sodium soap greases must not be used in the automotive WL1300116
sector (water-soluble). Figure 23
Please, see also the important product usage information
on the back cover.
NOTE: Penetration curve of a grease belonging to NLGI

grade 2 as a function of temperature changes.
Selection of Lubricants
NOTICE
The amount of lubricant required at a lubrication point is
specified by the bearing or machine manufacturer. It must
be ensured that the required quantity of lubricant is pro-
vided to the lubrication point. The lubrication point may
otherwise not receive adequate lubrication, which can lead
to damage and failure of the bearing.
Selection of a lubricant suitable for the lubrication task is made

by the machine/system manufacturer and/or the operator of the
machine/ system in cooperation with the lubricant supplier.
The bearings/friction points that require lubrication, their
expected load during operation, and the expected ambient con-
ditions are taken into account during selection, with consider-
ation of economic and environmental aspects.
NOTE: Lubrication Systems supports customers in the
selection of suitable components for feeding the
selected lubricant and in the planning and design of a
centralized lubrication system.
Lubricants can be tested in the company's laboratory for their
suitability for pumping in centralized lubrication systems (e.g.,
"bleeding").
Operation DL320-7
3-34
Approved Lubricants
NOTICE
Only lubricants approved for the product may be used.
Unsuitable lubricants can lead to failure of the product and
to property damage.
NOTICE
Different lubricants cannot be mixed, as mixing can result
in damage and necessitate costly and complicated cleaning
of the product/lubrication system.
It is recommended that an indication of the lubricant in use
be attached to the lubricant reservoir to prevent accidental
mixing of lubricants.
The product described here can be operated using lubricants

that meet the specifications in the technical data.
Note that in rare cases, there may be lubricants whose proper-
ties are within permissible limit values but whose other charac-
teristics render them unsuitable for use in centralized lubrication
systems. For example, synthetic lubricants may be incompatible
with elastomers.
DL320-7 Operation
3-35
Lubricant Hazards
NOTICE
Centralized lubrication systems must always be free of
leaks. Leaking lubricant is hazardous because of the risk of
slipping and injury. Be mindful of any lubricant leaking out
during assembly, operation, maintenance, and repair of
centralized lubrication systems. Leaks must be sealed off
without delay.
Lubricant leaking from centralized lubrication systems is a seri-

ous hazard. Leaking lubricant can create risks that can result in
physical harm to persons or damage to other material assets.
NOTE: Follow the safety instructions on the lubricant's safety
data sheet.
Lubricants are a hazardous substance. The safety instructions
on the lubricant's safety data sheet must be followed. The safety
data sheet for a lubricant can be requested from the lubricant
manufacturer.
Lubricant Filling
NOTICE
The entire system must be ventilated if the reservoir has
been emptied below the "min" mark.
NOTICE
AVOID INJURY
Do not open top cover of reservoir for lubricant filling. Only
use a conical head nipple.
Only fill using clean lubricant and an appropriate filling
device. Contaminated lubricants can result in severe sys-
tem malfunction. 2 1 WL1300111
Figure 24
6.3 L (300 class or above) - Reservoirs
Lubricant filling is performed using a M10x1 conical head nipple
(1) and a conventional grease press.
The conical head nipple can be twisted onto the position (2), for
example to gain better access. As an alternative, the connection
(2) can be used to mount a lubricant return or filler coupling.
Operation DL320-7
3-36
NOTICE max
Switch off the power supply before starting filling.
NOTICE
Risk of bursting if the reservoir is overfilled.
When filling the reservoir using pumps with a large delivery
volume do not exceed the maximum filling mark.
DS2105506
Figure 25
Filler Coupling
3
As an alternative or addition to a conical head nipple (1), the unit
can also be equipped with a filler socket (2) to fill using a filling 1
pump. A corresponding coupling socket (3) must be mounted on
the filling pump. The cap on the filler socket must be removed
before filling. 2
NOTICE
DS2000896
Clean filler coupling regularly and check it for cracks. If any Figure 26
cracks exist, replace the filler coupling.
Filling Cylinder (If Equipped)

The pump unit can also be filled through one of the lubricant out-
lets using a filling cylinder (1). To do this, remove the M20x1.5 2
screw plug (2) in the lubricant outlet and replace it with a filler
socket (3). The caps (4) on the socket and filling cylinder must 4
be removed before filling.
1
Filling Cylinder
3
Filling Socket
DS2000897
Figure 27
DL320-7 Operation
3-37
Filling Cylinder Complete
Suitable for cartridges according to an effective content of
450 cm3 and 550 cm3.
450
56
Cap
Cartridge Tube
DS2000898
Figure 28
Figure 29
Cleaning
When pressurized air and/or pressurized water is used for
cleaning, be careful water is not to get into auto grease system.
Water can cause malfunctions or damage of system.
Operation DL320-7
3-38
Pump Display and Control Elements of
Control Screen
The display and control unit is protected from water splashes
and mechanical damage by a transparent plastic cover. The
cover must be removed to program the unit and then remounted
afterwards.
WL1300156
Figure 30 Control Screen
Display and Control Elements
Representation Description Function
Three-digit LED display Values and operating status
Pause LED Interval time
Contact LED Display contact time (pump operation)
Monitors system function by an external piston

CS detector
CS = Cycle Switch, piston detector
1 = CS LED
PS 2 = PS LED Monitors function with an external
pressure switch
PS = Pressure Switch
Fault LED Fault notification
• Switch on display
UP or DOWN key • Display values and parameters
• Set values and parameters
• Switch between programming mode and
SET key display mode
• Confirm values
• Trigger interim lubrication
DK key
• Delete fault notification
DL320-7 Operation
3-39
Three-digit LED Display
The display is off in normal mode. It can be activated by briefly
pressing one of the two push buttons ( )( ). Current values
and preset parameters are displayed. The display also serves to
guide and prompt the operator while programming operating
parameters.
WL1300072
Figure 31 Device display-Three-
digit LED display
Display Meaning Statement Control function
t = TIMER The control unit is functioning

Part of lubrication cycle; entry
as a timer and is currently in
PA = PAUSE and display value in hours.
PAUSE mode.
CONTACT = time during which

t = TIMER The control unit is functioning
the pump delivers lubricant;
as a timer and is currently in a
CO = CONTACT entry and display value in
pump cycle (CONTACT).
minutes.
c = Cycle
Display the "Monitoring settings"
O = OFF
menu.
P = Pressure
The CS and PS monitoring

Monitoring OFF No system monitoring
functions are switched off.
Cycle Switch
Piston detector The piston detector is moni-
Piston detector monitoring is
(progressive tored for signals during the
active.
systems) CONTACT pump cycle.
Low Level
The minimum fill level has
Fault: fill level too been reached in the reservoir.
low.
The control unit is currently in

Fault Cycle Switch No signal from piston detector FAULT mode.
Fault: Piston detector during pump cycle. The operational sequence
has been stopped.
The control unit is currently in

The values shown after this are
FAULT mode.
Operation Hour Meter the number of hours, the con-
The operational sequence
trol unit has operated.
has been stopped.
Operation DL320-7
3-40
Display Meaning Statement Control function
The values shown after this are the number of fault hours, i.e.,
Fault Hour Meter the amount of time the vehicle or machine was operated in
FAULT mode.
No signal from the piston detector. Unlike in normal mode, the

Block Mode control unit is still the monitoring sequence. A fault notification is
issued if the fault remains for three pump cycles times.
DL320-7 Operation
3-41
LED Display
LED Lights up =
LED LED Flashes = Programming Mode
Display Mode
Operating voltage is present on
pump unit and control unit, system
Value for PAUSE can be changed.
is currently in operating status
PAUSE.
Operating voltage is present on

pump unit and control unit, system
Value for CONTACT can be changed.
is currently in operating status
CONTACT (pump motor ON).
A cycle switch (CS) is used for sys- Monitoring type can be switched off in pro-
tem monitoring. On progressive gramming mode.
feeders, monitoring is performed COP = CS monitoring is active
during the pump cycle (CONTACT). COP = OFF monitoring is switched off
The LED light turns "ON" when a
CS signal is received.
PS A pressure switch (PS) is used for Monitoring by pressure switch cannot be acti-
system monitoring. On single-line vated on progressive systems.
systems, monitoring is performed COP = CS monitoring is active
during the pump cycle. (Not applied COP = OFF monitoring is switched off
to DEVELON auto grease system.)
The LED light turns "ON" when a
changeover signal is received.
The operating voltage is present on the pump unit and control unit. The control unit is
in operating status FAULT. The cause can be accessed by the LED display and
shown as a fault code by pressing the push button.
The operational sequence has been stopped.
Push Button Operation
Key Function
Pressing during PAUSE triggers an interim lubrication.
Fault notifications are acknowledged and deleted.
Switch on the display in display mode
Call up next parameter in programming mode
Increase displayed value by 1
Switch on the display in display mode
Call up last parameter in programming mode
Reduce displayed value by 1
WL1300117
Switch between programming mode and display mode
Confirm values entered
Operation DL320-7
3-42
Pump Display Mode
Display mode can be identified by the lit-up LED displays. The
display does not flash. It is used to query the current settings
and operating parameters.
Always start the display mode by briefly pressing one of the two
keys ( )( ).
WL1300156
Figure 32 Display
Step Key Display
The current operating status is shown

1
Example: Timer operation pause
Press briefly
Display remaining interval time for current lubri-

2
cation cycle. Example: 1 h
Display preset total interval time. Example: 2.6 h

3 (factory setting)
Display is in hours
Display pump cycle

4
Example: Timer operation
Example: System is currently in operating status

5 Pause, current tCO display (timer contact) not
possible
Display the preset value

6 Example: 4 min. (factory setting)
Display is in minutes
7 Display system monitoring
DL320-7 Operation
3-43
Step Key Display
8
Monitoring switched
or
Monitoring by Not permitted for
off
piston detector progressive systems.
(factory setting)
9 Display operating hours
10, 11
Example: 1st part of + 2nd part of total value
total value Write Total value: 00533.8 h
down. Maximum value: 99999.9 h
12 Display fault hours
13, 14
Example: 1st part of + 2nd part of total value
total value Write Total value: 00033.8 h
down. Maximum value: 99999.9 h
Display clears Oh and Fh values are stored in EEPROM and cannot be
deleted.
Operation DL320-7
3-44
Pump Programming
The working/interval times can be reprogrammed to adapt the
lubrication intervals and the resulting lubricant quantities to spe-
cific requirements.
Start Programming Mode

NOTE: Programming mode can be identified by the flashing
LED displays.
Change Lubrication Interval Times

NOTE: If the 000 factory setting has been changed, the
current code must be selected using the keys
and confirmed using the key.
Step Key Display
Display flashes
1
(000 = factory setting)
Press for more than 2s
Automatic display of first parameter:

2 "pause in timer operation"
Press briefly "PAUSE" LED flashes
(confirm code)
Interval time 1 h (factory setting)

3
(display in hours)
Press briefly
Set new value

4
Example: 6.8 h = 6 h 48 min.
Display next parameter

5 "pump cycle time in timer operation"
Press briefly "CONTACT" LED flashes
(confirm new value)
Pump cycle time 4.0 min. (factory setting)

6 Note the operating mode/set duration
Press briefly (display in minutes)
Set new value

7
Example: 3 min.
DL320-7 Operation
3-45
Step Key Display
8
Press briefly
(confirm new value)
Changes are written to memory, the values are activated and the display
9
clears.
Configure System Monitoring

System monitoring can be changed to activate or deactivate the
monitoring functions for lubrication.
When system monitoring is active, you can select monitoring by
piston detector on progressive systems or monitoring by pres-
sure switch on single-line systems.
Step Key Display
Display flashes
1

(confirm code)
3 Beginning of monitoring settings is displayed

Press until:
System monitoring switched off

4
(factory setting)
Press briefly
Monitoring by piston detector "CS" LED flashes
5
Press either until
Not permitted for progressive systems!
6 Confirm new setting

Press briefly
New settings are written to memory, the valves are activated and the dis-
7
play clears
Operation DL320-7
3-46
Change Operating Modes
A change of operation mode means changing to timer operation,
counter operation or special applications.
Please refer to Pump Display Mode for further information.
Step Key Display
Display flashes
1

(confirm code)
Change from interval time to counter operation

(only possible with external electrical
3
pulse generator)
Values in pulses
4 Display pump cycle time in timer operation

Press briefly to confirm
counter operation
Change from pump cycle time to counter opera-

5
tion, special application
6 Confirm new setting

Press briefly
7 New settings are written to memory and the display clears

DL320-7 Operation
3-47
Change Access Code
NOTICE
This factory default code is now deleted and the new value
is valid. Write down the new value and store it in a safe
place. The parameters cannot be programmed if the code is
lost or forgotten. In this case, the pump unit must be sent to
the dealer or authorized SKF branch office.
NOTICE
Do not enter the digits 321 as the new code.
Step Key Display
Display flashes
1
Key number is selected

2
Press briefly (321 = factory default setting)
(confirm code)
Display flashes
3
Press briefly (000 = factory setting)
(confirm key)
4 Display flashes
Press briefly
(confirm code)
new code is set

5 Example: 666
Press either until NOTE: Do not enter 321.
6 Confirm new code

Press briefly
7 New code is written to memory and the display clears

Operation DL320-7
3-48
Programming Ranges
Function Programming Ranges*

Interval Time 0.1 h to 99.9 h
Pump Cycle Time 0.1 min. to 99.9 min.
Pulses 1 to 999
Display Ranges
Function Display Ranges

Fault Hours 0.1 h to 99999.9 h
Operating Hours 0.1 h to 99999.9 h
Maintenance
WARNING
Work on products that have not been de-energized can
result in bodily injury. Assembly, maintenance and repair
work may only be performed on products that have been
de-energized by qualified technical personnel. The supply
voltage must be switched off before opening any of the
product's components.
WARNING
Centralized lubrication systems are pressurized during
operation. Centralized lubrication systems must therefore
be depressurized before starting assembly, maintenance or
repair work, or any system modifications or system repairs.
WARNING
The described product is pressurized during operation. The
product must therefore be depressurized before starting
assembly, maintenance or repair work, or any system modi-
fications or system repairs.
DL320-7 Operation
3-49
The Lubrication Systems is low-maintenance. However, all con-
nections and fittings must be regularly inspected for proper seat-
ing to ensure proper function and to prevent hazards from
arising.
If necessary, the product can be cleaned using mild cleaning
agents that are compatible with the product's materials
(non-alkaline, non-soap). For safety reasons, the product must
be disconnected from the power supply and the hydraulic and/or
compressed air supply.
It must be ensured that no cleaning agent enters the interior of
the product during cleaning.
It is not necessary to clean the interior of the product if the prod-
uct is operated normally and intercompatible lubricants are
used.
The interior of the product must be cleaned if incorrect or con-
taminated lubricant is accidentally filled into the product. If this
occurs, contact the Service department of DEVELON.
NOTICE
Dismantling of the product or individual parts thereof within
the statutory warranty period is not permitted and voids any
claims.
NOTICE
Only original spare parts from DEVELON may be used.
Arbitrary alterations to products and the use of non-original
spare parts and accessories are not permitted and nullify
the statutory warranty.
Operation DL320-7
3-50
General Information
The following maintenance table contains an overview of the
inspections and maintenance work that must be performed regu-
larly.
The maintenance intervals depend on customer-specific settings
and operating conditions. The customer is therefore responsible
for determining and observing the maintenance intervals on its
own.
NOTICE
All work beyond this scope must be performed by autho-
rized SKF Service establishments.
Maintenance Work Action Interval

Check of fill level in Refill if necessary. Depends on planned lubricant consumption
lubricant reservoir
Inspection of system Parts that exhibit leaks must be After each refill of the lubricant reservoir
components (lubri- replaced. Please contact an SKF ser- or after long operational pauses before
cant lines, connection vice office. commissioning the machine/vehicle
points, seals, etc.) for
leaks
Visual inspection of In case of insufficient bearing lubrica- In conjunction with lubrication reservoir
bearings' lubrication tion, a fault in the lubrication system or filling
incorrect system configuration is the
probable cause. Observe the instruc-
tions contained in these operating
instructions. If necessary, contact an
SKF service office.
Check of basic function To inspect the basic functions, trigger After each lubrication reservoir filling
of control unit and sys- an interim lubrication by pressing the
tem components key.
Inspection of electrical Damaged cables must be replaced. After long operational pauses before com-
cables for damage Please contact an SKF service office. missioning the machine/vehicle
Inspection of electrical Tighten loose contacts. Clean any cor- Semi-annual
connections and contacts roded electrical contacts with a wire
for firm attachment brush, then apply a small amount of
and corrosion contact grease after installation
DL320-7 Operation
3-51
Troubleshooting
KFGS Operational Malfunctions

The operator/operating personnel must perform visual fill level
control of the lubricant reservoir at regular intervals. The control
intervals depend on the amount of lubricant required and the
pump's run time. The operator/operating personnel must there-
fore determine the intervals on their own based on the specific
conditions of usage.
If the reservoir has been emptied, the entire system must be
ventilated after refilling (see assembly instructions).
KFGS
All fault notifications are displayed by the LEDs as a cen-

tralized fault notification. When a fault notification is issued, the
control unit stops the normal operational sequence and the fault
that has occurred is saved and displayed.
The cause of the fault can be read on the display. This greatly
simplifies failure diagnostics, though it requires system monitor-
ing.
Display Faults
• Start the display mode with one of the two keys
• Press the key until you reach the fault notification (see
the following table)
Display Explanation
Fault Cycle Switch: No signal from piston detector during pump cycle
(See "Pump Display Mode")
Fault Pressure Switch: No signal from pressure switch during pump cycle.
(Not applied to DEVELON auto grease system)
Fault Low Level: The level in the reservoir has fallen below the minimum fill level.
The further operational sequence has been stopped.
Operation DL320-7
3-52
Delete Fault Notification
All fault notifications can be acknowledged and deleted using

the key.
In timer operation, this can also be performed using an external
push button, if installed.
NOTICE
Determine and remedy the cause of faults before deleting
fault notifications. The user is liable for damages resulting
from operating the machine without lubrication.
NOTICE
The time during which the control unit and pump unit have
been operated without lubrication is stored as fault hours
Fh in the EEPROM and cannot be deleted.
Fault Types
Depending on the severity of the fault, the control unit issues
either a warning or a malfunction notification (see the following
table).
Response by Control
Fault Type Definition Display Example of Fault
Unit
A problem has occurred LED light The fill level in the res-
• The LED flashes.
that does not affect turns "ON" and ervoir sinks to the level
the operational sequence remains con- of the pre-warning sen- • A fault notification is
Warning but can lead to an stant sor (only on systems generated.
operational malfunction equipped and config-
if not remedied. ured with this function- • Operation continues
ality). as normal.
Malfunctions A fault has occurred LED Insufficient number of 1. Block operation up
that affects the proper flashes piston detector signals to configured number
functioning of the from a lubrication zone of repetitions.
lubrication system. during the pump cycle
2. If the piston detector
Note: The lubrication signal has still not
points may not be been received, the
supplied with adequate valve is closed and
lubrication because a a fault notification
malfunction has is generated.
affected the proper
functioning of the The LED
lubrication system. light turns "ON".
Malfunctions must
always be remedied
immediately.
DL320-7 Operation
3-53
Recording Fault Times
Fault-state Counter
The amount of time that passes from issuance of a failure notifi-
cation to its acknowledgment is added up in hours. After
acknowledgment, this value is automatically transferred to the
fault-hours counter.
Fault-hours Counter
The fault-hours counter adds up all fault-state times occurring
during the total running time of the unit. The current counter
reading can be read in display mode in two blocks of three digits
each by calling up the parameter FH See "Three-digit LED Dis-
play".
The maximum reading that can be displayed is 99 999.9 hours.
The smallest recordable interval is 0.1 hours = 6 minutes. The
memory cannot be deleted.
Maintenance and Repair

The following maintenance and repair work must be performed
regularly:
• Inspect fill level in lubricant reservoir.
• Regularly inspect system components for leaks.
• Visually inspect lubrication of bearings.
• Inspect electrical cables for damage.
• Inspect electrical connections and contacts.
• The basic function of the control unit and system
components can be inspected by triggering an interim
lubrication.
• Inspect electrical connections in case of malfunction
notifications.
• Replace defective fuses with new fuses of the same
performance and characteristics.
The purity of the lubricants used is the decisive factor in the ser-
vice life of the pump elements.
Operation DL320-7
3-54
Malfunctions on Pump Unit In Progressive System
Block Operation
Block operation is the reaction of the control unit to the absence
of signals from the piston detector.
Possible Causes:
• Defective lubrication lines
• Blocked progressive feeder
• Defective piston detector
• Insufficient lubricant
No Signal from Piston Detector During Pump Cycle:

• Normal operation is interrupted.
No signal from the piston detector
• Block pause begins with query to piston detector.
• No signal from piston detector during block pause:
CS
• Second lubrication cycle begins in block operation.
As soon as a signal is received from the piston detector, block
operation is aborted and the normal lubrication cycle starts with
a pause.
WL1300071
Figure 33
NOTICE
A total of three lubrication cycles are performed with query
to the piston detector.
Three pump cycles and two block pauses without signal from the
piston detector:
Block operation is aborted Malfunction notification is issued.
Duration of Block Pause

Pause
Normal Operation Block Pause
tPA Block Pause
0.1 h 6 min.
0.2 h 12 min.
0.3 h and longer 15 min. WL1300072
Figure 34 Fault notification on device
• Determine and remedy cause of fault display
DL320-7 Operation
3-55
Malfunctions on KFG/KFGS Pump Units
Fault Category Possible Cause Rectification

Pump Agitator in Malfunctions • Mechanical • Replace pump
grease reservoir does damage,e.g., motor
– Loosen main line at outlet of
not rotate during the defective
pressure regulating valve.
activated pump cycle
• Under voltage
(CONTACT mode). – Loosen electrical connection.
– Loosen three fastening screws.
– Remove defective pump.
– Mount new pump and connect
lubrication line and electrical
cable.
• Perform commissioning and functional
inspection.
• Be sure the interval and contact times
are correct.
• Check or replace fuse.
• Check electrical connections
• Electrical connection • Check cable set for damage.
interrupted
Pump does not func- Malfunctions • Electrical control • Check fuse
tion when the key has failed.
is pressed, although • Pump drive/motor • Replace pump
all electrical connec- is defective.
tions are ok.
• Lubricant level in • Fill lubricant reservoir to "max".
reservoir is below
minimum.
• Agitator does not • Replace pump element.
rotate. Note: Metering is indicated by grooves.
Pump does not Malfunctions • Suction problems • Dismantle pump element and operate
deliver any lubricant, because of air pump using key until grease
although agitator is pockets in grease.
discharges from outlet on housing.
rotating.
• Pump element does
• Replace pump element.
not build up
Note: Metering is indicated by
pressure, pump
grooves.
element is worn out.
(This is indicated
when the outlet can
be closed with a
finger once the main
line is removed.)
• Lubricant too stiff
• If necessary, adjust lubricant to work
properly at lowest working
temperature.
Operation DL320-7
3-56
Fault Category Possible Cause Rectification
Pressure regulating Malfunctions • System pressure is • Check system and repair/rework the
valve on pump opens over 200/300 bar, system so the maximum system
and lubricant e.g., because of pressure at 20°C is 200 bar.
discharges. feeder blockage or
blocked lubrication
point.
• Valve is damaged • Replace pressure regulating valve.
or contaminated,
so it does not close
properly.
DL320-7 Operation
3-57
Operation DL320-7
3-58
5Inspection, Maintenance
and Adjustment
Maintenance Information
This section deals with information for proper maintenance of
the machine. Therefore, ensure that all safety information, warn-
ings, and instructions are read and understood before any oper-
ation or any maintenance procedures are performed.
WARNING
Do not perform any inspection and maintenance operation
that is not found in this manual.
Operational Hour Meter Reading

Check operational hour meter reading daily to see if necessary
maintenance is scheduled to be performed.
DEVELON Genuine Replacement Parts

Use DEVELON genuine parts specified in Parts Book as
replacement parts.
DEVELON Genuine Lubricants

For lubrication of the machine, use DEVELON genuine lubri-
cants. Use oil of specified viscosity according to ambient tem-
perature.
Windshield Washer Fluid

Use automobile window washer fluid, and be careful not to let
any dirt get into it.
Fresh And Clean Lubricants

Use clean oil and grease. Keep containers of oil and grease
clean and away from foreign materials.
DL320-7 Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment

4-1
Check Drained Oil and Used Filter
After oil is changed or filters are replaced, check oil and filters for
metal particles and foreign materials. If large quantities of metal
particles or foreign materials are found, take corrective action
immediately.
Fuel Strainer
If your machine is equipped with a fuel strainer, do not remove it
while fueling.
Welding Instructions
• Turn off power. Wait for approximately one (1) minute after
turn off engine, and then disconnect negative (-) terminal of
battery.
• Do not apply more than 200 V continuously.
• Connect grounding cable within 1 m (3.3 ft) of area to be
welded. If grounding cable is connected near instruments,
connectors, etc., instruments can be damaged.
• Use proper grounding points to avoid damage to seals or
bearings.
• Do not use area around work equipment pins or hydraulic
cylinders as a grounding point.
Do Not Drop Things Inside Machine

• When opening inspection windows or oil filler port of tank
to perform inspection, be careful not to drop nuts, bolts, or
tools inside the machine.
If parts are dropped inside machine, it can cause damage
and/or improper operation of the machine. If you drop
anything inside the machine, always remove it
immediately.
Dusty Work Site

When working at a dusty work site, do the following:
• Clean radiator fins and other parts of heat exchange
equipment more frequently, and take care not to let fins
become clogged.
• Replace fuel filter more frequently.
• Clean electrical components, especially starting motor and
alternator, to avoid accumulation of dust.
• When checking and replacing oil or filters, move the
machine to a place where there is no dust and take care to
prevent dust from entering system.
Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment DL320-7

4-2
Avoid Mixing Lubricants
If a different brand or grade of oil has to be added, drain all old
oil before adding new brand or grade of oil.
Never mix different brands or grades of oil.
Locking Inspection Covers

Lock inspection cover securely into position with lock bar. If
inspection or maintenance is performed with inspection cover
not locked in position, it could fall resulting in death or serious
injury.
Hydraulic System - Air Bleeding

When hydraulic equipment has been repaired or replaced, or
hydraulic piping has been removed and installed again, air must
be bled from circuit.
Hydraulic Hose Installation

• When removing parts at locations with O-rings or gasket
seals, clean mounting surface and replace with new parts.
When doing this, be careful not to forget to assemble
O-rings and gaskets.
• When installing hoses, do not twist them or bend them
sharply. This will extend service life and prevent damaging
hoses.
Checks After Inspection and Maintenance Works

Perform checks after inspection and maintenance to prevent
operation problems. Always do the following:
• Checks after operation (with engine stopped).
– Have any inspection and maintenance points been
forgotten?
– Have all inspection and maintenance items been
performed correctly?
– Have any tools or parts been dropped inside the
machine? If parts are dropped inside the machine
and get caught in lever linkage mechanism, and this
could cause improper operation of the machine.
– Are there any coolant or oil leaks? Have all nuts and
bolts been tightened?
• Checks when operating engine.
– For details of checks when operating engine, refer to
"Safety Precautions" and pay careful attention to
safety.
– Are inspection and maintenance items working
properly?
– Is there any leakage of fuel or oil when engine speed
is raised?

4-3
Breather
Before initial operation and when changing the oil within the oil
change interval, clean breather and check its operability.
Coolant, Oil, Fuel - Drain and Change

The engine must be turned off when draining, replacing, or
adding fluid to the machine.
Safety Precautions
1. Make sure to lock out hydraulic controls and place a "DO
NOT OPERATE" Warning Tag on the machine to indicate
that the machine is being serviced and to prevent any
unauthorized operation.
2. Clean up all fluid spills, especially around engine.
3. Inspect all fuel lines to make sure that fittings, lines, filters,
O-rings, etc. are tight and are not showing signs of
leakage, wear or damage.
4. If inspection or test procedure requires that engine be
running, make sure to keep all unauthorized personnel
away from the machine.
Arrival Inspections and Delivery

Instructions
Before the machine leaves the factory, it is Inspected, tested
and adjusted as necessary. The dealer must also, if the warranty
is to apply, complete a Delivery Report form which must be
signed by both the dealer and the owner/operator when the
machine is delivered by the dealer.

4-4
Machine Setup Position for
Maintenance
WARNING
If work has to be done on the machine before it has cooled
down, be careful with hot liquids and hot parts of the
machine to avoid burns.
Before beginning any service work, park the machine using the
following procedure (except for service work requiring the
machine to be positioned differently). DS2000225
Figure 1
1. Park machine on firm and level ground.
3. Set parking brake switch to "I" (APPLIED) position. This
will ensure that parking brake is "APPLIED".
4. Lower bucket or work tool to the ground.
5. Put pilot cutoff switch to "O" (LOCK) position. This will
"LOCK" pilot control valve lever (joystick).
7. Press the start / stop button for at lease 1 second to stop
the engine.
8. Insert the frame articulation lock bar.
DS2000016
Figure 2

4-5
9. Block the wheels with wheel chock.
2876A
Figure 3
10. Before starting maintenance work, place a "DO NOT

OPERATE" Warning Tag on cabin door or work lever.
WARNING
If engine must be running while performing mainte-
950205-03802B
nance, always have one person in cabin. Never leave
cabin with engine running.
DS1801807
Figure 4

4-6
Service Position
BEFORE beginning service work, machine must be parked on
firm and level ground and positioned as shown below.
AFTER completing service work, all guards must be installed
and all engine covers must be closed and locked. Articulated
frame lock bar must be "LOCKED".
4
3
8
ENGINE
START
5 STOP
6 7
DS2004326
Figure 5
Reference
Description
Number
1 The bucket or work tool must be resting on the ground.
2 "ENGAGE" parking brake.
Press the start / stop button for more than 1 second to stop the engine. (Does not apply
3
when checking oil level in transmission).
4 Carefully release the pressure in pressure lines and pressure vessels to avoid risks.
5 Attach a black and yellow label to the steering wheel.
6 Connect the articulated frame lock bar.
7 Block the wheels in a suitable way (with, for example, wheel chocks).
8 Allow the engine and hot machine parts to cool.

4-7
Handling Oil, Fuel, DEF (AdBlue®)
Coolant
Oil
• Oil is used in the engine and hydraulic equipment under
extremely severe conditions (high temperature,
high-pressure, etc.) and deteriorates with use. Always use
oil that matches the grade and maximum/minimum
ambient temperatures recommended in this manual. Even
if oil is not dirty, always change oil at specified interval.
• Always be careful when handling oil to prevent any
impurities (water, metal particles, dirt, etc.) from getting
into the oil.
• Operating problems with the machine can be caused by
impurities in oils.
Take particular care not to let any impurities get in when
storing or adding oil.
• Never mix oils of different grades or brands.
• Always add specified amount of oil.
• Having too much or too little oil can cause operational
problems.
• If oil is not clear in color, there may be water or air getting
into circuit. In such cases, contact your DEVELON
distributor.
• When changing oil, always replace related filters at same
time.
Fuel
To ensure good fuel consumption characteristics and exhaust
gas characteristics, the engine mounted on this machine uses
an electronically controlled high-pressure fuel injection device.
This device uses high precision parts and lubrication. If low vis-
cosity fuel with reduced lubricating ability is used, the durability
of the fuel injection device could be adversely affected.
• To prevent moisture in air from condensing and forming
water inside fuel tank, always fill fuel tank after completing
each day's work.
• The fuel pump will not work properly if fuel containing water
or dirt is used.
• Be careful not to let impurities get in when storing or
adding fuel.
• Always use the fuel specified for specific temperatures, as
described in this manual.

4-8
– If fuel is used at temperatures lower than specified
temperature (particularly at temperatures below
-15°C (5°F), the fuel will gel-up and solidify.
– If fuel is used at temperatures higher than specified
temperature, the viscosity will drop, and this can
cause performance problems.
• Before starting engine, or when ten (10) minutes have
passed after adding fuel, drain sediment and water from
fuel tank.
• If engine runs out of fuel, or if filters have been replaced, it
is necessary to bleed air from circuit.
• If there is any foreign material in fuel tank, wash tank and
fuel system.
NOTICE
This machine is equipped with an exhaust aftertreatment
system, which requires the use of ultra low sulfur diesel
(ULSD) fuel.
For ULSD, please use a Diesel with a specification spe-
cific to your country, as the adoption specification differs
by country.
North Ameraica (ASTM D975) : 0.0015% (Sulfur ≤ 15
ppm (mg/kg))
Europe (EN 590) : 0.0010% (Sulfur ≤ 10 ppm (mg/kg))
Using improper fuels of higher sulfur level can have the following
negative effects:
• Shorten the time interval between aftertreatment device
service intervals (cause the need for more frequent service
intervals).
• Adversely impact the performance and life of aftertreat-
ment devices (cause loss of performance).
• Reduce regeneration intervals of aftertreatment devices.
• Reduce engine efficient and durability.
• Increase the wear.
• Increase the corrosion.
• Increase the deposits.
• Lower fuel economy.
• Shorten the time period between oil drain intervals (more
frequent oil drain intervals).
• Increase overall operating costs.
Failures that result from use of improper fuels are not DEVELON
factory defects.
Therefore the cost of repairs would not be covered by a DEVE-
LON warranty.

4-9
Biodiesel (FAME)
We use the term biodiesel according to the EN 14214 standard
to refer to a renewable diesel made from greases or oils and
methanol. The boidiesel should conform to the requirements of
European standard EN 14214. For biodiesel EN 14214 the term
FAME is commonly used.
Engine is approved for diesel according to the EN590 standard.
EN590 contains up to 10% biodiesel in accordance with EN14214.
DEF (AdBlue®)
• Use the AdBlue® indicated at DIN 70070.
• DEF (AdBlue®) is a harmless, colorless and odorless
liquid.
• The freezing point of DEF is -11°C (12.2°F). Because the
volume of DEF (AdBlue®) may expand about 9% when it is
frozen, it's recommended to leave 10% of the total volume
of the tank empty after filling.
DEF (AdBlue®) may smell a foul odor if the temperatures of
the DEF (AdBlue®) is high.
• DEVELON recommends that temperature of the DEF
(AdBlue®) is between 4°C (39°F) to 60°C (140°F).
• If the temperature rises about 60°C (140°F), the DEF
(AdBlue®) concentration might be high because of the
evaporation.
• In the worst case, the circulation line of DEF (AdBlue®)
might be clogged by the DEF (AdBlue®) crystallization.
Non-permitted container materials for storing DEF (AdBlue®)

Materials forming compounds because of reaction with ammonia, which may negatively interfere with the
SCR system: carbon steels, zinc coated carbon steels, mild iron
Non ferrous metals and alloys (copper, copper alloys, zinc, lead)
Solders containing lead, silver, zinc or copper
Aluminium, aluminium alloys
Magnesium, magnesium alloys
Plastics or metals coated with nickel
Allowable DEF (AdBlue®) storage days

Constant ambient storage temperature °C (°F) Maximum shelf life (months)
10 (50) 36
25 (77) 18
30 (86) 12
35 (95) 6
NOTE: Use the DEF for the vehicle (32.5 %), not for the
industrial DEF (40 %)
Using Improper DEF can be violation of the law

4-10
Engine Oil
DEVELON engine oils have been developed and tested to
provide the full performance and life that has been designed and
built into DEVELON engines.
DEVELON engine oils that meet API CJ-4 are required for use in
the applications listed below.
DEVELON engine oils meeting the API CJ-4 and ACEA E9 oil
categories have been developed with limited sulfated ash,
phosphorus, and sulfur.
These chemical limits are designed to maintain the expected
aftertreatment device list, performance, and service interval.
If oils meeting the API CJ-4 specifications are not available, oils
meeting ACEA E9 may be used.
ACEA E9 oils meet the chemical limits designed to maintain
aftertreatment device life.
Failure to meet the listed requirements will damage
aftertreatment-equipped engines and can negatively impact the
performance of the aftertreatment devices.
The cost of repairs caused by improper engine oils will not be
covered by the DEVELON warranty for your machine.
Other systems may apply.
Therefore the cost of repairs would not be covered by a
DEVELON warranty.
Engine Oil Drain Intervals by Duty Cycle (Hours)

The engine oil must fulfill the following quality requirements:
• API CJ-4/ACEA E9
• For engines not running on low-sulfur fuel, the TBN (Total
Base Number) must be at least 12 (ASTM 2896).
Check with your oil manufacturer/supplier that oil meets these
requirements. For operation at extremely low ambient tempera-
ture, consult your nearest Develon distributer on how to avoid
starting difficulties.

4-11
Coolant and Water for Dilution
• The coolant has the important function of preventing
corrosion and preventing freezing.
Even in areas where freezing is not an issue, use of
antifreeze coolant is essential.
DEVELON machines are supplied with DEVELON coolant.
DEVELON coolant has excellent anticorrosion, antifreeze
and cooling properties and can be used continuously for
1 year or 2,000 hours. Therefore, it is recommended to use
authorized genuine DEVELON antifreeze solution.
When using DEVELON coolant, there is no need to use a
corrosion resistor. For details, refer to "Engine Cooling
System".
• When diluting antifreeze coolant, use distilled water.
Natural water, such as a river water or well water (hard
water), contains large amounts of minerals (calcium,
magnesium, etc.), and this makes it easier for scale to form
inside engine or radiator. Once scale is deposited inside
engine or radiator, it is extremely difficult to remove.
If tap water needs to be used, refer to "Engine Cooling
System" for further information on standards and
precautions.
• When using antifreeze, always observe precautions given
in this manual.
• Antifreeze coolant is flammable, so be sure to keep it away
from any flame.
• The ratio of DEVELON coolant to water differs according to
ambient temperature.
For details of ratio when mixing, refer to "Antifreeze
Concentration Tables".
DEVELON coolant may be supplied premixed. Never add
distilled water.
• If engine overheats, wait for engine to cool before adding
coolant.
• If coolant level is low, it will cause overheating and
corrosion problems because of air entering coolant.
• Never mix lime (hard water), salt or water contained metal
material with coolant.
• If a Develon pure antifreeze is not available, the antifreeze
specification provided on the "Type of anti-freeze" page
must be used.

4-12
Grease
• Grease is used to prevent seizure and noises at joints.
• This construction equipment is used under heavy-duty
conditions. Always use recommended grease and follow
change intervals and recommended ambient temperatures
set forth in this manual.
• Always wipe off all old grease that is pushed out when
greasing.
• Wipe off old grease where sand or dirt sticking in the
grease can cause wear of rotating parts.
Filters
• Filters are extremely important component parts. They
prevent impurities in hydraulic oil, fuel and air circuits from
causing problems.
Replace all filters periodically. Refer to "Lubrication and
Service Chart".
When working in severe conditions, replace filters at shorter
intervals according to oil and fuel (sulfur content) being
used.
• Never try to clean filter (cartridge type) and use them again.
Always replace with new filters.
• When replacing oil filters, check if any metal particles are
attached to oil filter. If any metal particles are found, contact
• Do not open packages of spare filters until just before they
are to be used.
• Always use DEVELON genuine filters.

4-13
Electrical System Maintenance
• If electrical equipment becomes wet or covering of wiring is
damaged, this will cause an electrical short circuit and
result in improper machine operation. Do not wash inside
of operator's cabin with water. When washing the machine,
be careful not to let water get into electrical components.
• Service relating to the electrical system is: checking fan
belt tension, checking damage or wear to the fan belt, and
checking battery electrolyte level.
• Never install any electric components other than those
specified by DEVELON.
• External electromagnetic interference can cause
malfunction of the control system controller. Before
installing a radio receiver or other wireless equipment,
contact your DEVELON distributor to discuss steps
necessary to prevent electromagnetic interference.
• When working in saltwater areas or in or around snow,
carefully clean the electrical system to prevent corrosion.
• When installing electrical equipment, connect it to the
special power source connector. Refer to "12V Power
Socket".
Do not connect the optional power source to a fuse, starter
switch, or battery relay.

4-14
Recommend Fuel, Coolant, and
Lubricant
• Lubrication is an important part of preventive maintenance.
To keep your machine in optimum condition for long
periods of time, it is essential to follow the instructions set
forth in this manual.
• Failure to follow these recommendations can result in
shortened life or excess wear of the engine, power train,
cooling system, and/or other components.
• Commercially available lubricants can cause harm to the
machine. Use sparingly. DEVELON does not recommend
any commercially available lubricant additive.
• When starting the engine in temperatures below 0°C
(32°F), be sure to use the recommended multigrade oil,
even if the ambient temperature may become higher
during the course of the day.
• If the machine is operated at temperatures below -20°C
(-4°F), a separate device is needed. Discuss with your
• Only use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel and API CJ-4/
ACEA E9 grade engine oil.
• If ULSD fuels are not available, the sulfur contents of fuel
being used must be less than 15 ppm.
Lubrication
Lubrication is an important part of preventive maintenance. If the
machine is lubricated in the specified manner, the life of equip-
ment and components can be considerably extended. The
"Lubrication and Service Chart" makes lubrication work easier
and reduces the risk of forgetting lubrication intervals.
NOTICE
Wipe off grease fittings and grease gun before greasing to
prevent sand and dirt particles from penetrating into com-
ponents.

4-15
Symbols for "Lubrication and Service Chart"
These standard symbols are used in the "Lubrication and Ser-
vice Chart" on the next page.
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Lubrication Fuel Filter
Transmission Oil Air Conditioner Filter
Transmission Oil Filter Drain Water
Engine Oil Gear Oil (Axle)
Engine Oil Filter Brake Filter
Hydraulic Oil Level check
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather
Coolant Fuel Cap Filter
Air Cleaner Filter DEF (AdBlue®) Filter
DEF (AdBlue®) Air Compressor Filter
DEF (AdBlue®) Breather Filter

4-16
Lubrication and Service Chart
Service Data
Service Interval (hr)
No. Items To Check Service Qty.
10 50 250 500 1000 1500 2000 4500 8000
1 Front Joint Pin Grease 4 F100 W10
2 Articulation Pin Grease 2 F100 W10
3 Rear Axle Pivot Grease 3
4 Steering Cylinder Grease 4
5 Front Joint Pin Grease 9 F100 W10
6 Front Driveshaft Bearing Grease 1
7 Center Propeller Shaft Grease 1
Oil Bath Precleaner Engine Oil 9.5 L V
8
(If Equipped) Element 1 V C
9 Engine Oil Pan Engine Oil 35 L V
Water Separator and
10 Cartridge 1 D
Pre Fuel Filter
Air Compressor Filter
11 Element 1 C
(If Equipped)
12 Engine Oil Filter Cartridge 1
13 Fan, Brake and Pilot Filter Element 1
14 Fuel Filter Cartridge 1
Air Conditioner Outer 1 C
15 Cartridge
Filter Inner 1 C
16 Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element 1 F
Hydraulic Oil Tank
17 Element 1
Breather
18 Fuel Cap Filter Element 1
19 Front Axle Axle Gear Oil 35 L F
20 Rear Axle Axle Gear Oil 35 L F
21 Hydraulic Oil Tank Hydraulic Oil 117 L V
Coolant
22 Radiator 45 L V
(Antifreeze)
23 Transmission Transmission
42 L V F
Oil
24 Transmission Filter Cartridge 1 F
Outer Element 1 C
25 Air Cleaner
Inner Element 1
26 DEF (AdBlue®) Filter Element 1
27 DEF (AdBlue®) Breather Element 1

Filter
28 Fuel Tank Diesel 291 L V D
29 Hydraulic Oil Sampling Hydraulic Oil V
30 Oil Suction Filter Element 2 C
V: Maintenance and Refill. / C: Cleaning. / D: Drain Water. / F: First Time Exchange Only.
F100: Every 10 Hours for First 100 Hours. / W10: Every 10 Hours If Operating In Water.
: Replacement On Every Interval
NOTE: For additional service items see list of "Maintenance Intervals"
NOTE: This capacity may include the tank (reservoir), lines, pipes and components and attachment.
Observe all sight gauge and level indicators in order to ensure that the systems and compartment are
refilled to the proper level.

4-17
Service Data
Service Interval (hr)
No. Items To Check Service Qty.
10 50 250 500 1000 1500 2000 4500 8000
31 DPF Soot Filter 1 C
32 DEF (AdBlue®) Tank DEF 62 L Refill urea when urea level light turns on
V: Maintenance and Refill. / C: Cleaning. / D: Drain Water. / F: First Time Exchange Only.
F100: Every 10 Hours for First 100 Hours. / W10: Every 10 Hours If Operating In Water.
: Replacement On Every Interval
NOTE: For additional service items see list of "Maintenance Intervals"
Observe all sight gauge and level indicators in order to ensure that the systems and compartment are
refilled to the proper level.

4-18
Fluid Capacities
Component Capacity
Minimum 27 L
(7.1 U.S. gal.)
Oil Pan with Filter Maximum 32 L
(8.5 U.S. gal.)
Engine
NOTE: The filter holds an additional 1 liter (1 qt) of oil.
45 L
Cooling System
(11.9 U.S. gal.)
291 L
Fuel Tank
(76.9 U.S. gal.)
62 L
DEF (AdBlue®) Tank
(16.4 U.S. gal.)
117 L
Tank Level
(30.9 U.S. gal.)
Hydraulic Oil Tank
220 L
System
(58.1 U.S. gal.)
42 L
Transmission
(11.1 U.S. gal.)
Front Axle Differential 35 L (9.2 U.S. gal)

Axles
Rear Axle Differential 35 L (9.2 U.S. gal)
Observe all sight gauge and level indicators to ensure that systems and compartment are refilled to the
proper level.
NOTE: If the level is between lower limit line and upper limit line of the gauge, the level is correct.
If the level is low, open the cover on the tank and add hydraulic oil.

4-19
Table of Recommended Lubricants
NOTICE
It is highly recommend to use DEVELON Genuine Products,
or products which meet the specifications below. Using
other products can damage equipment.
NOTE: Refer to Maintenance Intervals Table for application

points.
Ambient Temperature
Reservoir Kind of Fluid -58 -40 -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 °F
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 °C
SAE 10W-30
Engine Oil 5)
Engine Oil SAE 5W-30
Pan
SAE 0W-30
SAE 0W-40
SAE 5W-402)
5)
Transmission
Transmission
Oil SAE 10W-403)
SAE 15W-404)
Axle Gear Oil UTTO
ISO VG. 15
ISO VG. 32
Hydraulic Oil 6) Hydraulic
Tank Oil
ISO VG. 46
ISO VG. 68
1)
ASTM D975 No. 2
Fuel Tank Diesel Fuel
ASTM D975 No. 1

4-20
DIN 51502 KP-1K-30 / NLGI No.1
Grease
Grease DIN 51502 KP-2K-10 / NLGI No.2
Fitting
DIN 51502 KP-3K-10 / NLGI No.3
Add Antifreeze
(50% antifreeze - 50% distilled water)
1)
Cooling (Note that mixing ratio is for reference purpose only, and is not an absolute
Coolant standard.)
System
Make sure to use Develon's genuine antifreeze. If Develon's genuine anti-
freeze is not available, see the "Type of Antifreeze" page.
1)
Installed at factory.
2) (5W40) - Recommended for use at extremely low temperature below -20°C.
3)
(10W40) - Filled at factory. Develon genuine engine oil is recommended for use.
4)
(15W40) - Develon genuine engine oil is recommended for use.
5) (Engine Oil) - Engine oil must meet API CJ-4/ACEA E9.
(Transmission Oil) - Transmission oil must meet API CH-4/ACEA E5, API CI-4/ACEA E7.
6)
Note that oil grade is for reference purpose only, and is not an absolute standard.
API: American Petroleum Institute.
ACEA: Association des Constructeurs Europens d'Automobiles.
ASTM: American Society of Testing and Materials.
ISO: International Organization for Standardization.
NLGI: National Lubricating Grease Institute.
SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers.
DIN: Deutsche Industrie Normen
NOTICE
We recommend using genuine Develon products for the
grease applied to this equipment.
In areas where the use of genuine products is restricted,
greases of at least the following specifications should be
used.
• DIN 51502 Specification

– Extreme Cold Area : KP-1K-30 / NLGI No. 1
– Normal Area : KP-2K-10 / NLGI No. 2
– Extreme Heat Area : KP-3K-10 / NLGI No. 3
• EP (Extreme Pressure) Specification
– Normal : 250 kgf or more
– Front Pin-Bush : 315 kgf or more

4-21
Recommended Grease for Auto Grease System
Following conditions apply to greases for Auto Grease System
• Grease up to NLGI grade 2 (NLGI Grade 1 to 2 greases
with EP additives, compatible with plastics, NBR
elastomers, copper and copper alloys, and NLGI Grade
000 to 0 fluid greases).
• Grease containing up to 5% MoS2 as an additive.
• NLGI grade 2 grease containing solids such as graphite
and copper (e.g. chisel paste).
• The particle size less than 3 and not exceed 5% m.
• Sodium soap greases must not be used.
NOTICE
Unsuitable grease choice causes the fault of low level
monitoring in the pump.
Check the grease quantity in the central lubrication
pump before starting a machine.
NOTE: Contact your DEVELON distributor to choose

proper greases under -20°C (-4°F).
Recommended DEVELON Genuine Grease for Auto Grease System

°C °F
Grease Type NLGI Grade
Min. Min.
Multipurpose Grease (EP) 2 -10 14
Grease for Cold Weather 1 -20 -4

4-22
Transmission Oil
Oil Grade of Transmission
Low Temperature Limits
Lubricant Classes Oil Type/Viscosity Grades Use at Outside Temperatures Above

03D, 03M ATF - 40°C
"UTTO in accordance with JDM J20D/
03F - 40°C
John Deere Low Viscosity Hy-Gard"
03E, 03G, 03H, 03L UTTO - 30°C
03K SAE 0W-30, 0W-40 - 40°C
03B, 03C, 03K SAE 5W-30, 5W-40 - 35°C
03A, 03B, 03C, 03K SAE 10W, 10W-30, 10W-40 - 30°C
03A, 03C, 03K SAE 15W-30, 15W-40 - 25°C
03A, 03C, 03K SAE 20W-20, 20W-40 - 25°C
03A, 03C, 03K SAE 30 - 10°C
Lubricant Classes for Service Fills (1)

"03A, 03B, 03C, 03D, 03E, 03G, 03H, 03K"
Only at Ambient Temperatures Below - 10°C: 03F
(1) The current list can be requested from any DEVELON, ZF

after-sales service center or accessed on the Internet under
www.zf.com
Oil Change Intervals
Lubricant Class 03A, 03B, 03C, 03D, 03E, 03F, 03H, 03K
Oil Change Interval 2,000 hour
NOTICE
Even if the operating time is less than 2,000 hours, oil and
filter replacement is required if more than one year has
elapsed since replacement.

4-23
Axle Oils
Oil Grade ZF-Powerfluid

Oil intended for axles with built-in brakes
Property Unit ZF-Powerfluid Plus

Density at 15°C kg.m3 872
Brookfield Viscosity at -30°C mPa.s 22,000
Viscosity at 40°C mm2/s 58
Viscosity at 100°C mm2/s 9.1
Flash Point (COC) °C 225
Scuffing Resistance FZG A/8.3/90°C Fail load stage 11
Lubricant Classes For Service Fills (1)

ZF-Powerfluid Plus, 05C, 05F, 05G, 05H
(1) The current list can be requested from any DEVELON, ZF

after-sales service center or accessed on the Internet under
www.zf.com
Oil Change Intervals
Lubricant Class 05F, 05H ZF-Powerfluid Plus, 05G

Load Class Oil Change Interval
Normal 1,500 h 3,000 h
Severe 1,000 h 2,000 h
Load Class
Load Class Examples of Applications

• Wheel loader operated under extreme braking conditions
Severe
• At ambient temperatures > 40°C

4-24
Maintenance Intervals
SERVICE ITEM PAGE
10 Hour / Daily Service
Front Attachment Pins - Lubricate 4-28
Engine Oil Level - Check 4-28
Transmission Oil Level - Check 4-29
Hydraulic Oil Level - Check 4-30
Fuel Level - Check 4-31
DEF (AdBlue®) Tank Level - Check 4-32
Pre Fuel Filter and Water Separator - Drain 4-32
Coolant Level - Check 4-33
Window Washer Liquid Level - Check 4-34
Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters - Inspect 4-34
Cooling Fan Blade - Inspect 4-35
Air Intake System and Emission Control System - Check 4-35
Seat Belt - Inspect 4-36
Mirrors - Check 4-36
Structure - Inspect 4-36
All Switches - Check 4-36
Exterior Lights, Horn, Control Console Indicator, Gauge Panel - Check 4-36
Overall of Engine Condition - Check 4-36
Back Up Alarm and Rear Camera (If Equipped) - Check 4-36
All Tires Pressure and Damage or Abnormal Wear - Inspect 4-36
All Controls and Linkages - Check 4-37
Pipes and Hoses - Check 4-37
Brake System - Test 4-37
50 Hour / Weekly Service
Perform All Daily Service Checks 4-41
Steering Cylinder Rod and Head Ends - Lubricate 4-42
Upper and Lower Center Pins - Lubricate 4-43
Air Conditioner and Alternator Belt Tension (After First 50 Hours) - Check 4-43
Exterior of Radiator, Oil Cooler and Air Conditioner Condenser - Clean 4-43
Air Conditioner Outer Filter - Clean 4-44
Fuel Tank Water and Sediment - Drain 4-44
Air Compressor Tank (If Equipped) - Check 4-45
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Check 4-45
250 Hour / Monthly Service
Perform All Daily and 50 Hour Service Checks 4-46
Driveshaft - Lubricate 4-48
Center Propeller Shaft - Lubricate 4-48
Hydraulic Oil Tank - Drain 4-49
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Change 4-49
Air Conditioner Belt Tension - Check 4-50

4-25
SERVICE ITEM PAGE
Transmission Oil and Filter - Replace 4-50
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter - Replace 4-50
Auto Grease System (If Equipped) - Check 4-50
500 Hour / 3 Month Service
Perform All Daily, 50 and 250 Hour Service Checks 4-51
Fuel Filter - Replace 4-51
Air Cleaner Outer Filter - Clean 4-52
Brake and Pilot Filter - Change 4-53
Engine Oil and Filter - Change 4-54
Adjust Valve Clearance - Check 4-55
Axle Differential and Planetaries Oil - Change 4-55
Air Conditioner Outer Filter - Replace 4-55
Air Conditioner Inner Filter - Clean 4-55
Hydraulic Oil Contamination - Check 4-56
Pre Fuel Filter and Water Separator - Replace 4-57
Air Compressor Filter (If Equipped) - Clean 4-58
1,000 Hour / 6 Month Service
Perform All Daily, 50, 250, and 500 Hour Service Checks 4-59
Air Conditioner Inner Filter - Replace 4-59
Engine - Check and Adjust 4-59
Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather Filter - Replace 4-59
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter - Replace 4-60
Fuel Cap Filter - Change 4-61
Drive Belt - Check 4-62
Perform All Daily, 50, 250 and 500 Hour Service Checks 4-63
Axle Differential And Planetaries Oil - Change 4-63
2,000 Hour / Yearly Service
Perform All Daily, 50, 250, 500 and 1,000 Hour Service Checks 4-65
Transmission Oil and Filter - Drain, Replace 4-65
Air Cleaner Inner / Outer Filter - Replace 4-66
Coolant - Change 4-67
Hydraulic Oil and Oil Suction Strainer - Replace, Clean 4-69
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Clean 4-71
Brakes - Bleed 4-73
Brake Accumulator - Check 4-74
Axle Brake Disk - Check 4-74
Steering, Brake, Driveshaft, Engine, and Fuel System - Check 4-75
Alternator and Starter** - Check 4-75
Rubber Antivibration Shock Mounts - Check 4-75
Perform and Record Results of Cycle Time Tests 4-75
Inspect Machine to Check for Cracked or Broken Welds or Other Structural Damage 4-75
Adjust Valve Clearance** - Check 4-75
Head Bolt Torques - Check 4-75

4-26
SERVICE ITEM PAGE
4,500 Hour / 2 Year Service
DEF (AdBlue®) Breather Filter - Replace 4-76
DEF (AdBlue®) Filter - Replace 4-77
DPF - Clean 4-80
Hose In-service Lifetime Limit (European Standard ISO 8331 and EN982 CEN) 4-81
** These checks need to be completed by an authorized DEVELON distributor.

4-27
10 Hour / Daily Service
Front Attachment Pins - Lubricate

Grease every 10 hours for first 100 hours and every 50 or 250
hours thereafter.
NOTE: If the unit has been running or working in water, the
front attachment must be greased on a 10 hour / daily
basis.
Engine Oil Level - Check

2 1
WARNING
Allow engine to cool before checking oil level to avoid burn
injury.
NOTE: When checking level, use a dipstick and always

remove and wipe it clean before making final level Figure 6 DS2000564
check.
1. Stop engine and wait for fifteen minutes. This will allow all
oil to drain back to oil pan.
2. Engine is inside the left rear side access door.
3. Remove dipstick (1, Figure 6) and wipe the oil off with a
clean cloth.
4. Insert dipstick fully in oil gauge tube, then take it out again.
5. Engine oil level must be between "HIGH" and "LOW"
marks on dipstick. H
NOTE: If oil is above "HIGH" mark on dipstick, oil must

be drained to return oil to proper level. L
6. Add oil through engine oil fill cap (2, Figure 6), if the oil
level is below the "LOW" mark.
FG000616
Figure 7

4-28
Transmission Oil Level - Check
1. Use two people to perform this operation.
2. Start machine and drive it until transmission oil has
warmed to 85°C (185°F). Park machine on firm and level
ground. Lower bucket or work tool to ground.
3. Place transmission lever in "NEUTRAL". Engage parking
brake. Stop engine.
4. Block tires. Once tires are blocked, start engine and have a
person remain in the cabin.
DS2004401
Figure 8
5. With engine running, have second person, find

transmission oil level sight gauge (1) on left side of rear 1
frame.
NOTE: Make sure to wear protective equipment (safety
goggles) when checking the oil level gauge
closely.
Hot Zone
6. Oil level must be "Hot Zone" or between the black and red
lines. Cold Line
NOTE: When injecting the mission oil, inject it a little
higher than the “Cold Line” and start the
equipment. When the mission oil temperature DS2002964
reaches 85°C (185°F), check the level gauge Figure 9 Transmission Sight Gauge
and adjust.
NOTE: Periodically check oil level during the workday
to ensure that oil level does not rise above top
end of sight gauge.
7. To add oil, remove transmission fill cap from transmission
oil fill pipe. Refer to "Table of Recommended Lubricants",
of this manual for recommended oil for the operating
conditions.
NOTE: Do not arbitrarily inject compressed air into this
hose-it can damage internal components.
8. Stop engine when done.

4-29
Hydraulic Oil Level - Check
WARNING
The hydraulic oil will be hot after machine operation. Allow
system to cool before attempting to service any of the
hydraulic components.
The hydraulic tank is pressurized. Press button in center of HAOA060L
breather to allow the pressurized air to vent. After the pres- Figure 10
sure has been released, remove either the fill cap or service
covers.
1. Position machine on firm and level ground. 2

2. "ENGAGE" parking brake.
3. Lower bucket or work tool to ground.
3
5. Stop engine.
6. Block tires. 1
7. Check sight gauge that is attached to hydraulic tank. Oil

level must be visible in red centered circle shown on sight
gauge (1). DS2000140
Figure 11
8. To add hydraulic oil, tip breather cap (2) slowly to allow the
4
pressurized air to vent.
9. Remove upper cover (3) from hydraulic oil tank and add oil
to level mark on sight gauge.
NOTICE 3
Do not fill above red centered circle on sight gauge.

Overfilling can result in damage to equipment and oil
leaking from hydraulic tank because of expansion.
The hydraulic oil fill cover also serves as the hydraulic oil
strainer access cover. It is important to replace this cover and 2
the components in the proper order and alignment.
The filter (2), retaining rod (3) and spring (4) are assembled as
shown in Figure 12. The hole (1) in the base of the filter fits over 1
a circular base in the bottom of the tank. The retaining rod (3) DS2000141
screws into the top of the filter (2), but the spring (4) slides over Figure 12
the top of the rod. Be certain that this spring does not fall into the
tank during reassembly.
1. If filter assembly was removed, insert assembly into the
tank and make sure it is securely in place.

4-30
2. Check O-ring for damage and replace if necessary. Check
position of O-ring at surface of hole.
3. Place the cover on the access hole. Make sure the spring
retaining cup in the lower section of the cover is lined up
with the spring. The filter assembly rod must be in a
vertical position and perpendicular to the base of the tank.
The cover can be rotated to align the rod into a vertical
position.
NOTE: Tighten mounting bolts to 4.84 kg.m (35 ft lb).
DS2000142
Figure 13
Fuel Level - Check
WARNING
Use proper safety while refueling to prevent explosions or
fire.
Immediately clean up any spilled fuel.
1. At the end of each workday, fill fuel tank. Add fuel through
fuel fill cap. DS2000143
NOTE: Only use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel. Figure 14
2. Securely tighten cap after fueling.

NOTE: If breather holes in cap are clogged, a vacuum
may form in the tank preventing proper fuel flow
to engine. Keep holes in fuel cap clean.

4-31
DEF (AdBlue®) Tank Level - Check
Fill Cap
1. At end of each workday, fill DEF (AdBlue®) tank. Add the
DEF (AdBlue®) through DEF (AdBlue®) fill cap (1).
NOTICE
Do not let impurities get in when storing or adding DEF
(AdBlue®).
If impurities get in the tank, drain all DEF (AdBlue®) through
the drain port at the bottom of the DEF tank.
Drain Port
DS2000565
Figure 15
2. Securely tighten cap after filling.

NOTE: The DEF (AdBlue®) LED can be checked when 2
the key is turned on.
NOTE: The LED (2) turns on when there is too much
DEF (AdBlue®). Stop adding DEF (AdBlue®)
when the LED turns on.
DS2000566
Figure 16
Pre Fuel Filter and Water Separator - Drain

NOTE: If water in fuel warning symbol on display monitor
comes "ON", drain the collected water in fuel prefilter.
NOTE: If operator leave the machine with no measure for 30
minutes after the water in fuel warning light up, the
engine power will be derated.
1. A fuel prefilter is inside the right rear side access door.
2. Open the access door on right rear side of the machine.
3. It is necessary to drain collected water if bowl is full of
water or sediment.
4. Position a small container under fuel prefilter. Drain water
or sediment by opening drain valve on bottom of bowl.
Open Close
NOTE: Dispose of drained fluids in compliance with all DS2000567
applicable environmental regulations. Figure 17
5. Close drain valve.

4-32
Coolant Level - Check
WARNING
ACOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
Allow the engine to cool before opening the radiator cab.
Loosen the cap slowly to release any remaining pressure.
NOTE: Do not mix ethylene glycol and propylene glycol

antifreeze together.
See "Engine Cooling System" and "Types of
Antifreeze" page for further details.
1. Check sight gauge that is attached to the radiator. Coolant
level must be visible in red centered circle shown on
gauge.
DS2000568
Figure 18
2. To add coolant, remove fill cap of the radiator and add

genuine part of 50% concentration coolant to proper level
by checking sight gauge.
DS2000569
Figure 19

4-33
3. Check the level of coolant in the coolant recovery tank. The
normal cold engine fluid level must be between "FULL" and
"LOW" marks on tank.
4. If the coolant is below the "LOW" mark, add genuine part of
50% concentration coolant to the tank.
NOTE: If temperature is below freezing, refer to
"Antifreeze Concentration Tables" for antifreeze
protection. Use the table to calculate a proper
mixture of antifreeze and water to provide level of
protection necessary for expected temperature.
DS2000570
Figure 20
Window Washer Liquid Level - Check

1. Check fluid level in windshield washer tank, below the
platform.
2. Open fill cap and add fluid.
NOTE: Use a washer liquid that is rated for all seasons. This
will prevent freezing during cold weather operation.
DS2000148
Figure 21
Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters - Inspect

1. Daily, inspect bucket teeth to make sure that tooth wear or
breakage has not developed.
2. Do not allow replaceable bucket teeth to wear down to the
point that bucket adapter is exposed.
NOTE: These instructions are only for DEVELON OEM
buckets. If you are using other manufacturers'
buckets, refer to their specific instructions.
FG001694
Figure 22

4-34
Cooling Fan Blade - Inspect
WARNING
To prevent fan blade failure, never pull or pry on the fan.
This can damage the fan blade(s) and cause fan failure.
An inspection of the cooling fan is required daily. Check for

cracks, loose rivets, bent or loose blades, and for contact Figure 23
between the blade tips and the fan shroud. Check the fan to
make sure it is securely mounted. Tighten the bolts if necessary.
Replace any fan that is damaged.
NOTE: Stop engine before checking the blades to prevent
any injury by fan rotation.
Air Intake System and Emission Control

System - Check
WARNING
Hot engine components can cause burns.
Avoid contact with hot engine components. HAOA050L
Figure 24
1. Position machine on firm and level ground.
5. Stop engine.
6. Block tires.
7. Check the engine intake hose and hose clamps for
damage and tightness.
NOTE: If damaged, wrinkled or loose, replace and
tighten or contact your DEVELON distributor.
NOTICE
Severe engine damage will result from running
machine with unfiltered air.
Do not operate engine if any leaks or defects are found
on air intake system.

4-35
Seat Belt - Inspect
Refer to "Seat Belt" for further information.
Mirrors - Check
Structure - Inspect
During the daily walk-around inspection and when greasing the
machine, look for any visible damage to the machine. Repair or
replace any damaged parts before operating machine.
All Switches - Check

Verify working condition of all switches before starting engine.
Exterior Lights, Horn, Control Console

Indicator, Gauge Panel - Check
1. Press the start/stop button to switch to the key on state and
observe all the indicator lights.
2. Restore operation of any light bulbs that do not turn "ON"
now.
3. Sound the horn. Repair or replace if required.
4. Turn "ON" and inspect all exterior work lights. Replace any
monitors, burned-out bulbs or cracked or broken housings
or lenses.
Overall of Engine Condition - Check
Back Up Alarm and Rear Camera

(If Equipped) - Check
All Tires Pressure and Damage or

Abnormal Wear - Inspect
Inflate tores to proper operating pressure for working conditions.
Refer to "Tire"

4-36
All Controls and Linkages - Check
NOTICE
Cold weather operation requires that operator fully warm up
the hydraulic oil before beginning machine operation. Fol-
low all warm up instructions listed in the Operating Instruc-
tion section of this manual. Make sure to cycle oil through
all the components, including all cylinders and pumps. Cold
hydraulic oil in the lines and components needs to be
warmed before beginning full operation. If this is not done,
damage to the cylinders or hydraulic pumps can occur.
1. With engine at rated speed, operate all the controls.

2. Follow cold weather hydraulic system warm-up procedures.
3. Note any slow operations or unusual movements.
Determine the cause and repair all problems before
operating.
Pipes and Hoses - Check

1. Check hoses that carry brake fluid to wheel brakes. Also
check hoses that carry hydraulic fluid to steering cylinders.
2. The best way to maintain proper braking and steering
operation and to maintain maximum performance is to
check hoses regularly. If any brake or steering hoses
become damaged, replace them immediately.
Brake System - Test
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt when testing the brake system.
• Park the machine on firm and level ground.
• Check the area around the machine to ensure it is
clear of all personnel and bystanders.
• Make sure that articulated frame lock is in the
unlocked position.
The following tests are used to determine whether the braking

system is functional. These tests are not intended to measure
the maximum brake holding effort. The required brake holding
effort for sustaining a machine at a specific engine rpm varies
from one machine to another. The variations include differences
in the engine setting, the power train, etc.

4-37
Service Brake Test
Refer to the Operation & Maintenance Manual, "Operating Con-
trols" section for more information.
1. Start the engine. Raise the work equipment so it is about
400 mm above the ground.
2. Move the machine to a flat and level area.
3. Apply the service brake.
Figure 25 DS2001255
4. Release the parking brake.

O
I
Figure 26 WE1500701
5. Make sure the ICCO button center LED light is "OFF".
ON OFF
DS2004309
Figure 27
6. Put the transmission lever in 3rd gear forward while the

service brakes are applied. 2
F
R 1
DS2000007
Figure 28

4-38
7. With the service brake still applied, gradually increase the
engine speed to high idle. The machine should not 2
move.
1
WARNING
If the machine begins to move during the test, reduce
the engine speed immediately and engage the parking
brake. DS2001256
Figure 29
8. Reduce the engine speed to low idle. Move the 1. Brake Pedal
transmission lever or switch to the neutral position. Engage
the parking brake. Lower the work equipment to the 2. Accelerator Pedal
ground.
9. Stop engine. Remove key.
NOTICE
If the machine moved during the test, contact your dealer
for a brake inspection. Make any necessary repairs before
the machine is returned to operation.
Parking Brake Test

Refer to the Operation & Maintenance Manual, "Operating Con-
trols" section for more information.
1. Start the engine.
2. Attach the heaviest approved attachment. If using a
bucket, fill the bucket with material. DO NOT exceed the
rated operating load of the wheel loader.
3. Move the machine to an area with a dry, hard surface with
a slope equivalent to the maximum authorized slope on the
work site where the machine will be operated.
WARNING
• Perform the test if there is no problem with
braking by the service brake.
• For safety, do not test on steep slopes that
exceed Maximum Gradeability.
• Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
• Check for adequate traction.

4-39
4. Drive the wheel loader up the incline with the heavy end of
the machine facing uphill.
DS2000170
Figure 30
5. Apply the service brake.

6. Make sure the transmission cutoff switch center LED light
is "OFF".
7. Engage the parking brake. The parking brake indicator
light must be illuminated on the dash.
Figure 31 DS2001255
8. Release the service brake. The machine should not

move.
WARNING
If the machine begins to move, immediately reapply
the service brake.
9. Apply the service brake and release the parking brake. DS2001257
Figure 32
Move the machine to a flat area.
10. Reduce the engine speed to low idle. Move the
transmission lever or switch to the neutral position. Engage
the parking brake. Lower the work equipment to the
ground.
11. Stop engine. Remove key.
NOTICE
If the machine moved during the test, contact your dealer
for a brake inspection. Make any necessary repairs before
the machine is returned to operation.

4-40
50 Hour / Weekly Service
Perform All Daily Service Checks

The following fittings must be greased daily, or every 10 hours,
for first 100 hours of operation to comply with new machine
break-in requirements.
After that, greasing must be done every 50 hours. If bucket is
being used in water, grease fittings immediately after machine is
removed from water.
A B C DS2000149
Figure 33
A. Bucket hinge pins, 4 locations.
DS2000571
Figure 34

4-41
B. Bucket link connecting pin, 1 location.
Lever link connecting pin, 1 location.
DS2001293
Figure 35
C. Grease rear axle pivot, 3 locations on right side of

machine.
DS2000572
Figure 36
Steering Cylinder Rod and Head Ends -

Lubricate
1. Steering cylinder rods, 2 locations, one on each side of 1
machine.
3
2. Steering cylinder head ends, 2 locations. Use remote
2
grease fittings mounted on front frame.
Reference Remote Grease

Number Fittings
Steering Cylinder Rod
1 and 2, Steering Cylinder
50 Hours Head Ends
3, DS2000573
Front Shaft Prop. Bearing
250 Hours Figure 37

4-42
Upper and Lower Center Pins - Lubricate
Center pins, upper and lower. Two locations on right side of
machine.
DS2000574
Figure 38
Air Conditioner and Alternator Belt

Tension (After First 50 Hours) - Check
Air conditioner and alternator belt tension must be checked after
first 50 hours of operation to comply with new machine break-in
requirements. After first check, air conditioner and alternator belt
must be checked every 250 hours. Follow procedure printed
under 250 hour maintenance interval "Air Conditioner and Alter-
nator Belt Tension (After First 50 Hours) - Check".
Exterior of Radiator, Oil Cooler and Air 1

Conditioner Condenser - Clean
Dust and dirt accumulation on fins of CAC cooler (1), condenser
2
(2), radiator (3), hydraulic oil cooler (4), transmission oil cooler (5)
greatly reduce their cooling efficiency. Use compressed air, water
and steam to clean fins on CAC cooler, condenser, radiator, 3
hydraulic oil cooler, transmission oil cooler.
NOTE: On an especially dusty work site, clean fins every 50
hours. On other work sites, clean fins every 500 hours. 4
NOTE: You can swing the fan guard out for easier cleaning
of the fan blades and radiator. 5
WARNING DS2100159
Figure 39
Before cleaning, stop cooling fan by stopping engine to
prevent death or serious injury from fan rotation.

4-43
Air Conditioner Outer Filter - Clean
The machine is equipped with an air filtration system which fil-
ters out dirt and dust particles from air being circulated into oper-
ator’s cabin. This filter must be cleaned out.
NOTE: If the unit is being operated in a dusty environment,
the cleaning and replacement must be performed
more frequently. If filter is damaged, replace
damaged filter with a new one.
WARNING
All service and inspection of air-conditioning system must
be performed with the engine off.
WARNING
If using compressed air to clean the element, make sure
that proper eye protection is worn.
1. Open the airconditioner outer filter cover on the opposite

side of the cabin door.
2. Remove outer filter and inspect it for damage.
3. Use compressed air to clean filter. If element is very dirty,
use a mild soap and water solution to clean it.
NOTE: Clean air-conditioning outer filter every 50 hours
and replace it with a new one every 500 hours
of service.
NOTE: If water was used to clean filter, be sure the
filter is completely dry before installation.
DS2000155
Figure 40
Fuel Tank Water and Sediment - Drain

1. Open fuel tank drain valve (Figure 41). Allow any
condensed water or sediment to drain out of tank.
NOTE: Dispose of drained fluids according to
applicable laws and regulations.
DS2000576
Figure 41

4-44
Air Compressor Tank (If Equipped) -
Check
1. Set air compressor operating switch to "I" (OFF) position.
2. Using air gun in the cabin, completely release all air in
compressor tank.
3. The air compressor drain valve is on the bottom of the air
compressor tank on upper side of machine.
4. Put a pan under the drain valve, push valve handle
sideways to drain water.
WARNING DS2000162
Figure 42
The drain valve does not work when the pressure in
the air compressor tank is 1.0 kg/cm2 (14 psi) or above.
Compressed air inside tank must be released first.
Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes from water
and/or flying objects from drain valve.
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Check

In a particularly dusty environment, an oil bath precleaner may
be installed with the existing dry type air cleaner. This will supply
additional safety against damage to the engine. Check the
outside and inside of the oil cup at the times listed below.
• Every 50 hours and if there is any sign of buildup or
plugging oil and element should be replaced and cleaned.
• Replace oil every 250 hours
• Clean element every 2,000 hours FG020186
Figure 43
NOTICE
The removable and fixed filters are the most sensitive
operational parts of the precleaner. Unless they are kept
clean, the precleaner cannot operate properly.
NOTICE
A plugged filter can lead to excessive engine wear and can
also cause loss in engine power.

4-45
250 Hour / Monthly Service
Perform All Daily and 50 Hour Service

Checks

The following fittings must be greased daily, or every 10 hours,
for first 100 hours of operation to comply with new machine
break-in requirements.
After that, greasing must be done every 50 hours. If bucket is
being used in water, grease fittings immediately after machine is
removed from water.
B C D
A F E DS2000163
Figure 44

4-46
A. Arm-Lever connecting pin, 1 location
B. Bucket cylinder rod end, 1 point greased from remote
grease point.
DS2000164
Figure 45
C. Bucket cylinder head, 1 point greased from remote grease

point.
DS2000577
Figure 46
D. Loader arm foot ends, 2 location on each side of machine.

Greased from two remote grease points.
E. Lift cylinder rod ends, 2 locations.
D
DS2000578
Figure 47

4-47
F. Lift cylinder Head (left, right), 2 locations.
DS2000579
Figure 48
Driveshaft - Lubricate
Grease fitting for center bearing, 1 location. Use remote grease
fitting mounted on frame (3). 1
3
Reference Remote Grease
Number Fittings 2
1 and 2, Steering Cylinder

50 Hours Head Ends
3, Steering Cylinder Rod

Front Shaft Prop. Bearing
250 Hours
Figure 49 DS2000573
Center Propeller Shaft - Lubricate

Add grease to the center propeller shaft through the grease fit-
ting of the transmission.
NOTE: With the steering wheel turned to maximum, fill with
grease.
Figure 50 DS2000168
NOTE: Add grease until it begins spilling out of the hole.
DS2000169
Figure 51

4-48
Hydraulic Oil Tank - Drain
WARNING
To prevent burn injuries from hot oil splashing, allow
hydraulic oil to cool before draining water and sediment.
The hydraulic tank is pressurized. Unscrew the cap of
breather on the top of hydraulic tank to allow pressurized
air to vent. After pressure has been released, remove either
the fill cap or service covers.

5. Stop engine.
6. Block tires.
7. Position a container under hydraulic tank drain plug. Open
hydraulic oil tank cover. Loosen drain valve from bottom of
tank. Allow all water and sediment to drain out. Tighten
drain valve. DS2000994
Figure 52
applicable environmental laws and regulations.
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Change

1. Remove oil cups (3 and 4, Figure 53) and removable filter
(2).
2. Clean the inner oil cup (3, Figure 53) and outer oil cup (4).
3. Reassemble inner cup in outer cup and refill both cups to 1
indicated oil level (9.5 L). The same oil specified for the
engine crankcase is generally acceptable.
Reference
Description
Number 2
1 Precleaner Housing
3
2 Screen Filter
3 Inner Oil Cup
4
4 Outer Oil Cup
FG018320
Figure 53

4-49
Air Conditioner Belt Tension - Check
NOTE: Air conditioner belt tension must be checked after
first 50 hours of operation to comply with new
machine break-in requirements. After first tension
check, air conditioner belt must be checked every
250 hours.
1. Apply 10 kg (22 lb) of force to midpoint of belt. The belt
should deflect 10 mm (0.4 in). If belt deflects more than
this, loosen control link to tighten belt tension until
deflection is 10 mm (0.4 in). Inspect belt for damage. If belt
is damaged, replace it.
Transmission Oil and Filter - Replace

Transmission oil and filter must be changed after first 250 hours
of operation to comply with new machine break-in requirements.
The transmission must be recalibrated after every oil change.
This is to ensure that clutch packs are engaging properly.
NOTE: After first change, oil and filter must be changed
every 2,000 hours.
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter - Replace

Replace hydraulic oil return filter after first 250 hours of opera-
tion or rebuild and every 1,000 hours thereafter.
Auto Grease System (If Equipped) - Check

Grease in the reservoir of the central lubrication pump is con-
sumed in approximately one or two months.
Check and fill the reservoir of the central lubrication pump if nec-
essary.

4-50
500 Hour / 3 Month Service
Perform All Daily, 50 and 250 Hour Service Checks
Fuel Filter - Replace

1. Locate fuel filter inside engine compartment.
2. Clean the filter cover and body with clean cloth thoroughly
before replacing the filter.
NOTE: If wearing gloves, wear only clean ones for
correct filter replacement.
3. Position a small container under fuel filter.
4. Unscrew fuel filter from head assembly and discard fuel filter.
NOTE: Dispose of drained fluids in compliance with all
applicable environmental regulations.
5. Fill two-thirds of the new fuel filter with clean fresh diesel
fuel and mount it using a filter wrench. DS2000584
Figure 54
NOTE: Coat fuel filter gasket with fuel.
NOTE: Fill fuel filter with clean fuel. This will help
reduce fuel system priming.
Bleeding Fuel System

1
If air remains in the fuel inlet line to the engine, it can cause the 2
engine to run in an abnormal condition. Air may impact the
starting capability of the engine, and may also result in surging
engine speeds.
4
If the machine happens to have run out of fuel or the fuel filter
has been replaced and engine doesn’t start at a time after long- 5
term storage, bleed the air out using the following procedure:
3
1. Stop Engine.
2. Loosen plug (1) on the pre fuel filter head.
• Tool: 10 mm ( )
DS2000585
3. Loosen plug (2) on the main fuel filter head. Figure 55
• Tool: 10 mm ( )
4. Turn electric transfer pump switch (3) to "I"(ON) position.
5. When pure fuel falls from tap (4) on the pre fuel filter head,
turn electric transfer pump switch (3) to "O" (OFF) position.
6. Tighten plug (1) on the pre fuel filter head.
7. Turn electric transfer pump switch (3) to "I" (ON) position.
8. When pure fuel flows out from plug hole on the main fuel
filter head (5), turn electric transfer pump switch(3) to "O"
(OFF) position.
9. Tighten plug (2) on the main fuel filter head.
10. Start engine and look for signs of leaks.
11. Repeat procedure if necessary.

4-51
Air Cleaner Outer Filter - Clean
NOTE: Clean outer air cleaner filter every 500 hours / 3
monthly service.
NOTE: If air cleaner clogged warning light on instrument
panel comes "ON", the air cleaner must be serviced.
NOTE: When working in severely dusty conditions, the
service interval must be shortened.
NOTICE
Never clean or attempt to remove air cleaner filter if the
engine is running.
This will allow dirt to be sucked into engine and cause seri-
ous engine damage.
Always turn engine "OFF" before servicing air cleaner.
1. Locate the air cleaner assembly.

NOTE: When it reaches every 250 hours or If indicator
light on instrument panel comes "ON", the air
cleaner must be serviced.
NOTE: Replace outer filter after cleaning 4 times or
every 1,000 hours / 6 months service.
2. Remove and clean rubber evacuator valve (1) from bottom
of air cleaner housing cover (2). Inspect seal lips for wear
or damage. Replace valve if necessary.
5
NOTE: Install evacuator valve with lips parallel to the
cover.
4
3. Remove access cover (2) by loosening the latches (3).
4. Remove outer filter (4) from the housing. Do not remove 2
inner filter (5).
3
1 FG000702
Figure 56
5. Clean the outer filter (4) by blowing compressed air from

the inside of the filter towards the outside. Do not use more
than 205 kPa (30 psi) air pressure.
WARNING
If using compressed air to clean the filter, make sure
that proper eye protection is worn.
HAOC570L
Figure 57

4-52
6. Check outer filter by shinning a light through it. If small
holes or thinner parts are found on the filter after cleaning
it, replace the filter.
7. Clean the inside of the air cleaner body and the inside of
the air cleaner cover. Do not use compressed air.
8. Properly install the air filter and cover.
9. After filter service, be sure to install cover with arrows
pointing "UP".
NOTE: If after cleaning the outer filter, the air cleaner FG000412
clogged indicator remains "ON", replace the
Figure 58
outer and inner filters. Do not clean inner filter.
Brake and Pilot Filter - Change

Replace filter in pilot filter. Perform the following steps:
1. Vent hydraulic oil tank.
Figure 59 DS2000172
2. Unscrew element cover (4). Cover is filled with oil.

NOTE: Dispose of drained fluids according to 1
3. Remove O-ring (2) and filter (3). 2
4. Use a nonflammable, nontoxic solvent to clean out cover (4).

5. Insert a new filter (3) into cover (4). Install a new O-ring (2). 3
6. Screw cover (4) onto filter head (1).

4
Figure 60 WL1400140

4-53
Engine Oil and Filter - Change
NOTICE
DO NOT change oil while the engine is hot. Allow the engine
to cool down before attempting to change the engine oil
and filter to avoid burns caused by touching hot engine
parts.
1. Position a sufficiently large container under the engine.

Open the cap (Figure 61), install a hose, and drain the
engine oil. After draining the oil, remove the hose and
close the cap. Figure 61
DS2000173
• Tool: 24 mm ( )
NOTICE
Dispose of used filters/oils/liquids in compliance with
all applicable environmental laws and regulations.
2. Engine oil filter is inside the left rear side access door.
Replace engine oil filter by using filter wrench. The engine
oil filter is a spin-on type.
3. Install new filter. Apply a small amount of oil around filter
gasket. Screw filter on head until gasket contacts head,
turn filter 1/2 turn more.
DS2000580
Figure 62
4. Refill the engine with the correct oil through the oil filler port
(Figure 63). Refer to the lubrication table in this manual for
the recommended oil for the operating conditions.
NOTE: For the allowable capacity of the tank, etc. refer
to "Fluid Capacities".
5. Start the engine and run it for five minutes at "LOW IDLE",
then, check the engine oil pressure warning lamp.
6. Stop the engine and look for signs of leaks in the filter.
Recheck the oil level after fifteen minutes.
DS2000581
Figure 63

4-54
Adjust Valve Clearance - Check
Checking and adjusting valve clearances must be done after
first 500 hours of operation.
NOTE: These checks need to be completed by an authorized
Axle Differential and Planetaries Oil -

Change
The differential and planetaries oil must be drained and refilled
after first 500 hours of operation or rebuild, and every 1,500
hours thereafter.
Air Conditioner Outer Filter - Replace

For more information, refer to "50 Hour Inspections, Air Condi-
tioner Outer Filter - Clean".
Air Conditioner Inner Filter - Clean
WARNING
All service and inspection of the air-conditioning system
must be performed with the engine off.
WARNING
If using compressed air to clean the element, make sure DS2000175
that proper eye protection is worn. Figure 64
1. Open filter cover on the right side of rear cover, to gain

access filter.
2. Remove inner filter and inspect it for damage.
3. Use compressed air to clean filter. If element is very dirty,
use a mild soap and water solution to clean it.
NOTE: Clean air-conditioning inner filter every 500
hours and replace with a new one every 1,000
hours of service.
NOTE: If water was used to clean filter be sure it is
completely dry before installation.

4-55
Hydraulic Oil Contamination - Check
FRONT
1. Operate the machine for a few minutes before obtaining
the oil sample. Operate the hydraulic controls to mix the
hydraulic oil thoroughly for a more accurate sample.
2. Use the sampling valve to obtain a sample of hydraulic oil
to the sampling port shown in Figure 65.
3. Hydraulic oil must be monitored during intervals of
500hours by the oil sampling kit below.
• Oil sampling kit: 640102-00016
DS2000582
4. Allowable contamination: Within ISO/17/14 by ISO4406 Figure 65
(within NAS 8 by NAS 1638).

4-56
Pre Fuel Filter and Water Separator -
Replace
1. Open the rear right side door to access fuel prefilter.
2. Position a small container under prefilter. Drain fuel by
opening drain valve on bottom of filter.
DS1606478
Figure 66
3. Remove bowl using supplied tool.

4. Remove cartridge.
DS1606479
Figure 67
5. Coat surface of packing (2, Figure 68) with fuel on new

cartridge (1).
6. Tighten cartridge by hand until packing comes into contact
with surface of filter housing head.
7. When packing contacts surface, tighten the cartridge about 2
3/4 of a turn more.
8. Coat surface of seal (3, Figure 68) with fuel, and tighten
the bowl with tool.
1
DS1603088
Figure 68

4-57
Air Compressor Filter (If Equipped) - Clean
1. Set air compressor operating switch to "I" (OFF) position.
2. Loosen five bolts and remove cover of the air compressor
on right side of the machine.
DS2000583
Figure 69
3. Remove filter cap (1) manually, remove air filter (2) in the
housing, and clean the cap and inside of the housing.
4. Clean and dry the filter with clean, dry, compressed air
(2 kg/cm2 or lower).
5. After the cleaning, illuminate the inside of the filter and
1
inspect it for is any holes, tears, or other damage. If any,
replace the filter.
6. Assemble the filter and filter cap in the reverse order of
disassembly.
DS2000178
Figure 70
WARNING 2

Do not clean or replace the filter while the air compres-
sor is running.
Wear safety goggles to protect your eyes from flying
dust when cleaning or replacing the filter.
DS1800346
Figure 71

4-58
Perform All Daily, 50, 250, and 500 Hour

Service Checks
Air Conditioner Inner Filter - Replace

This filter must be cleaned out every 500 hours and replaced
with a new one every 1,000 hours.
For filter replacement refer to "Clean Air Conditioner Inner Filter"
NOTE: If the machine is being operated in a dusty
environment, cleaning and replacement must be
performed more frequently.
Engine - Check and Adjust

Contact your DEVELON distributor or engine dealer for checking
and adjusting the following items:
• Engine compression pressure.
• Injection pressure.
• Injection timing.
Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather Filter - Replace

1
2
5. Stop engine.
6. Block tires.
7. Tip breather cap (2) slightly to release the internal pressure. 3
8. Unscrew the bolt (1) and take off the breather cap (2).
9. Change a filter cartridge (3) and assemble the breather
cap by tightening bolt.
NOTE: Used filter should always be disposed of DS1900872
according to applicable environmental laws and Figure 72
regulations.

4-59
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter - Replace
WARNING
The hydraulic oil will be hot after machine operation. Allow
system to cool before attempting to service any of the
hydraulic components.
The hydraulic tank is pressurized. Tip breather cap slightly
to allow pressurized air to vent. After pressure has been
released, remove service covers or drain water from the
tank.
NOTICE
Make sure to clean any dirt or water from top of the hydrau-
lic tank, especially around fill port and filter ports.
Replace hydraulic oil return filter after first 250 hours of opera-
2
tion or rebuild and every 1,000 hours thereafter.
3
1. Tip breather cap (1) on hydraulic tank to allow pressurized
air to vent. 4
2. Clean filter cover (3) and tank around cover. 5
3. Remove bolts (2) from cover (3). 6

4. Lift cover (3) and O-ring (4) off tank. Control spring (5) that
sits beneath cover. Remove spring (5). 7
5. Remove valve (6), strainer (7) and element filter (8) from 8
tank.
1
6. Clean underside of cover (3).
7. Set a new element filter (8), strainer (7) and valve (6) down
into tank. Press element down onto its base until top of
element is approximately 4 mm (0.157") below edge of
tank.
8. Install a new O-ring (4) on cover (3). Set spring (5) into
place on element filter (8).
9. Set cover (3) into place over element filter (8). Install bolts
(2) through cover (3) and tighten them. DS2000589
Figure 73

4-60
Fuel Cap Filter - Change
WARNING
External shock or damage to fuel cap may lead to perma-
nent damage to filter.
1. Unscrew the fuel cap bolts (1) in the counterclockwise

direction and remove them.
2. Remove the rubber (2).
DS2000143
3. Remove the lock plate (3). Figure 74
4. Remove the old filter (4) and replace it with a new one.
1
NOTE: Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
2
DS2000190
Figure 75

4-61
Drive Belt - Check
NOTICE
Refit the drive belt with the same direction of rotation as it
had before removal.
1. Check the drive belt thoroughly, particularly at the idler

rollers.
DS1606498
Figure 76
2. Check the drive belt for cracks.

NOTE: The drive belt must be replaced if it has cracks.
FG019065
Figure 77
3. Check drive belt wear.

NOTE: If the drive belt is starting to become worn, it
may be able to be re-adjusted.
FG019066
Figure 78
NOTE: If the belt is worn down to the cord, the drive

belt must be replaced.
Figure 79 FG019067

4-62
Perform All Daily, 50, 250 and 500 Hour Service Checks
Axle Differential And Planetaries Oil - Change

NOTE: Oil in both front and rear axles must be replaced after
first 500 hours of operation to comply with new
machine break-in requirements. After that, axle oil
replacement must be done every 1,500 hours.
Each axle contains a center differential, and a planetary on each
end. The same oil lubricates the center differential and
planetaries. These sections of the axle are connected, but the oil
flows very slowly between them. When checked, oil must be
checked and refilled at the level/fill plug on the differential
housing.
To drain and replace oil in an axle, perform the following steps:
5. Stop engine.
6. Block tires.
DS2000191
7. Clean areas around drain plugs on both ends of axle. Figure 80
Remove plugs and allow oil to drain into a suitable
container.
NOTE: Plug Size: M24 x 1.5
Tightening Torque: 7.1 kg.m (51 ft lb)
8. Clean area around level plug (1) and drain plug (2) on
center differential. Remove level plug and drain plug. Allow
oil to drain into a suitable container.
NOTE: Plug Size (2): M36 x 1.5 1
9. Install drain plug (2) into center differential, and tighten.
Install drain plugs on both ends of axle, and tighten.
10. Pump oil into level plug (1) hole on center differential. Add 2
oil until oil level is even with bottom of plug hole. Recheck
level on center differential. Add oil if necessary. When oil DS2001006
level is satisfactory at the level plug hole, install and tighten Figure 81 Front Axle
level plug.
NOTE: Allow enough time to fill planetaries with oil.

4-63
11. Repeat procedure for other axle.
NOTE: Plug Size: M36 x 1.5
DS2001007
Figure 82 Rear Axle

4-64
2,000 Hour / Yearly Service
Perform All Daily, 50, 250, 500 and 1,000

Hour Service Checks
Transmission Oil and Filter - Drain, Replace

NOTE: Transmission oil and filter must be changed after first
250 hours of operation to comply with new machine
break-in requirements. After first change, oil and filter
must be changed every 2,000 hours. Follow
procedure under 2,000 hour maintenance interval.
1. Use two people to perform this operation.
2. Start machine and drive it until transmission fluid has
warmed to 85°C (185°F). Park machine on firm and level
ground. Lower bucket or work tool to ground.
3. Place transmission lever or switch in "NEUTRAL". Engage
parking brake. Stop engine.
4. Block tires.
5. Open the cap of drain plug. Allow all transmission fluid to
drain into a receptacle. Clean drain plug.
NOTE: Drain the oil using the drain hose provided with
spare parts.
6. Close the cap of drain plug in transmission.
DS2000586
Figure 83

4-65
7. Rotate filter counterclockwise to remove it.
8. Clean filter head.
9. Grease filter gasket and gasket mating surface on filter
head.
10. Thread filter onto filter head. Tighten filter 1/2 turn after
filter gasket contacts filter head. Filter must be torqued to
15.7 ~ 20.6 N.m (1.6 ~ 2.1 kg.m, 11.5 ~ 15 ft lb).
DS2000588
Figure 84
11. Fill transmission with fluid through fluid supply pipe. Add
fluid until fluid level reaches low mark transmission oil
gauge.
NOTE: Refer to "Fluid Capacities" for capacity.
12. Start engine. Idle engine for two (2) minutes.
13. With engine idling, check transmission fluid level. Add fluid
until level reaches high mark on dipstick.
14. Idle engine until transmission fluid temperature reaches
85°C (185°F). Check fluid level with engine idling. Level
must reach high mark on dipstick. DS2004401
Figure 85
15. Check filter for leaks while engine is running.
Air Cleaner Inner / Outer Filter - Replace
NOTICE
Never remove air cleaner filter while engine is running. This
will allow dirt into engine and cause serious engine dam-
age. Always turn engine "OFF" before servicing air cleaner.
1. Replace the primary element at the fourth cleaning.

2. Do not clean the secondary filter.

4-66
Coolant - Change
NOTE: Do not mix ethylene glycol and propylene glycol
antifreeze together. Refer to "Engine Cooling
System" and "Types of Antifreeze" page for further
details.
NOTICE
Allow the engine to cool before releasing the radiator cap.
Make sure to loosen the cap slowly to release any remain-
ing pressure.
Radiator cleaning is performed while the engine is running.
Take extreme caution when working on or near a running
engine. Make sure to lock out and tag the controls notifying
personnel that service work is being performed.
Do not remove radiator cap unless it is required. Check the
coolant level in the coolant recovery tank.
NOTICE
Do not mix up the antifreeze from different makers. Mixing
the two compounds can cause generation of foreign mate-
rial which can damage the system. Therefore, it Is recom-
mended to use authorized DEVELON genuine antifreeze
solution.
To achieve the best cooling performance, keep the mixing
ratio of the antifreeze and water by 50 : 50. Using water only
can corrode the coolant circuit.
In bitterly cold working conditions, the customer should fre-
quently check the performance of the coolant for appropri-
ateness for the weather and then determine change cycle of
the coolant.
1. Remove the top cover of the radiator.

2. Slowly open the radiator cap and the surge tank cap to
allow any pressure to escape.
NOTE: Refer to "Fluid Capacities" for capacity.
NOTE: Some models may have no surge tank or
radiator cap. This instruction is only applicable
to those with the cap.
3. Place a container under the radiator and open the drain
plug.
applicable environmental laws and regulations. Figure 86 DS2000195
4. Fill cooling system with a flushing solution.

4-67
5. Run engine at low idle until coolant temperature gauge
reaches the "BLUE ZONE". Run engine for another ten
minutes.
6. Allow engine to cool.
7. Drain flushing fluid and fill system with water.
8. Run engine again to allow water to completely circulate.
9. After allowing engine to cool, drain water and fill system
with proper antifreeze mixture for ambient temperature.
Refer to coolant concentration table. Refer to "Antifreeze
Concentration Tables".
10. Run engine without radiator cap and the surge tank cap Figure 87
DS2000196
installed, so all air will be purged from system. Fill radiator
to fill neck.
11. Drain and fill radiator coolant recovery tank.
NOTE: Refer to "Coolant Level - Check" for more
information.

4-68
Hydraulic Oil and Oil Suction Strainer -
Replace, Clean
WARNING
Be certain that hydraulic oil has cooled before draining it.
Hot oil could splash and cause burns.
1. Bucket on ground and stop engine.

2. Position a catch tank beneath hydraulic tank drain plug. Tip
breather cap to allow pressurized air to vent. Carefully
remove bolts and cover (1, Figure 90) from top of hydraulic
oil tank. There is a spring under the cover that will force the
cover up.
DS2000591
Figure 88
3. Remove drain plug from bottom of tank.

Allow all hydraulic oil to drain out.
DS2000994
Figure 89
4. Replace hydraulic oil return filter as described under

5
"Hydraulic Oil Return Filter (After First 250 Hours) -
Replace". 1
5. Remove and clean suction strainer inside hydraulic tank. 2
A. Remove spring (2) and suction filter (4), by pulling on

rod (3).
B. Clean inside and outside of strainer. Replace strainer
if it is broken. 3
C. Position strainer on boss portion of suction pipe.

D. Fill hydraulic oil tank. Check level using sight gauge 4
on side of tank.
6. Install tank drain plug. Refill tank by pouring oil in through DS2000592
hydraulic oil cover opening. Install and tighten cover. Figure 90

4-69
7. Start engine and operate controls to raise and lower bucket
a few times. Raise and lower arm a few times. Lower
bucket or work tool to ground.
DS2000199
Figure 91
DS2000200
Figure 92
8. Check tank sight gauge. Oil level must be visible in red

centered circle shown on sight gauge. Remove cover and
add oil if necessary.
DS2000201
Figure 93

4-70
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Clean
The lower parts of the body assembly must be inspected each
time the air cleaner is serviced. If there is any sign of buildup or
plugging, the body assembly must be removed and cleaned.
At least once a year, remove body assembly and perform the
following service steps:
1. Remove oil cups (3 and 4) and removable filter (2).
2. Clean the inner oil cup (3) and outer oil cup (4).
3. Reassemble inner cup in outer cup and refill both cups to
indicated oil level (9.5 liters). The same oil specified for the
1
engine crankcase is generally acceptable.
Reference
Description
Number
1 Precleaner Housing 2
2 Screen Filter
3
3 Inner Oil Cup
4 Outer Oil Cup 4
FG018320
Figure 94
4. Inspect filter with a light. Hold it up to a bright light. An

even, bright pattern of light should show through the wire
element, meaning it is clean.
FG018321
Figure 95
5. Wash filter if needed.

• If element is plugged with dirt, lint or chaff (even
partially), wash it thoroughly with solvent.
FG018322
Figure 96

4-71
6. Dry thoroughly with compressed air.
FG018323
Figure 97
7. Inspect the lower parts of body assembly and center tube

for damage. Replace broken, cracked, or missing parts.
FG018324
Figure 98
8. Reassemble the filter assembly with serviced oil cups.

9. Add oil.
FG018325
Figure 99

4-72
Brakes - Bleed
When brake hoses or brake tubes are replaced, air can be intro-
duced into brake hydraulic system and can cause brakes to
operate intermittently. Never operate machine with air in brake’s
hydraulic system. A spongy feel when pressing brake pedal is a
sign that air is present in the brake’s hydraulic system.
To bleed air out of brake hydraulic system, perform the following
steps:
1. Start engine and place transmission in "NEUTRAL".
DS2000202
Figure 100
2. Remove rubber cap from bleeder (1, Figure 101). Place

one end of a plastic hose (2) over bleeder screw. Place 1
end of hose in a container (3) filled with brake fluid.
3. Station one person in operator's cabin, and one person at
bleeder screw on axle being bled.
4. Press down on brake pedal as much as possible. 2
5. Open bleeder screw using 14 mm wrench.

6. Close bleeder screw.
3
7. Release brake pedal.
8. Repeat steps 4 thru 7, until air bubbles are not seen in the
brake line. HLB3018I
9. Perform bleeding procedure on other three locations. Figure 101

4-73
Brake Accumulator - Check
WARNING
Pressurized Nitrogen gas in brake accumulator can explode
causing death or serious injury.
Never service brake accumulator unless properly trained.
Test the brake accumulator for proper precharge of Nitrogen

gas:
5. Block tires.
6. Run the engine at low idle for five (5) minutes to fill the
brake accumulator with oil.
7. Stop engine.
8. Press the start / stop button to switch to the key on state.
9. Count the number of times you can depress the right-hand
brake pedal before the brake warning light comes on.
10. If the number counted is less than five, there is a problem
with the accumulator. Contact your DEVELON distributor.
Axle Brake Disk - Check

NOTE: Make measurement of lining wear at least once per
year, however, in case of modified braking behavior
like:
• Brake noises
• Reduced braking power
• Changed deceleration
• Changed brake oil level
• Changed braking pressure

4-74
Wear Measurement - Multidisk Brake
A wear measurement has to be made on both output sides.
Remove screw plug, actuate brake and determine Dimension
X according to Figure 102 and Figure 103 using feeler gauge.
Dimension X corresponds with thickness of inner clutch disk on
the piston side.
NOTE: Sinter disks:
If Dim. X  3.5 mm, the lined disks on both output
sides have to be replaced.
FG027525
Then provide the level plug with a new O-ring and install it.
Figure 102
• Torque: 50 N.m (5.1 kg.m, 37 ft lb)
"X"
FG019898
Figure 103
Steering, Brake, Driveshaft, Engine, and

Fuel System - Check
Alternator and Starter** - Check
Rubber Antivibration Shock Mounts - Check
Perform and Record Results of Cycle Time

Tests
Inspect Machine to Check for Cracked or

Broken Welds or Other Structural Damage
Adjust Valve Clearance** - Check
Head Bolt Torques - Check

**These checks need to be completed by an authorized DEVE-
LON distributor.

4-75
DEF (AdBlue®) Breather Filter - Replace

1. Open the cover on the top of the DEF (Adblue®) tank.
DS2001296
Figure 104
2. Unscrew and remove clamp (1) for DEF (AdBlue®)

breather filter fitting (2).
3. Replace the new breather filter and refit.
2 1
DS2001297
Figure 105

4-76
DEF (AdBlue®) Filter - Replace
NOTICE
The replacement interval of the DEF (urea solution) filter is
different by the amount of foreign materials in DEF.
Make sure to use only the specified DEF and container and
keep the surrounding area of the tank clean to prevent
possible foreign materials.
DS2000602
Figure 106
1. Remove filter cover.
Figure 107
2. Remove equalizing element.
Figure 108

4-77
3. Check the color (gray/green) in the filter.
Figure 109
4. Set the color of the mark on the end of the filter removing
tool in the same direction with the filter color section.
Figure 110
5. Insert the end of the filter removing tool until a clicking

sound is heard or engagement with the filter is felt.
Figure 111
6. Pull the filter removing tool to remove filter.
Figure 112

4-78
7. The surface must be kept clean. It can be cleaned with
water only.
Figure 113
8. Apply oil to the O-ring and install a new filter.
NOTICE
Use Mobil Velocite No. 6 oil from Bosch.
Figure 114
9. Install a new equalizing element.
Figure 115
10. Tighten the filter cover to 20 N.m + 5 N.m.
NOTICE
Check that filter surface is clean. It can be cleaned with
water only.
Figure 116

4-79
DPF - Clean
During the regeneration of soot in the DPF, ash accumulates in
the DPF.
Once a certain amount of ash accumulates, engine performance
and fuel efficiency are affected due to a build-up of back pres-
sure in the exhaust system, so ash cleaning must be performed
regularly to prevent any worsening of engine performance and
fuel efficiency.
NOTE: This procedure need to be completed by an autho-
rized DEVELON distributor.

4-80
Hose In-service Lifetime Limit (European

Standard ISO 8331 and EN982 CEN)
European regulations state that in-service life of any hydraulic
hose may not exceed six (6) years. DEVELON recommends the
following:
• Hoses at the customer premises cannot be stored more
than two (2) years before being discarded or installed on a
machine.
• In-service lifetime of hoses fitted on a machine can never
exceed six (6) years. Always replace hoses having
exceeded the allowed in-service lifetime irrespective of the
external appearance/wear.
• Always store hoses in a dark place at a maximum of 65%
relative humidity between 0°C (32°F) and 35°C (95°F) but
as close as possible to 15°C (59°F), and away from
copper, manganese or tube generating Ozone.

4-81
Electrical System
NOTE: Never disassemble electrical or electronic parts.
Consult a DEVELON distributor before servicing.
Battery
WARNING
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid and can quickly
burn the skin and eat holes in clothing. If you spill acid on
yourself, immediately flush the area with water.
Battery acid could cause blindness if splashed into the
eyes. If acid gets into the eyes, flush them immediately with
large quantities of water and seek professional medical
attention immediately.
If you accidentally ingest acid, call a doctor or poison
prevention center immediately.
When working with batteries, always wear safety goggles.
Battery generates hydrogen gas, so there is a danger of an
explosion. Do not smoke near batteries, or do anything that
will cause sparks.
Before working with batteries, engine off.
Avoid short-circuiting the battery terminals through
accidental contact with metallic objects, such as tools.
When removing or installing, check which is the positive (+)
terminal and negative (-) terminal.
When removing the battery, first disconnect the negative (-)
terminal. When installing the battery, first connect the
positive (+) terminal.
If the terminals are loose, there is a danger that defective
contact may generate sparks that will cause an explosion.
When installing the terminals, install them tightly.
Batteries in Cold Weather

In colder weather, a greater drain is placed on the batteries
when they are used for the preheat cycle and when starting a
cold engine. Battery performance decreases as the temperature
gets lower.
In extremely cold weather, remove batteries at night and move
them to a warm location. This will help to keep them at a higher
energy level.

4-82
Inspection of Battery Electrolyte Level
This machine has two maintenance free batteries. They never
require the addition to water.
When the charge indicator becomes white, this indicates a low
electrolyte state because of a leakage or charging system error.
Determine the cause of problem and replace the batteries
immediately.
DS2000203
Figure 117
Check Charging State

Check charging state through the charging indicator.
• GREEN: Sufficiently charged.
• BLACK: Insufficient charged.
• WHITE: Replace battery.
Check Battery Terminals

Be certain that battery is held securely in its compartment. Clean
the battery terminals and the battery cable connectors. A
solution of baking soda and water will neutralize acid on the
battery surface, terminals, and cable connectors. Petroleum jelly
or grease can be applied to the connectors to help prevent
corrosion.
FG018363
Figure 118
Battery Replacement
When the charging indicator shows a white condition, replace
the battery. The batteries should always be replaced in pairs.
Using an old battery with a new one will shorten the life span of
the new battery.

4-83
Junction Box
1. The fuses in the Junction box are used to protect the
various electrical circuits and their components from being
O X
damaged. The fuses used are standard automotive type
fuses.
2. The section on "Fuse and Relay Identification" lists the
circuits and the fuse amperage required for each circuit. If
a fuse blows, determine the cause and repair any electrical
faults or failures.
HAOC670L
3. Do not insert a higher amperage fuse into a lower
Figure 119
amperage slot. Serious damage to the electrical
components or fire can result.
NOTICE
Before replacing a fuse, be sure to turn off engine.
The fuses prevent electrical devices from overloading or

shorting.
A decal attached inside the fuse box's cover indicates the
function and amperage of each fuse.
Spare fuses are mounted on the inside of fuse box's cover. (One
each of a 10A, 15A, 20A and 30A.)
Change a fuse if the element separates. If the element of a new
fuse separates, check the circuit and repair the circuit
WARNING
AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY DS2000087
Figure 120
Always replace fuses with the same type and capacity fuse
that was removed. Otherwise, electrical damage or fire
could result.

4-84
Fuse and Relay Identification
R101 R201
E F G A B C D
R102
H I J F101 F201 F301 F401
F102 F202 F302 F402

R103 R202
F103 F203 F303 F403
R104
F104 F204 F304 F404
F105 F205 F305 F405 R105 R203
F106 F206 F306 F406

R106 R204
F107 F207 F307 F407
R107 R205
F108 F208 F308 F408
F109 F209 F309 F409

R108 R206
F110 F210 F310 F410
F311 F411
Figure 121 DS2200614

4-85
Fuse Fuse
No. Name Capacity No. Name Capacity
A Spare 5A F301 ACC 10A
B Spare 10A F302 Smart Key 20A
C Spare 15A F303 ACU2 (Head Lamp) 20A
D Spare 30A F304 ACU3 (Work Lamp) 20A
F101 VCU 20A F305 Quick Coupler 5A
F102 - 20A F306 Relay 5A
F103 Blink Unit 5A F307 Stop Lamp 5A
F104 Room Lamp 5A F308 ACU Power 5A
F105 Gauge Panel 5A F309 Seat Heater 10A
F106 Electric Steering 5A F310 GP. Sensor 10A
F107 Pilot Cutoff 5A F311 DC/DC, USB 10A
F108 DEF Tank 30A F401 - 5A
F109 ACU1 (Wiper) 15A F402 Relay 5A
F110 ACU4 (Beacon) 20A F403 - 15A
F201 ECU 25A F404 Air Compressor 30A
F202 DCU 30A F405 Bucket Kick Out 5A
F203 Key SW, ACU 10A F406 Rear Defrost 30A
F204 TCU 10A F407 Horn 10A
F205 TMS 5A F408 - 10A
F206 Auto Grease 5A F409 Back Buzzer 10A
F207 Electric Joystick 5A F410 Fuel Heater 30A
F208 TCU, Keypad 10A F411 - 15A
F209 Mirror Adjust 5A
F210 HVAC 5A
Relay Relay
No. Name No. Name
E - R105 Back Buzzer
F Emergency Start R106 -
G Auto Shut Off R107 ACC
H Hose Heater R108 -
I Smart Key (Horn) R201 Air Compressor
J Smart Key (Lamp) R202 Rear Defrost
R101 - R203 -
R102 - R204 Fuel Heater
R103 Bucket Kick Out R205 Turn Right
R104 Horn R206 Turn Left

4-86
Engine Cooling System
General
Keeping an engine's cooling system in peak operating condition
can have many benefits in keeping a machine in good operating
condition. A properly functioning cooling system will improve fuel
efficiency, reduce engine wear, and extend component life.
Always use distilled water in the radiator. Contaminants in tap
water neutralize the corrosion inhibitor components. If tap water
must be used, Refer to "Table of Standards for Allowed Tap
Water". Water that has been treated with a water softener also
contains salt that will cause corrosion of components. Water
from creeks and stagnant pools usually contain dirt, minerals
and/or organic material that are deposited in the cooling system
and impair cooling efficiency. As such, the use of distilled water
is recommended.
Engine coolant shall be mixed with antifreeze solution and water
in ratio of 50 : 50.
Coolant shall be checked every 500 hours of operation for
ensuring adequate concentration of antifreeze solution and addi-
tives.
Engine overheating is often caused by bent or clogged radiator
fins. The spaces between the fins can be cleaned by use of air
or water under pressure. When straightening bent fins, use care
not to damage the tubes or break the bonding joint between the
fins and the tubes.
WARNING
Pressure at air nozzle must not exceed 2 kg/cm2 (28 psi).
Always wear goggles when using compressed air.
Do not pour cold water into radiator when engine is hot and
water level is below the top of the tubes. Such action could
result in damage to engine cylinder heads.
Heavy-duty diesel engines require a balanced mixture of water

and antifreeze. Drain and replace the mixture 1 year or every
2,000 hours of operation, whichever comes first. This will elimi-
nate buildup of harmful chemicals.
Antifreeze is essential in any climate. It broadens the operating
temperature range by lowering the coolant's freezing point and
by raising its boiling point. Do not use more than 50% antifreeze
in the mixture unless additional antifreeze protection is required.
Never use more than 60% antifreeze under any condition.

4-87
Types of Antifreeze
Ethylene Glycol - DEVELON Genuine Antifreeze Solution
(for all seasons)
Ethylene glycol is a very hazardous material to human beings,
animals and environment. Drain of coolant must be disposed of
by an authorized waste material treatment service provider.
The color does not provide a standard. Unauthorized coolant
may have the same color. Please check the label on the con-
tainer. Use genuine product.
NOTICE
Do not mix solutions from different manufacturers. Other-
wise, the performance may be deteriorated. It is recom-
mended to use the standard product from DEVELON.
In extreme temperatures, the performance of the coolant
must be checked frequently and the coolant change cycle
adjusted as necessary.
When refilling and changing coolant, use Develon's genu-
ine coolant is the top priority. If Develon's genuine coolant
is not available, the coolant and additives specifications
must meet the following table.
Coolant
Description
Refill Change
Coolant
ASTM D6210 ASTM D6210
Standard
Ethylene Glycol Base Ethylene Glycol Base
Coolant Base (Do not use Propylene or Propylene Glycol
Glycol) (Both available)
Only Phosphate type
Only Phosphate type available
Additive
available (Do not use Silicates
type additive)
Below should not be contained for Scania
Engine
Remark
• 2-EHA (mono carboxylate acid)
• Benzoat (aromatic carboxylate acid)

4-88
Antifreeze Concentration Tables
Ethylene Glycol - DEVELON Genuine Antifreeze Solution (for all seasons)
(2,000 Hour/1 Year)
Ambient Temperature Cooling Water Antifreeze
-20°C (-4°F) 67% 33%
-25°C (-13°F) 60% 40%
-30°C (-22°F) 56% 44%
-40°C (-40°F) 50% 50%
NOTE: The concentration shall be kept at 50% and in worst case at 30% minimum for the least corrosion
resistance.
NOTE: Replacement cycle of the DEVELON Genuine Product is 2,000 hours or one year.
Table of Standards for Allowed Tap Water

Requirement
Inorganic Total
Item Sulfates Total Solids Acidity
chloride Hardness
Value < 40 ppm < 50 ppm < 9.5° d.H < 340 ppm 5.5 - 9.0
PPM (Parts Per Million) - Unit of concentration of minor materials.
• 1 ppm = 1 mg/1 kg, 1 mL/1 L
° d.H - Unit of concentration of minor materials.
• 1° d.H = 17 ppm
NOTICE
The standard of tap water is for referece only, and may not
be regarded as a standard.
If quality of the water is not trustable, stop using tap water
whenever possible and use distilled water.

4-89
Handling of Accumulator
WARNING
Even though the engine is stopped, the hydraulic accumu-
lators for the pilot, brake and LIS system are still charged.
Do not disconnect any hoses until accumulator pressure
has been released from the circuit. To release pressure,
Press the start / stop button to switch to the key on state
and operate pilot control valve lever and brake pedal. Even
though the engine is stopped, components actuated by
hydraulic pressure may move while releasing pilot pres-
sure. Keep all personnel and bystanders away from
machine while performing this operation.
• Set pilot cutoff switch to "O" (OFF) position after
stopping engine.
• Do not mishandle accumulators. They contain
high-pressure nitrogen gas.
• Do not punch a hole or apply heat or fire to
accumulators.
• Do not weld on accumulators, or try attaching
anything to them.
• When replacing an accumulator, contact a DEVELON
distributor to ensure that the gas is properly released.
• Wear safety goggles and protective gloves when
working on an accumulator. Hydraulic oil under the
pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious
injuries.
Pilot Accumulator
Release pilot accumulator pressure using the following proce-
dure:
2. Stop engine.
3. Set pilot cutoff switch on "I" (ON) position.
4. Press the start / stop button to switch to the key on state.
5. Fully move pilot control valve lever in all directions.
6. Set pilot cutoff switch on "O" (OFF) position.
DS2000204
Figure 122
the engine.
8. Remove accumulator by unscrewing it slowly.

4-90
Brake Accumulators
Release brake accumulators pressure using the following proce-
dure:
2. Stop engine.
3. Repeatedly press brake until brake oil pressure warning
light turns "ON". Press the pedal another eight (8) to nine
(9) times.
DS2000593
Figure 123
DS2000206
Figure 124
LIS Accumulator
Release LIS accumulator pressure using the following proce-
Drain Valve
dure:
2. Stop engine.
3. Unscrew the drain valve shown in Figure 125.
DS2000207
Figure 125

4-91
Steering Accumulator
Release steering accumulators pressure using the following pro-
cedure:
1. Position the machine in straight position, not articulated.
2. Lower front attachment (bucket) to ground.
3. Stop engine.
4. Allow enough time that steering cylinder pressure is
decreasing by own internal leakage.
DS2000594
5. Remove accumulators by unscrewing them very slowly. Figure 126
NOTE: This also applies to the hoses related with
accumulators.

4-92
Tires
Inflating Tires
Recommended tire pressures should normally be followed. Spe-
cial operations may justify a different pressure. In such cases,
follow the instructions from the tire manufacturer and do not
exceed the maximum permissible pressures.
The tire pressure may have been raised before the machine was
delivered from the factory. Therefore, check and adjust the tire
pressure according to recommendations, before putting the
machine in operation for the first time.
WARNING
Repair work on tires and rims must be done by service per-
sons who have been properly trained for this.
The instructions below apply to an inflated tire where the
pressure needs to be increased. If the tire has lost all pres-
sure, a trained service person must be contacted.
• When checking the air pressure, the tire must be cold and
the machine must not have a load.
• Ask all other persons to leave the danger area (in front of
the rim).
• Stand by the tire tread. Tire installed on a split rim can
explode causing death or serious injury.
• Use a long air hose (with a self-attaching air chuck) which
allows you to stand outside the danger area.
• Tires on stored wheels (spare wheels) must be kept laying
down on their side and only be inflated sufficiently to keep
the rim parts in position.
Wheel Nut, Tightening Check

After having changed a tire or if the wheel has been removed
and installed for any other reason, the wheel bolts must be
checked for tightness after eight hours of operation.

4-93
Wheel Nut Torque
Tighten wheel nuts to 80 kg.m (579 ft lb).
WARNING
If a wheel and tire must be removed from machine and
replaced, or if a tire must be replaced on wheel, use only
experienced and trained service personnel. A tire rim could
be propelled off wheel and cause death or serious injury. Figure 127
Check Tire for Damage
WARNING
Improper servicing or changing tires and rims can cause
explosion resulting in death or serious injury.
Do not service or change tires and rims unless properly
trained and equipped.
Contact your DEVELON distributor or tire manufacturer's
local dealer for tire servicing or changing.
WARNING
Overheated tires can explode causing death or serious injury.
If an overheated tire is suspected, keep away at least 15m (50 ft).
Stay away until tire and rim cools down.
If the following problems are found in tires, the tires must be

replaced with new tires. Tread
For the replacement contact DEVELON distributor or a tire man-

ufacturer's local dealer. Side walls
Breakers
• Bead wire is broken or bent, or the tire is greatly deformed. Carcass
• Wear is excessive and the carcass ply (including breaker)
is exposed for more than 1/4 of the circumference.
• Damage to the carcass exceeds 1/3 of the tire width.
• Tire layers are separated. Beads/Bead wire
FG014479
• Radial cracks reach the carcass. Figure 128
• Deformation or damage which makes the tire unsuitable for
use.

4-94
Recommended Air Pressure
Bridgestone Triangle Michelin
Model Size
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
4 bar 2.8 bar 4 bar 2.8 bar 3.5 bar 2.5 bar
DL200-7 20.5R25 (4.1 kg/cm2, (2.9 kg/cm2, (4.1 kg/cm2, (2.9 kg/cm2, (3.6 kg/cm2, (2.5 kg/cm2,
58 psi) 41 psi) 58 psi) 41 psi) 51 psi) 36 psi)
20.5R25 (4.1 kg/cm2, (2.9 kg/cm2, (4.1 kg/cm2, (2.9 kg/cm2, (3.6 kg/cm2, (2.5 kg/cm2,
DL280-7
4 bar 2.8 bar
23.5R25 (4.1 kg/cm2, (2.9 kg/cm2,
58 psi) 41 psi)
4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4 bar 2.8 bar
4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4 bar 2.8 bar
4 bar 2.8 bar 4 bar 2.8 bar 4 bar 2.8 bar
4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4.5 bar 3.2 bar 4.5 bar 3.2 bar
DL550-7 (4.6 kg/cm2, (3.2 kg/cm2, (4.6 kg/cm2, (3.2 kg/cm2, (4.6 kg/cm2, (3.2 kg/cm2,
29.5R25 4.8 bar 3.3 bar 4.8 bar 3.3 bar 4.5 bar 3.2 bar
DL580-7 (875/65 R29 (4.9 kg/cm2, (3.4 kg/cm2, (4.9 kg/cm2, (3.4 kg/cm2, (4.6 kg/cm2, (3.2 kg/cm2,
Wide Tire) 69 psi) 48 psi) 69 psi) 48 psi) 65 psi) 46 psi)
DL550-7 BH (6.6 kg/cm2, (4.6 kg/cm2, (6.6 kg/cm2, (4.6 kg/cm2, (5.6 kg/cm2, (3.9 kg/cm2,

4-95
Working Pressure Driving Pressure
Tire
Front Rear Front Rear
4.1 bar 3.5 bar 4.1 bar 3.5 bar
Bias Ply Tire (4.1 kg/cm2, (3.5 kg/cm2, (4.1 kg/cm2, (3.5 kg/cm2,
60 psi) 50 psi) 60 psi) 50 psi)
The recommended tire pressures are based on the rated load

for each handling case.
In case of heavier loads, especially during loading and carrying operations, a higher tire pressure is required.
Contact the tire manufacturer for information about which air pressure is the correct one for the load to be handled
and transported over a particular distance.
If L5 tires are used for loading and carrying operations, special attention must be paid to the transporting dis-
tances.
Radial tires are preferred for loading and carrying operations, as the build-up of heat is less with this type of tire.

4-96
Severe Conditions Maintenance
Operating Condition Required Maintenance
Mud, Water, Rain, Snow 1. Check for loose fittings, obvious damage to machine, or any fluid
leakage.
2. After completing operations, clean mud, rocks, or debris from

machine. Inspect for damage, cracked welds, or loosened parts.
3. Perform all daily lubrication and service.
4. If machine was working in or exposed to salt water or other

corrosive materials, be sure to flush equipment with fresh water
and dry areas completely.
Extremely Dusty or Hot Environ- 1. Clean engine air filter on a more frequent basis.
ment
2. Clean radiator and oil cooler fins to remove dirt and dust.
3. Clean fuel system intake strainer and fuel filter more frequently.
4. Inspect starter motor and alternator, and clean as often as

necessary.
Rocky Terrain 1. Check wheels, tires, rims and valve stems for damage or excessive
wear.
2. Inspect for loose or damaged fittings and bolts.
3. On a more frequent basis, inspect bucket and arm for damage or

excessive wear.
4. Install a top guard and front guard as necessary for protection

against falling objects.
Extreme Cold 1. Use proper grade of fuel for cold temperatures.
2. Use a gauge to check antifreeze to be sure that it will provide

protection for coldest temperature expected.
3. Use a hydrometer to check condition of batteries. In extremely cold

weather, remove batteries at night and store them in a warm area.

4-97
4-98
6Transportation
When transporting the machine, observe all laws regarding
weight, width, height and length of towing vehicle, trailer and
load. Use a towing vehicle and trailer of adequate length and
capacity.
Check the travel route for road width, overpass clearances,
weight restrictions. Special approval or permits may be required.
Transporting Machine
WARNING
When transporting the machine, know the width, height,
length, and weight.
When loading or unloading the machine, make sure to run
the engine at the lowest speed setting and travel at the
slowest speed possible.
Machine must be operated by a qualified operator.
Make sure that ramp being used can handle the weight of
the machine. If required, add blocking under the ramp for
additional support.
Make sure that the ramp surface is free of grease, debris, or
mud that could cause the machine to slip or slide.
Make sure that trailer is parked on firm, and level ground
before attempting to load/unload the machine.
Never correct your steering on the ramps. There is a danger
that the machine may tip over. If necessary, drive off the
ramps or back on to the bed of the trailer and correct the
direction.
Make sure to secure the machine onto the trailer as
required by local transportation laws and regulations.
1. Make sure that trailer is parked on firm and level ground.

2. Make sure that ramps that are being used are designed to
handle the weight of the machine. If required, add blocking
under the ramp to provide additional support.
3. The ramp angle must be less than a 15° angle. Ramps
steeper than this can cause traction or stability problems 15
DS2000215
when loading or unloading.
Figure 1
DL320-7 Transportation
5-1
4. Set the travel direction toward the ramps and drive slowly
for loading.
5. Load the machine correctly in the specified position on the
trailer.
6. Set parking brake switch to "ENGAGED" position.
7. Lower bucket or work tool slowly on the trailer.
8. Set pilot cutoff switch to "LOCKED" position.
the engine.
10. Install articulated frame lock.
DS2000016
Figure 2
11. Turn battery disconnect switch to "OFF" direction.

12. Lock all doors and covers.
13. Adjust direction of rotating beacon and TMS antenna.
14. Make sure to secure the machine onto the trailer before
transporting. Use the wheel chocks (1) supplied with the
machine to secure machine Refer to "Wheel Chocks". Tie
front and rear tie down point (3) on the frame with wire 2
cables or chains as required by local transportation
regulations.
NOTICE
1
DS2000217
When tying down the machine, ensure machine does
not come into contact with cables and chains. Machine Figure 3
can be damaged by inappropriate tie down method. Do
not use the cylinder as tie down points.
Transportation DL320-7
5-2
15. Refer to "Specification" section of this manual for overall
machine height and width dimensions. Make sure to
position the wheel loader as shown. If not transported in
this position, the height measurements may be different.
NOTE: To avoid air being forced down the exhaust pipe
when transporting, it must be covered with
suitable protection (2, Figure 3) (not plastic).
This will prevent turbocharger damage.
3
3
3
DS20002180
Figure 4
Unloading
1. Make sure that trailer is parked on firm and level ground.
2. Make sure that ramps that are being used are designed to
handle the weight of the machine. If required, add blocking
under the ramp to provide additional support.
3. The ramp angle must be less than a 15° angle. Ramps
steeper than this can cause traction or stability problems 15
DS2000215
when loading or unloading.
Figure 5
4. Remove wheel chocks and tie down wire cables.

5. Set articulated frame lock to "UNLOCK" position.
6. Turn battery disconnect switch to "ON" direction.
7. Start the engine.
8. Set pilot cutoff switch to "UNLOCKED" position.
9. Set parking brake switch to "DISENGAGED" position.
10. Drive machine slowly for unloading.
DS2000021
Figure 6
DL320-7 Transportation
5-3
Lifting Machine
WARNING
Never lift the machine with a person in the cabin or on the
machine.
Never enter the area under or around a raised machine.
Improper lifting can allow load to shift and cause death or
serious injury or property damage.
Do not use handrails or ladders to lift the machine.
1. Refer to "Specification" section of this manual for weight

and dimensional information. Machine weight may vary
with optional equipment.
2. Place the machine on firm and level ground. Engage
parking brake and lock the work equipment.
3. Stop engine and remove key.
4. Install articulated frame lock before lifting the machine.
5. Secure any equipped attachments.
6. Always lift the machine as shown Figure 7. Use lifting point
provided on machine.
7. Use properly rated cables, slings and fixtures. Use lifting
cables that are long enough to prevent contact with the
machine. Spreader bars may be required.
8. Place protective material between the cables and the DS2000219
machine to prevent damage. Figure 7
9. The maximum angle between the cables must not exceed

45°.
10. While machine is lifted, keep the machine horizontal and
lift the machine slowly to keep it balanced.
Transportation DL320-7
5-4
7Specification
General Specifications
Item Specification
Standard Bucket Capacity (BOT) 3.3 m3 (4.3 yd3)
Operating Weight 19,660 kg (43,343 lb)
Emission EU Stage V
Maker and Model DEVELON / DL08V
Engine Type Turbo Charged, Air to Air Intercooled. Direct Injection
Injection System Common Rail System Controlled by ECU
Rated Gross Power 202 kW (271 HP) @ 1,800 rpm (SAE J1995)
Power Shift, Countershaft, Engine Direct Mounted with
Type
Transmission Damper (STD), Adapter (Opt)
Speeds 5 Forward, 3 Reverse
Travel Brakes 4 Wheel, Wet Disk
Brake Systems SAHR (Spring-Applied Hydraulic-Released),
Parking Brake
Sliding Caliper Disc Brake on the Face of Transmission
Travel Speed Forward 6.1 (3.8) / 11.5 (7.1) / 17.6 (10.9) / 27.4 (17.0) / 40.0 (24.9)
km/h (MPH) Reverse 6.5 (4.0) / 12.1 (7.5) / 28.8 (17.9)
Steering Angle ±40°
Minimum Tire Turning Radius
5,917 mm (19' 5")
(Out Tire Edge)
Rated Operating Load 7,000 kg (15,432 lb)
Performance
Maximum Breakout Force
166 kN (37,318 lb.f)
(Bucket)
Arm Raise Time 5.8 ±0.5 Sec.
Arm Lowering Time 2.9 ±0.4 Sec.
Bucket Dump Time 1.6 ±0.3 Sec.
Maximum Gradeability 27° (51%)
DL320-7 Specification
6-1
Working Range and Dimensions
Figure 1, illustrates exterior machine dimensions and working
range of machine when it is equipped with a standard bucket.
M
L
K
45
I
J
C
H
G
E
F A B(D)
O
P
DS2000617
Figure 1
Specification DL320-7
6-2
Category Dimension
Tire Size 23.5R25 (L3)
Bucket 3.3 m3 (BOT)
8,510 mm
A Overall Length
(27' 11")
3,000 mm
B Overall Width
(9' 10")
3,511 mm
C Overall Height
(11' 5")
3,000 mm
D Bucket Width
(9' 10")
3,300 mm
E Wheel Base
(10' 8")
2,150 mm
F Tread
(7' 1")
400 mm
G Ground Clearance
(1' 3")
2,890 mm
H Dump Height, at 45°
(9' 6")
1,355 mm
I Dump Reach, at 45°
(4' 5")
4,170 mm
J Bucket Hinge Height
(13' 7")
K Maximum Tilt Angle at Carry 48 °
L Maximum Dump Angle at Fully Raised 45 °
M Maximum Tilt Angle at Fully Raised 64 °
Turning Radius
5,917 mm
O Outer Tire Edge
(19' 5")
5,995 mm
P Counterweight Edge
(19' 8")
6,670 mm
Q Bucket Edge
(21' 11")
6-3
Working Capacities
Bucket Capacity
Standard toothed bucket has a capacity of 3.3 m3 (4.3 yd3).
Stability Data (EN - and ISO - Norms)

[Unit: kg (lb)]
Bucket Mount Pin On Remark
Configuration Bolt-on Tooth (3.3 m 3) * Base On 23.5R25 (L3)
Lifting Capacity @ Max. Height 8,505 (18,750) ** This data is applicable on

firm and level ground.
Static Tipping Load @ Max. Reach - Straight 15,900 (35,054)
*** Do not lift the load which
Static Tipping Load @ Max. Reach - Full Turn 14,000 (30,865) exceeds legal "Rated Oper-
ating Load" when you work
Rated Operating Load 7,000 (15,432) with the specific tools.
6-4
Approximate Weight of Workload
Materials
NOTICE
Weights are approximations of estimated average volume
and mass. Exposure to rain, snow or ground water; settling
or compaction because of overhead weight and chemical or
industrial processing or changes because of thermal or
chemical transformations could all increase value of
weights listed in table.
Material Weight
The data below describes weight of a cubic meter (cubic yard) of
many types of workload materials.
Density Density Density Density

1,200 kg/m3 1,500 kg/m3 1,800 kg/m3 2,100 kg/m3
Material
(2,000 lb/yd3), (2,500 lb/yd3), (3,000 lb/yd3), (3,500 lb/yd3),
or less or less or less or less
401 kg/m3
Charcoal - - -
(695 lb/yd3)
433 kg/m3
Coke, blast furnace size - - -
(729 lb/yd3)
449 kg/m3
Coke, foundry size - - -
(756 lb/yd3)
801 kg/m3
Coal, bituminous slack, piled - - -
(1,350 lb/yd3)
881 kg/m3
Coal, bituminous r. of m., piled - - -
(1,485 lb/yd3)
897 kg/m3
Coal, anthracite - - -
(1,512 lb/yd3)
1,009 kg/m3
Clay, DRY, in broken lumps - - -
(1,701 lb/yd3)
1,746 kg/m3
Clay, DAMP, natural bed - - -
(2,943 lb/yd3)
1,506 kg/m3
Cement, portland, DRY granular - - -
(2,583 lb/yd3)
1,362 kg/m3
Cement, portland, DRY clinkers - - -
(2,295 lb/yd3)
1,522 kg/m3
Dolomite, crushed - - -
(2,565 lb/yd3)
1,202 kg/m3
Earth, loamy, DRY, loose - - -
(2,025 lb/yd3)
1,522 kg/m3
Earth, DRY, packed - - -
(2,565 lb/yd3)
6-5
Density Density Density Density
1,200 kg/m3 1,500 kg/m3 1,800 kg/m3 2,100 kg/m3
Material
(2,000 lb/yd3), (2,500 lb/yd3), (3,000 lb/yd3), (3,500 lb/yd3),
or less or less or less or less
1,762 kg/m3
Earth, WET, muddy - - -
(2,970 lb/yd3)
Gypsum, calcined, (heated, pow- 961 kg/m3
- - -
der) (1,620 lb/yd3)
1,522 kg/m3
Gypsum, crushed to 3 inch size - - -
(2,565 lb/yd3)
1,810 kg/m3
Gravel, DRY, packed fragments - - -
(3,051 lb/yd3)
1,922 kg/m3
Gravel, WET, packed fragments - - -
(3,240 lb/yd3)
1,282 kg/m3
Limestone, graded above 2 - - -
(2,160 lb/yd3)
1,362 kg/m3
Limestone, graded 1-1/2 or 2 - - -
(2,295 lb/yd3)
1,522 kg/m3
Limestone, crushed - - -
(2,565 lb/yd3)
1,602 kg/m3
limestone, fine - - -
(2,705 lb/yd3)
1,282 kg/m3
Phosphate, rock - - -
(2,160 lb/yd3)
929 kg/m3
Salt - - -
(1,566 lb/yd3)
529 kg/m3
Snow, light density - - -
(891 lb/yd3)
1,522 kg/m3
Sand, DRY, loose - - -
(2,565 lb/yd3)
1,922 kg/m3
Sand, WET, packed - - -
(3,240 lb/yd3)
1,362 kg/m3
Shale, broken - - -
(2,295 lb/yd3)
529 kg/m3
Sulfur, broken - - -
(891 lb/yd3)
6-6
1Index
Numerics Arm Kick Out Button 3-25
1,000 Hour / 6 Month Service 4-59 Armrest Adjustment 2-101
1,500 Hour / 9 Month Service 4-63 Armrest Cutoff 2-38
10 Hour / Daily Service 4-28 Arrival Inspections and Delivery Instruction 4-4
12,000 Hour / 6 Year Service 4-81 Articulated Frame Lock 1-9
12V Power Socket 2-15 Asbestos Information 1-73
2,000 Hour / Yearly Service 4-65 Attachment 1-44
250 Hour / Monthly Service 4-46 Attachments (If Equipped) 3-25
50 Hour / Weekly Service 4-41 Audio Display 2-49
500 Hour / 3 Month Service 4-51 Auto Grease System
8,000 Hour / 4 Year Service 4-80 Maintenance 3-49
Pump Display and Control Elements of Control
Screen 3-39
A
Pump Display Mode 3-43
Accelerator Pedal 2-19
Pump Programming 3-45
Access Method 2-60
Troubleshooting 3-52
Accumulator 1-62
Auto Grease System (If Equipped) 3-30, 4-50
Brake 4-91
Auto Grease System Switch (If Equipped) 2-34
LIS 4-91
Automatic Temperature Control Button 2-92
Pilot 4-90
Avoid Mixing Lubricants 4-3
Accumulators 4-90
Axle Brake Disk 4-74
Active Regeneration 3-23
Axle Differential and Planetaries Oil 4-55, 4-63
Adjust Valve Clearance 4-55, 4-75
Adjustment Of Bucket Position Switch 3-25
After Storage 1-48 B
Aftertreatment System 3-21 Back Button 2-46
Air Cleaner Inner / Outer Filter 4-66 Back Up Alarm and Rear Camera (If Equipped) 4-
Air Cleaner Outer Filter 4-52 36
Air Compressor Filter (If Equipped) 4-58 Backrest Adjustment 2-101
Air Compressor Switch (If Equipped) 2-34 Battery 1-64, 4-82
Air Compressor Tank (If Equipped) 4-45 Electrolyte Level 4-83
Air Conditioner And Alternator Belt Tension (After Long Term Storage 1-49
First 50 Hours) 4-43 Terminals 4-83
Air Conditioner Belt Tension 4-50 Battery Disconnection 1-11
Air Conditioner Button 2-93 Battery Explosion 1-8
Air Conditioner Inner Filter 4-59 Battery Hazard Prevention 1-64
Air Conditioner Inner Filter - Clean 4-55 Battery Warning 2-52
Air Conditioner Outer Filter 4-44, 4-55 Before Engine Starting 1-29
Air Gun 2-113 Before Storage 1-47
Air Inlet Selector Button 2-94 Bleeding Fuel System 4-51
Air Intake System and Emission Control System 4- Bookmark Button 2-47
35 Boost Starting or Charging Engine Batteries 1-38
All Switches 4-36 Brake Accumulator 4-74
All Tires Pressure and Damage or Abnormal Wear Brake Pedal 2-20
4-36 Brake System - Test 4-37
Alternator and Starter 4-75 Brakes - Bleed 4-73
Antifreeze Concentration Tables 4-89 Brakes Accumulator 4-74
DL320-7 Index
7-1
Bucket Digital Clock 2-46
Capacity 6-4 Disassembling Precautions 1-55
Bucket Teeth and Side Cutters 4-34 Display Monitor 2-44
Burn Prevention 1-57 Display On/Off Button 2-89
Display Warning Symbols 2-50
C Disposal of Hazardous Materials 1-74
Cabin Light 2-103 Do Not Drop Things Inside Machine 4-2
Camera Indicator 2-47 DEVELON Genuine Lubricants 4-1
Camera Installation Position 2-89 DEVELON Genuine Replacement Parts 4-1
Cancel Previous Task Button 2-86 DEVELON Fleet Management System General
Capacities Information and Privacy Notice 0-10
Fluid 4-19 DPF - Clean 4-80
Charging Indicator Light 3-20 Drive Belt 4-62
Check Charging State 4-83 Drop-off or Edge 1-65
Check Drained Oil and Used Filter 4-2 During Storage 1-48
Check Tire Pressure and Condition 1-30 Dusty Work Site 4-2
Checks After Inspection and Maintenance Works 4-
3 E
Checks and Maintenance After Stopping Engine 3- EC Declaration of Conformity 0-7, 0-8
11 Electric Steering Joystick 2-38
Checks Before Starting Engine 3-4 Electric Steering Selector Button 2-37
Circuit Breaker (50A, 80A) 2-103 Electric Welding Attention 1-10
Combination Switch 2-16 Electrical 1-21
Communications Status Symbol 2-40 Electrical Box 2-104
Component Locations 2-2 Electrical System 4-82
Compressed Air 1-62 Maintenance 4-14
Conditions - Severe Maintenance 4-97 Electrical System and Electrical Shock 1-24
Coolant 4-67 Emergency Exit 1-7
Coolant and Water for Dilution 4-12 Emergency Start Switch 2-36
Coolant Level 4-33 Emission Control System 3-17
Coolant Temperature 3-19 Engine 4-59
Cooling Fan Blade 4-35 Oil Filter Change 4-54
Cooling System Start 3-6
Care 1-49 Starting and Stopping 3-2
Engine 4-87 Stop 1-46
Correction of Machine Problems 1-19 Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge 2-41
Count Indicator 2-86 Engine and Emission Control System Maintenance
Count Reset Button 2-86 0-1
Crush Hazard 1-9 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 2-40
Crushing and Cutting 1-19 Engine Oil 4-11
Current truck load weight 2-85 Engine Oil and Filter 4-54
Cycle Time Tests 4-75 Engine Oil Drain Intervals By Duty Cycle (Hours) 4-
11
D Engine Oil Pressure 3-20
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) Audio 2-105 Engine Oil Pressure Warning 2-52
Day/Night Mode Switch Button 2-89 Environment and Circumstances 1-65
Deep Digging 1-65 Equipment Lowering With Engine Stopped 1-44
DEF (AdBlue®) 1-12, 4-10 Exhaust Ventilation 1-73
DEF (AdBlue®) Breather Filter 4-76 Exiting / Escaping Menus 2-60
DEF (AdBlue®) Filter 1-13, 4-77 Exterior Lights, Horn, Control Console Indicator,
DEF (AdBlue®) Tank Level 4-32 Gauge Panel 4-36
Defroster Button 2-94 Exterior of Radiator, Oil Cooler And Air Conditioner
Differential Lock Button (Manual/If Equipped) 2-20 Condenser 4-43
Digging Under an Overhang 1-65
Index DL320-7
7-2
F How to Use Air Compressor 2-113
F/R (Forward/Reverse) Travel Control System 3-14 HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning)
Fan Speed Selector Buttons 2-93 Control Keypad 2-15
Filters 4-13 HVAC (Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning)
Finger Tip Lever (If Equipped) 2-32 Operation 2-91
Fire and Explosion Prevention 1-20, 1-56 HVAC Display 2-48
Fire Extinguisher and First-Aid Kit (Emergency Hydraulic Hose Installation 4-3
Medical Kit) 1-24 Hydraulic Oil and Oil Suction Strainer 4-69
Fluid Capacities 4-19 Hydraulic Oil Check (If Equipped) 1-13
Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas 1-15 Hydraulic Oil Contamination 4-56
Flying or Falling Objects 1-18 Hydraulic Oil Level 4-30
FNR Control Switch 2-37 Hydraulic Oil Return Filter 4-50, 4-60
Foreword 0-1 Hydraulic Oil Tank 4-49
Forward / Backward Adjustment 2-101 Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather Filter 4-59
Fresh and Clean Lubricants 4-1 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge 2-40
Front Attachment Pins 4-41, 4-46 Hydraulic System 1-22
Front Instrument Panel 2-39 Hydraulic Pressures 4-97
Fuel 4-8 Long Term Storage 1-49
Gauge 2-41 Hydraulic System - Air Bleeding 4-3
Fuel Cap Filter 4-61
Fuel Efficiency Performance 2-62 I
Fuel Filter 4-51 If a Fire Occurs 1-23
Fuel Strainer 4-2 If Engine Stalls While Traveling 3-15
Fuel System Inclination Indicator 2-57
Refill 4-31 Indicator Display 2-42, 2-50
Fuel Tank Water and Sediment 4-44 Information and Location for Safety Decals 1-4
Fueling 1-22 Inspection Before Starting Engine 3-2
Functional Check 2-44 Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment 4-1
Intended Use 0-1
G
Gauge Panel Configuration 2-72 J
Gauges Junction Box 2-104, 4-84
Fuel Gauge 2-41
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge 2-41 K
General 1-16
Kick down Button 2-37
General Specifications 6-1
Know Your Machine 1-16
Grammer Seat 2-95
Grease 4-13
Front Attachment Pins 4-28, 4-41 L
Left Side Electric Steering Control Unit (If Equipped)
H 2-37
Left/Right View Reversal Button 2-89
Handling Oil, Fuel, DEF (AdBlue®) Coolant 4-8
Lift/Tie down 1-12
Hazard Warning Light Switch 2-33
Lifting and Digging 1-41
Head Bolt Torques 4-75
Lifting Machine 5-4
Headrest 2-101
Loading and Unloading 1-27
Heater and Air Conditioner
Location of Vents 2-91
Additional Operating Instructions 2-94
Lock Inspection Covers 1-61
Height and Firmness Adjustment 2-101
Locking the Inspection Covers 4-3
High-pressure Lines, Tubes and Hoses 1-63
Long Term Storage 1-47
High-voltage Cables 1-67
Long-term Parking 1-51
Hot Coolant and Oils- Burn Prevention 1-20
Loose or Soft Ground 1-66
Hot Pressurized Fluid 1-14
Lubricants 4-20
Hot Surface 1-8
Lubrication 4-15
How to Connect Air Gun 2-115
DL320-7 Index
7-3
Lubrication and Service Chart 4-17 Extreme Heat 1-70
Lumbar Adjustment 2-101 Rainy or Humid Conditions 1-72
Saltwater Areas 1-72
M Operation on Slopes 1-42
Machine Condition 1-29 Operation Under Abnormal Conditions 1-68
Machine Configuration 2-66 Operational Controls and Panels 2-8
Machine Serial Numbers 0-5 Operational Hour Meter Reading 4-1
Machine Setup Position for Maintenance 4-5 Operator Management 2-75
Machine Shut Down 3-15 Operator Management (Keyless Start) 2-78
Main Display 2-89 Operator Station 1-32
Main Information Indicator 2-46 Operator's Area 2-6
Main Information Selector Button 2-47 Other Signal Words 0-6
Main Warning Lamp 2-45 Overall Of Engine Condition 4-36
Maintenance 1-21, 1-52, 2-60
Maintenance Information 4-1 P
Maintenance Intervals 4-25 Parking Brake Switch 2-35
Manual (Forced) Regeneration 3-24 Parking Machine 1-46
Material Weight 6-5 Pause / Resume Button 2-86
Memory Function 2-94 Perform All 10 Hour / Daily, 50, 150, 250, 500 and
Menu Selector Button 2-45 1000 Hour Service Checks 4-65
Microphone 2-15 Perform All Daily, 50 and 250 Hour Service Checks
Mirror Adjustment 1-36 4-51
Mirror Adjustment Switch 2-36 Perform All Daily, 50, 250 and 500 Hour Service
Mirrors 4-36 Checks 4-63
Miscellaneous Electrical Devices 2-103 Perform All Daily, 50, 250, and 500 Hour Service
Mode Selector Button 2-93 Checks 4-59
Mode Symbol Display 2-49 Perform All Daily, And 50 Hour Service Checks 4-
Monitoring System 3-1 46
Mounting / Dismounting 1-30 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 1-18
Multifunction Keypad 2-21 Photo Sensor 2-36
Multifunction Keypad Indicator 2-48 Pilot Cutoff Switch 2-35
Pipes and Hoses 4-37
N Plug Heater (If Equipped) 3-10
Never Use Ether Starting Aids 1-22 Poor Visibility 1-66
New Machine Break-in Procedures 3-1 Position Adjustment Knob 2-38
Power Mode Indicator 2-46
Power Mode Selector Button 2-47
O Pre Fuel Filter And Water Separator 4-57
Obey State and Local Over-The-Road Laws and Pre Fuel Filter and Water Separator 4-32
Regulations 1-27 Preparation for Electrical Welding on Body Structure
OFF Button 2-94 1-61
Oil 4-8 Preservation / Storing Machine 1-50
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Change 4-49 Pressure Check 1-10
Oil Bath Precleaner (If Equipped) - Check 4-45 Pressurized Fluids 1-17
Operate a New Wheel Loader 3-1 Pressurized Gas and Fluid 1-9
Operating Load 1-7 Preventing Risk of Injuries or Death From Arm and
Operation 1-21, 1-29, 2-92 Bucket 1-44
Operation at High Altitudes 1-72 Product Identification 0-3
Operation Condition and Method 2-90 Product Identification Number (PIN) 0-4
Operation During Electrical Storms 1-73 Product Information 0-3
Operation In Progress Indicator 2-85
Dusty and Sandy Areas 1-71 Proper Tools And Clothing 1-55
Extreme Cold 1-68 Proper Work Tools and Attachments 1-16
Extreme Conditions 1-73
Index DL320-7
7-4
Q Steering Wheel 2-16
Quick Coupler Operation 3-27 Steering, Brake, Driveshaft, Engine, And Fuel
Quick Coupler Switch (If Equipped) 2-33 System 4-75
Stopping Engine 3-10
Structural Damage 4-75
R
Structure 4-36
Rear Distance Display Button 2-89
Supports and Blocking for Work Equipment 1-62
Recommend Fuel, Coolant, and Lubricant 4-15
Switch User 2-78
Recommendations for Limiting Vibrations 2-100
Symbols For Lubrication And Service Chart 4-16
Regulation 8.35(2) of the Mines Safety and
Inspection Regulations (1995) 1-26
Restricted Visibility 1-35 T
Right / Left Turn and Hazard Warning Light 2-40 Target weight 2-85
Rollover Protective Structure (ROPS)/Falling Object Temperature Control Button 2-93
Protective Structure (FOPS) 1-25 Tire Inflation Pressure 1-11
ROPS Certification 1-25 Tires 4-93
ROPS Warning 1-7 Air Pressure 4-95
Rotating Fan 1-10 Damage 4-94
RPM Indicator / Hour Meter 2-41 Inflating 4-93
Rubber and Plastics 1-59 Wheel Nut, Tightening Check 4-93
Rubber Antivibration Shock Mounts 4-75 Towing 3-16
Rubber That Contains Fluorides 1-58 Transmission
Oil - Drain and Change 4-65
Transmission Actual Gear 2-40
S
Transmission Oil And Filter 4-50, 4-65
Safe Operation is Operator’s Responsibility 1-16
Transmission Oil Level 1-11, 4-29
Safety 1-1
Transmission Select Gear 2-40
Safety Decals 1-2
Transparent Bucket System 2-88
Safety Decals With Text 1-2
Transportation 1-27, 5-1
Safety Decals Without Text (No-Text) 1-3
Transporting Machine 1-28, 5-1
Safety Messages 0-5
Travel 3-12
Safety Precautions 4-4
Traveling 1-39
SCR Catalytic Converter 0-7
Sears 2-101
Sears Seat 2-101 U
Seat Adjustment 2-95 Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel 1-13
Seat Belt 1-33, 2-102, 4-36 Underground Operation 1-67
Seat Belt Locking and Unlocking 2-102 Unloading 5-3
Seat Depth Adjustment 2-95 Upper and Lower Center Pins 4-43
Seat Heater Switch 2-101 USB Power Socket 2-15
Seat Pan Angle Adjustment 2-99 Use of Lighting 1-56
Service Position 4-7 User Menu 2-60
Setting a Password 2-45
Signal Words 0-6 V
Silica Dust Information 1-74 Ventilation for Enclosed Area 1-73
Smart Key 2-11 View Mode Selector Button 2-47
Sound 1-75 Visibility Information 1-34
Specification 6-1
Speedometer 2-41
W
Stability Data 6-4
Wait to Disconnect Indicator 3-11
Start/Stop Button 2-10
Walk Around Checks 3-2
Starting Engine 1-39
Warning Pop-Up Messages 2-58
Start-up
Warning Symbol Indicator 2-43
Operational Checks Before Starting Engine 3-5
Warning Tag 1-54
Steering Column 2-16
Warning Tag - "Do Not Operate" 1-8
Steering Cylinder Rod and Base Ends 4-42
DL320-7 Index
7-5
Weighing Configuration 2-70 Windshield Washer Fluid 4-1
Weighing Measure Weight Indicator 2-84 Work Equipment 1-9
Weighing System (If Equipped) 2-84 Work Site 1-29
Weighing System Information Display 2-48 Work Site Areas Requiring Extra Caution 1-65
Weighing System Management Button 2-87 Work Site Rules 1-37
Weighing System Message Indicator 2-84 Working Capacities 6-4
Weight of Workload Materials 6-5 Working in Contaminated Environment 1-68
Weight Remaining Relative To Target 2-85 Working in Water 1-68
Welding and Grinding 1-23 Working on Machine 1-61
Welding Instructions 4-2 Working Range and Dimensions 6-2
Welding Repairs 1-60
Wheel Chock 1-10 Z
Wheel Nut Torque 4-94 Zero Calibration Button 2-87
Wheel Nut, Tightening Check 4-93
Window Maintenance 1-31
Index DL320-7
7-6
STANDARD WARRANTY CERTIFICATE
DEVELON WHEEL LOADERS DL-7 SERIES

Doosan Infracore Europe s.r.o. (“Develon”) warrants to its authorized dealers who, in turn, warrant to the customer that each new Develon
Wheel Loader DL-7 Series will be free from defects in material and workmanship for 36 months from the date of delivery to the customer
or 5,000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first. During the warranty period, the authorized Develon dealer shall repair or replace,
at Develon’s option, without charge for parts, labor and travel of technicians, any part of the Develon product which fails because of defects
in material or workmanship. The customer shall provide the authorized Develon dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow
reasonable time for replacement or repair. Develon may, at its option, request failed parts to be returned to the factory or to any other
designated location. Transportation of the Develon product to the authorized Develon dealer for warranty work is not the responsibility of
Develon. Service schedules must adhere to prescribed intervals and Develon genuine parts/lubricants must be used. For coverage in relation
to engines, consult with your Develon Dealer. For non-covered items, the customer shall refer solely to the warranty, if any, of the respective
manufacturers thereof, in accordance with the respective manufacturers warranty statement. Some Develon parts are covered pro-rata
depending on the expected lifetime of the part. Coverage for batteries, air-conditioning refills, couplers and ignition system parts (glow
plugs, fuel injection pumps, injectors) is limited, as failures generally originate from factors not under Develon’s control such as, but not
limited to, prolonged storage, misuse or fuel quality. The warranty does not cover: (I) Oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements,
brake linings, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, fan belts, drive belts, pins, bushings and other high-wear items. (ii) Damages resulting from misuse,
accidents, alterations, use of the product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Develon, air flow obstructions, or failure to
maintain or use the Develon product according to the instructions applicable to it. (iii) Ground engaging parts such as bucket teeth and
cutting edges. (iv) Fuel or hydraulic system cleaning, engine tune-up, brake inspection or adjustment. (v) Adjustments or slight defects which
generally do not affect the stability or reliability of the machine. After 12 months from the date of delivery to the customer or 2,000 hours
of machine usage, whichever occurs first, the warranty does not cover the following wear items: body parts: catches, handles, gas springs,
mounting elements, paintwork, rubber and plastic parts, air cleaner, covers, fenders, guards, pins, bushing, fan, bonnets, tank breathers,
foam, sponge; powertrain parts: hoses, fittings, pipes, universal joints, steering wheel, brake discs, pads, drums, packs, tyres, wheel nuts,
wheel studs; front parts: bucket, cylinder guards, covers, pins, bushing, all "option front" parts; cabin parts: glass, wiper blades, locks,
mirrors, sponge, guards, shields, covers, floor mats, extinguisher, mountings, seat; hydraulic parts: hydraulic cylinder seals, all "option front"
parts; electric parts: bulbs, battery, lamps, 12v socket, car stereo, radio, cd player, speakers, microphone, hands free, cameras, seat heating,
fuel heating; piping parts: hydraulic hoses, exposed pipes, tubes, hydraulic cylinder seals, centre joint seals, quick couplers, O-rings, external
seals, connectors, clamps, brackets, all "option front" parts; engine parts: air cleaner, pre-cleaner, filters, hoses, fittings, pipes, mounting,
throttle and stop cables, belts; option parts: all; other parts: all. Without prejudice to the rights of the customer with regard to the products,
the customer agrees that Develon and the retailing dealer, without further notice to the customer, have the right to: (a) Access, use, collect
and disclose any data generated by, collected by, or stored in, products or any hardware or devices interfacing with products; (b) access
machine data directly through data management systems integrated within, or attached to, products, including Telematics and (c) update
the data management system software from time to time and (d) transfer data out of the country where it is generated.
Develon excludes other conditions, warranties, or representations of all kinds, expressed or implied, statutory or otherwise (except that of
title), including all implied warranties and conditions relating to merchantability, satisfactory quality and fitness for a particular purpose.
Corrections by Develon of nonconformities, whether patent or latent, in the manner and for the time period provided above, shall constitute
fulfilment of all liabilities of Develon for such nonconformities, whether based on contract, warranty, tort, negligence, indemnity, strict
liability or otherwise with respect to or arising out of such product. The remedies of the end-user/owner set forth under the provisions of
the warranty outlined above are exclusive and the total liability of Develon, including any holding, subsidiary, associated or affiliated
company or distributor, with respect to this sale or the product and service furnished hereunder in connection with the performance or
breach thereof, or from delivery, installation, repair or technical direction covered by or furnished under this sale, whether based on
contract, warranty, tort, negligence, indemnity, strict liability or otherwise, shall not exceed the purchase price of the product upon which
such liability is based. Develon, including any holding, subsidiary, associated or affiliated company and distributor, shall in no event be liable
to the end-user/owner, any successors in interest or any beneficiary or assignee relating to this sale for any consequential, incidental,
indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of this sale or by any breach thereof, or any defect in, or failure of or malfunction of the
product under this sale, whether based upon loss of use, lost profits or revenue, interest, lost goodwill, work stoppage, impairment of other
goods, loss by reason of shutdown or non-operation, increased expenses of operation or claims of users or customers of the user for service
interruption, whether or not such loss or damage is based on contract, warranty, tort, negligence, indemnity, strict liability or otherwise
Model: Serial Number:

Delivery Date and Place:
Customer Signature and stamp Develon Dealer signature and stamp
SWP2303-001

Doosan DL320-7 Loading Shovel Operators Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Doosan DL320-7 Loading Shovel Operators Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Doosan DL320-7 Loading Shovel Operators Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operation and Maintenance Manual

DL320-7 Wheel Loader

Serial Number 10001 and Up

HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE is an affiliate of HD Hyundai.

©2023 HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Original Instructions

Date Items Location

Sep. 2022 Revised figures Foreword - Product Identification Number

Sep. 2022 Revised figures Safety - ROPS Certification

Sep. 2022 Revised text Safety - Operation

Sep. 2022 Revised figures Operating Controls - Gauge Panel Configuration

Aug. 2021 Revised text Foreword - Regulation (EU) 2017/654 Annex XV

Aug. 2021 Revised figures Foreword - Product Identification Number (PIN)

Aug. 2021 Add text Foreword - EC Declaration of Conformity

Mar. 2021 Revised text Safety - Traveling

Mar. 2021 Revised text Operation - Traveling on a Work Site

Mar. 2021 Revised text & figures Overall Error Correction

Operating Controls ....................................................................2-1

DL320-7 Table of Contents

Inspection, Maintenance and Adjustment...............................4-1

Table of Contents DL320-7

DL320-7 Table of Contents

Engine and Emission Control System

Engine Data Plate

Machine Serial Numbers

SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL

Other Signal Words

NOTE: The word "NOTE" identifies information for effective

HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE Europe (UK Branch), HD HYUNDAI INFRACORE House, Unit 6,

Engine Operation and Maintenance

Malfunctions & Inducement

Safety Decals With Text

3. Operating Load (950205-04915A)

AVOID DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY

• See Operating & Maintenance Manual for more

4. ROPS Warning (950205-04645A)

Refer to "Roll-over Protective Structure (ROPS) / Falling

controls before servicing the machine.

6. Hot Surface (950205-03777)

7. Battery Explosion (950205-03785)

9. Crush Hazard (950205-01687A)

lock is installed. WL1400807

10. Work Equipment (950205-01692A)

• Never reach under or stand under raised lift arm WL1400808

11. Pressurized Gas And Fluid (950205-03782)

13. Pressure Check (950205-08084A)

14. Wheel Chock (950205-01691C)

15. Electric Welding Attention (950212-02440)

17. Tire Inflation Pressure (950205-01694B)

18. Transmission Oil Level (950205-01690B)

20. DEF (AdBlue®) (950205-01489A, 950205-07694B)

NOTICE DEF (AdBlue®) Filter

22. Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel (950205-03863)

Only use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel.

23. Hydraulic Oil Check (950205-06307)

25. Full Fender Release Catch (950205-08352, 950205-

NOTICE Type of F-Gas: HFC-R134a

• EU regulation 2015/2067 of 17 November 2015